Due to the asynchronous nature in which mac filters are added and
deleted, there exists a bug in which filters are erroneously removed if
removed then added again quickly.
The events are as such:
- filter marked for removal
- same filter is re-added before watchdog that cleans up filters
- we skip re-adding the filter because we have it already in the
list
- watchdog filter cleanup kicks off and filter is removed
So when we were re-adding the same filter, it didn't actually get added
because it already existed in the list, but was marked for removal and
had yet to actually be removed.
This patch fixes the issue by making sure that when adding a filter, if
we find it already existing in our list, make sure it is not marked to
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch replaces hash_for_each function with hash_for_each_safe
when calling __i40e_del_filter. The hash_for_each_safe function is
the right one to use when iterating over a hash table to safely remove
a hash entry. Otherwise, incorrect values may be read from freed memory.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID 1402048 Read from pointer after free
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we don't yet have more than 32 flags, we'll use a u32 for both the
hw_features and flag field. Should we gain more flags in the future, we
may need to convert to a u64 or separate flags out into two fields.
This was overlooked in the previous commit 2781de2134c4 ("i40e/i40evf:
organize and re-number feature flags"), where the feature flag was not
converted form u64 to u32.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In case where AER recovery fails the device is left in a down state.
Consecutive AER error injection can lead to a double IRQ free.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The following change is meant to update the adaptive ITR algorithm to
better support the needs of the network. Specifically with this change what
I have done is make it so that our ITR algorithm will try to prevent either
starving a socket buffer for memory in the case of Tx, or overrunning an Rx
socket buffer on receive.
In addition a side effect of the calculations used is that we should
function better with new features such as XDP which can handle small
packets at high rates without needing to lock us into NAPI polling mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bits other than FWSM.PT can be set in IXGBE_SWFW_MODE_MASK making the
previous check invalid.
Change the check for MNG present to be only based on FWSM.PT bit.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is resolving Coverity hits where padding in a structure could
be used uninitialized.
- Initialize fwd_cmd.pad/2 before ixgbe_calculate_checksum()
- Initialize buffer.pad2/3 before ixgbe_hic_unlocked()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver have page recycle scheme based around the RX-ring
queue, where a RX page is shared between two packets. Based on the
refcnt, the driver can determine if the RX-page is currently only used
by a single packet, if so it can then directly refill/recycle the
RX-slot by with the opposite "side" of the page.
While this is a clever trick, it is hard to determine when this
recycling is successful and when it fails. Adding a counter, which is
available via ethtool --statistics as 'alloc_rx_page'. Which counts
the number of times the recycle fails and the real page allocator is
invoked. When interpreting the stats, do remember that every alloc
will serve two packets.
The counter is collected per rx_ring, but is summed and ethtool
exported as 'alloc_rx_page'. It would be relevant to know what
rx_ring that cannot keep up, but that can be exported later if
someone experience a need for this.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit: fed21bcee7a5
("ixgbe: Don't bother clearing buffer memory for descriptor rings)
exposed some issues with the logic in the current implementation of
ixgbe_clean_test_rings() that are being addressed in this patch:
- Split the clearing of the Tx and Rx rings in separate loops. Previously
both Tx and Rx rings were cleared in a rx_desc->wb.upper.length based
loop which could lead to issues if for w/e reason packets were received
outside of the frames transmitted for the loopback test.
- Add check for IXGBE_TXD_STAT_DD to avoid clearing the rings if the
transmits have not comlpeted by the time we enter ixgbe_clean_test_rings()
- Exit early on ixgbe_check_lbtest_frame() failure.
This change fixes a crash during ethtool diagnostic (ethtool -t).
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ignoring errors when attempting to identify the PHY can lead to a crash.
Specifically in the case of FW controlled PHYs where the PHY read/write
operations are set to NULL.
Removed redundant comment.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just like when the last VF is removed, we need to restore normal
operations after the last macvlan offload is removed, else we
get stuck in single queue operations.
To test:
ethtool -l eth1 # note the number of queues in use, ~= cpus
ethtool -K eth1 l2-fwd-offload on
ip link add mv1 link eth1 type macvlan mode bridge
ip link set dev mv1 up
ip link del mv1
ethtool -l eth1 # are we back to the same # of queues, or stuck on 1?
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Declare ixgbe_mac_operations structures as const as they are only stored
in the mac_ops field of ixgbe_info structure. This field is of type
const and therefore ixgbe_mac_operations structure can be made const
too.
Signed-off-by: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added clearing of SW resource bits in the SW/FW synchronization
register to ixgbe_init_swfw_sync_X540().
Updated ixgbe_acquire_swfw_sync_X540 SW Manageability host interface
resource bit error case to match the error handling of the other SW
resource bits. Which is to release the SW resource bits if SW times
out while attempting to acquire the resource.
This allows the driver to load in cases where the semaphore bits
could be stuck after a reset or a crash.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Changing the TX ring parameters with an XDP program attached may
cause the XDP queues to be cleared and the TX rings to be incorrectly
configured.
Fix by doing correct ring accounting in setup call.
Fixes: 33fdc82f08 ("ixgbe: add support for XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver use the compile check to determine if it can
send TLPs to Root Port with the Relaxed Ordering Attribute set,
this is too inconvenient, now the new flag PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_RELAXED_ORDERING
has been added to the kernel and we could check the bit4 in the PCIe
Device Control register to determine whether we should use the Relaxed
Ordering Attributes or not, so use this new way in the ixgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new flag PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_RELAXED_ORDERING has been added
to indicate that Relaxed Ordering Attributes (RO) should not
be used for Transaction Layer Packets (TLP) targeted toward
these affected Root Port, it will clear the bit4 in the PCIe
Device Control register, so the PCIe device drivers could
query PCIe configuration space to determine if it can send
TLPs to Root Port with the Relaxed Ordering Attributes set.
With this new flag we don't need the config ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER
to control the Relaxed Ordering Attributes for the ixgbe drivers
just like the commit 1a8b6d76dc ("net:add one common config...") did,
so revert this commit.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbe_clear_udp_tunnel_port(), we read the IXGBE_VXLANCTRL register
and then try to mask some bits out of the value, using the logical
instead of bitwise and operator.
Fixes: a21d0822ff ("ixgbe: add support for geneve Rx offload")
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In cases where PHY register access is not supported, don't mislead
a caller into thinking that it is supported by returning a PHY
address. Instead, return -EOPNOTSUPP when PHY access is not
supported.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we've reduced the number of flags, organize similar flags
together and re-number them accordingly.
Since we don't yet have more than 32 flags, we'll use a u32 for both the
hw_features and flag field. Should we gain more flags in the future, we
may need to convert to a u64 or separate flags out into two fields.
One alternative approach considered, but not implemented here, was to
use an enumeration for the flag variables, and create a macro
I40E_FLAG() which used string concatenation to generate BIT_ULL values.
This has the advantage of making the actual bit values compile-time
dynamic so that we do not need to worry about matching the order to the
bit value. However, this does produce a high level of code churn, and
makes it more difficult to read a dumped flags value when debugging.
Change-ID: I8653fff69453cd547d6fe98d29dfa9d8710387d1
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit 6a7fded776 ("i40e: Fix RS bit update in Tx path and
disable force WB workaround") we've tried to "optimize" setting the
RS bit based around skb->xmit_more. This same logic was refactored
in commit 1dc8b53879 ("i40e: Reorder logic for coalescing RS bits"),
but ultimately was not functionally changed.
Using skb->xmit_more in this way is incorrect, because in certain
circumstances we may see a large number of skbs in sequence with
xmit_more set. This leads to a performance loss as the hardware does not
writeback anything for those packets, which delays the time it takes for
us to respond to the stack transmit requests. This significantly impacts
UDP performance, especially when layered with multiple devices, such as
bonding, VLANs, and vnet setups.
This was not noticed until now because it is difficult to create a setup
which reproduces the issue. It was discovered in a UDP_STREAM test in
a VM, connected using a vnet device to a bridge, which is connected to
a bonded pair of X710 ports in active-backup mode with a VLAN. These
layered devices seem to compound the number of skbs transmitted at once
by the qdisc. Additionally, the problem can be masked by reducing the
ITR value.
Since the original commit does not provide strong justification for this
RS bit "optimization", revert to the previous behavior of setting the RS
bit every 4th packet.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent commit 809481484e5d ("i40e/i40evf: support for VF VLAN tag
stripping control") added support for VFs to negotiate the control of
VLAN tag stripping. This should have allowed VFs to disable the feature.
Unfortunately, the flag was set only in netdev->feature flags and not in
netdev->hw_features.
This ultimately causes the stack to assume that it cannot change the
flag, so it was unchangeable and marked as [fixed] in the ethtool -k
output.
Fix this by setting the feature in hw_features first, just as we do for
the PF code. This enables ethtool -K to disable the feature correctly,
and fully enables user control of the VLAN tag stripping feature.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previous implementation of LED set/get functions required to enter
PHY debug mode, in order to prevent access to it from FW and SW at
the same time. Reset of all ports was a unwanted side effect.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements the PCI error handler reset_prepare and reset_done.
This allows us to handle function level reset. Without this patch we
are unable to perform and recover from an FLR correctly and this will cause
VFs to be unable to recover from an FLR on the PF.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When there is no space for more flow director filters and user requested to
add a new one it is rejected by firmware and automatically removed from the
filter list maintained by driver. This behaviour is correct. Afterwards
existing filter can be removed making free slot for the new one. This
however causes the newly added filter to be accepted by firmware but
removed from driver filter list resulting in not showing after issuing
'ethtool -n <dev_name>'.
This happened due to not clearing the variable pf->fd_inv which stores
filter number to be removed from the list when firmware refused to add the
requested filter. It caused the filter with this specific ID to be
constantly removed once it was added to the list although it has been
accepted by firmware and effectively applied to the NIC.
It was fixed by clearing pf->fd_inv variable after removal of the filter
from the list when it was rejected by firmware.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch causes error message to be displayed when NIC detects
insertion of module that does not meet thermal requirements.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes some code that was accidentally added to
the wrong function with a merge error. Fixes: c53934c6d1
("i40e: fix: do not sleep in netdev_ops")
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When using set_bit and friends, we should be using actual
bitmaps, and fix all the locations where we might access
it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This register was defined incorrectly. Fix the increment value to 8, and
replace the iterator with _i to make the definition consistent with
other statistics registers.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since I40E_PHY_TYPE_MAX is used as an iterator, usually combined with
some sort of bit-shifting, it should only include actual PHY types and
not error cases. Move it up in the enum declaration so that loops only
iterate across valid PHY types.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Starting with XL710 FW 5.3 PTP L4 was disabled for XL710 due to a bug. The
bug has since been resolved in XL710 FW >6.0 and PTP L4 can now be
re-enabled on those devices with updated firmware.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, when setting up the IRQ for a q_vector, we set an affinity
hint based on the v_idx of that q_vector. Meaning a loop iterates on
v_idx, which is an incremental value, and the cpumask is created based
on this value.
This is a problem in systems with multiple logical CPUs per core (like in
simultaneous multithreading (SMT) scenarios). If we disable some logical
CPUs, by turning SMT off for example, we will end up with a sparse
cpu_online_mask, i.e., only the first CPU in a core is online, and
incremental filling in q_vector cpumask might lead to multiple offline
CPUs being assigned to q_vectors.
Example: if we have a system with 8 cores each one containing 8 logical
CPUs (SMT == 8 in this case), we have 64 CPUs in total. But if SMT is
disabled, only the 1st CPU in each core remains online, so the
cpu_online_mask in this case would have only 8 bits set, in a sparse way.
In general case, when SMT is off the cpu_online_mask has only C bits set:
0, 1*N, 2*N, ..., C*(N-1) where
C == # of cores;
N == # of logical CPUs per core.
In our example, only bits 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 would be set.
Instead, we should only assign hints for CPUs which are online. Even
better, the kernel already provides a function, cpumask_local_spread()
which takes an index and returns a CPU, spreading the interrupts across
local NUMA nodes first, and then remote ones if necessary.
Since we generally have a 1:1 mapping between vectors and CPUs, there
is no real advantage to spreading vectors to local CPUs first. In order
to avoid mismatch of the default XPS hints, we'll pass -1 so that it
spreads across all CPUs without regard to the node locality.
Note that we don't need to change the q_vector->affinity_mask as this is
initialized to cpu_possible_mask, until an actual affinity is set and
then notified back to us.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
By default, our devices do source pruning, that is, they drop receive
packets that have the source MAC matching one of the receive filters.
Unfortunately, this breaks ARP monitoring in channel bonding, as the
bonding driver expects devices to receive ARPs containing their own
source address.
Add an ethtool private flag to control this feature.
Also, remove the netif_running() check when we process our private
flags. It's OK to reset when the device is closed and in most cases we
need the reset the apply these changes.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a typo in i40e_pf object documentation; num_req_vfs
refers to the number of VFs requested for the PF.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We've had support for setting both a minimum and maximum bandwidth via
.ndo_set_vf_bw since commit 883a9ccbae ("fm10k: Add support for SR-IOV
to driver", 2014-09-20).
Likely because we do not support minimum rates, the declaration
mis-ordered the "unused" parameter, which causes warnings when analyzed
with cppcheck.
Fix this warning by properly declaring the min_rate and max_rate
variables in the declaration and definition (rather than using
"unused"). Also rename "rate" to max_rate so as to clarify that we only
support setting the maximum rate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't hard code the function names in the diagnostic output when these
reset related routines fail. Instead, use %s and __func__ so that future
refactors don't need to change the print outs.
Additionally, while we are here, add missing function header comments
for the new reset_prepare and reset_done function handlers.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Correct the backward logic using !net_ratelimit()
Miscellanea:
o Add a blank line before the error return label
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have a working MAC/VLAN queue for handling MAC/VLAN messages
from the netdev, replace the default handler for the VF<->PF messages.
This new handler is very similar to the default code, but uses the
MAC/VLAN queue instead of sending the message directly. Unfortunately we
can't easily re-use the default code, so we'll just replace the entire
function.
This ensures that a VF requesting a large number of VLANs or MAC
addresses does not start a reset cycle, as explained in the commit which
introduced the message queue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ngai-mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Under some circumstances, when dealing with a large number of MAC
address or VLAN updates at once, the fm10k driver, particularly the VFs
can overload the mailbox with too many messages at once.
This results in a mailbox timeout, which causes the driver to initiate
a reset. During the reset, we re-send all the same messages that
originally caused the timeout. This results in a cycle of resets each
triggering a future reset.
To fix or avoid this, we introduce a workqueue item which monitors
a queue of MAC and VLAN requests. These requests are queued to the end
of the list, and we process as a FIFO periodically.
Initially we only handle requests for the netdev, but we do handle
unicast MAC addresses, multicast MAC addresses, and update VLAN
requests.
A future patch will add support to use this queue for handling MAC
update requests from the VF<->PF mailbox.
The MAC/VLAN work item will keep checking to make sure that each request
does not overflow the mailbox and cause a timeout. If it might, then the
work item will reschedule itself a short time later. This avoids any
reset cycle, since we never send the message if the mailbox is not
ready.
As an alternative, we tried increasing the mailbox message FIFO, but
this just delays the problem and results in needless memory waste on the
system. Our new message queue is dynamically allocated so only uses as
much memory as it needs. Additionally, it need not be contiguous like
the Tx and Rx FIFOs.
Note that this patch chose to only create a queue for MAC and VLAN
messages, since these are the only messages sent in a large enough
volume to cause the reset loop. Other messages are very unlikely to
overflow the mailbox Tx FIFO so easily.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the PCI specific legacy power management hooks with the new
generic power management hooks which work properly for both suspend and
hibernate. The new generic system is better and properly handles the
lower level PCIe power management rather than forcing the driver to
handle it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Lets not re-invent the locking wheel. Remove our bitlock and use
a proper spinlock instead.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we lose PCIe link, such as when an unannounced PFLR event occurs, or
when a device is surprise removed, we currently detach the device and
close the netdev. This unfortunately leaves a lot of things still
active, such as the msix_mbx_pf IRQ, and Tx/Rx resources.
This can cause problems because the register reads will return
potentially invalid values which may result in unknown driver behavior.
Begin the process of resetting using fm10k_prepare_for_reset(), much in
the same way as the suspend and resume cycle does. This will attempt to
shutdown as much as possible, in order to prevent possible issues.
A naive implementation for this has issues, because there are now
multiple flows calling the reset logic and setting a reset bit. This
would cause problems, because the "re-attach" routine might call
fm10k_handle_reset() prior to the reset actually finishing. Instead,
we'll add state bits to indicate which flow actually initiated the
reset.
For the general reset flow, we'll assume that if someone else is
resetting that we do not need to handle it at all, so it does not need
its own state bit. For the suspend case, we will simply issue a warning
indicating that we are attempting to recover from this case when
resuming.
For the detached subtask, we'll simply refuse to re-attach until we've
actually initiated a reset as part of that flow.
Finally, we'll stop attempting to manage the mailbox subtask when we're
detached, since there's nothing we can do if we don't have a PCIe
address.
Overall this produces a much cleaner shutdown and recovery cycle for
a PCIe surprise remove event.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-02
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Shannon Nelson fixes an issue where when a machine has more CPUs than
queue pairs, the counting gets a "little funky" and turns off Flow
Director. So to correct it, limit the number of LAN queues initially
allocated to be sure there are some left for Flow Director and other
features.
Lihong cleans up dead code by removing a condition check which cannot
ever be true.
Christophe Jaillet fixes a potential NULL pointer dereference, which
could happen if kzalloc() fails.
Filip corrects the reporting of supported link modes, which was incorrect
for some NICs. Added support for 'ethtool -m' command, which displays
information about QSFP+ modules.
Mariusz adds functions to read/write the LED registers to control the
LEDS, instead of accessing the registers directly whenever the LEDs
need to be controlled.
Jake fixes a regression where we introduced a scheduling while atomic,
so introduce a separate helper function which will manage its own need
for the mac_filter_hash_lock. Also cleaned up the "PF" parameter in
i40e_vc_disable_vf() since it is never used and is not needed. Fixed
a rare case where it is possible that a reset does not occur when
i40e_vc_disable_vf() is called, so modify i40e_reset_vf() to return a
bool to indicate whether it reset or not so that i40e_vc_disable_vf()
can wait until a reset actually occurs.
Alan adds the ability for the VF to request more or less underlying
allocated queues from the PF. Fixes the incorrect method for clearing
the vf_states variable with a NULL assignment, when we should be
using atomic bitops since we don't actually want to clear all the
flags. Fixed a resource leak, where the PF driver fails to inform
clients of a VF reset because we were incorrectly checking the
I40E_VF_STATE_PRE_ENABLE bit.
Mitch converts i40evf_map_rings_to_vectors() to a void function since
it cannot fail and allows us to clean up the checks for the function
return value.
Scott enables the driver(s) to pass traffic with VLAN tags using the
802.1ad Ethernet protocol.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable i40e to pass traffic with VLAN tags using the 802.1ad ethernet
protocol ID (0x88a8).
This requires NIC firmware providing version 1.7 of the API. With
older NIC firmware 802.1ad tagged packets will continue to be dropped.
No VLAN offloads nor RSS are supported for 802.1ad VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently there is a bug in which the PF driver fails to inform clients
of a VF reset which then causes clients to leak resources. The bug
exists because we were incorrectly checking the I40E_VF_STATE_PRE_ENABLE
bit.
When a VF is first init we go through a reset to initialize variables
and allocate resources but we don't want to inform clients of this first
reset since the client isn't fully enabled yet so we set a state bit
signifying we're in a "pre-enabled" client state. During the first
reset we should be clearing the bit, allowing all following resets to
notify the client of the reset when the bit is not set. This patch
fixes the issue by negating the 'test_and_clear_bit' check to accurately
reflect the behavior we want.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently we inappropriately clear the vf_states variable with a null
assignment. This is problematic because we should be using atomic
bitops on this variable and we don't actually want to clear all the
flags. We should just clear the ones we know we want to clear.
Additionally remove the I40E_VF_STATE_FCOEENA bit because it is no
longer being used.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function cannot fail, so why is it returning a value? And why are
we checking it? Why shouldn't we just make it void? Why is this commit
message made up of only questions?
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the VF gets a default number of allocated queues from HW on
init and it could choose to enable or disable those allocated queues.
This makes it such that the VF can request more or less underlying
allocated queues from the PF.
First the VF negotiates the number of queues it wants that can be
supported by the PF and if successful asks for a reset. During reset
the PF will reallocate the HW queues for the VF and will then remap the
new queues.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible although rare that we may not reset when
i40e_vc_disable_vf() is called. This can lead to some weird
circumstances with some values not being properly set. Modify
i40e_reset_vf() to return a code indicating whether it reset or not.
Now, i40e_vc_disable_vf() can wait until a reset actually occurs. If it
fails to free up within a reasonable time frame we'll display a warning
message.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace i40e_vc_notify_vf_reset and i40e_reset_vf with a call to
i40e_vc_disable_vf which does this exact thing. This matches similar
code patterns throughout the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's never used, and the vf structure could get back to the PF if
necessary. Lets just drop the extra unneeded parameter.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we refactored handling of the PVID in commit 9af52f60b2
("i40e: use (add|rm)_vlan_all_mac helper functions when changing PVID")
we introduced a scheduling while atomic regression.
This occurred because we now held the spinlock across a call to
i40e_reset_vf(), which results in a usleep_range() call that triggers
a scheduling while atomic bug. This was rare as it only occurred if the
user configured a VLAN on a VF and also attempted to reconfigure the VF
from the host system with a port VLAN.
We do need to hold the lock while calling i40e_is_vsi_in_vlan(), but we
should not be holding it while we reset the VF.
We'll fix this by introducing a separate helper function
i40e_vsi_has_vlans which checks whether we have a PVID and whether the
VSI has configured VLANs. This helper function will manage its own need
for the mac_filter_hash_lock.
Then, we can move the acquiring of the spinlock until after we reset the
VF, which ensures that we do not sleep while holding the lock.
Using a separate function like this makes the code more clear and is
easier to read than attempting to release and re-acquire the spinlock
when we reset the VF.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of accessing register directly, use newly added AQC in
order to blink LEDs. Introduce and utilize a new flag to prevent
excessive API version checking.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for 'ethtool -m' command which displays
information about (Q)SFP+ module plugged into NIC's cage.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes incorrect reporting of supported link modes on some NICs.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'kzalloc()' fails, a NULL pointer will be dereferenced.
Return an error code (-ENOMEM) instead.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes the !vf condition check that cannot be
true in i40e_ndo_set_vf_trust function
Detected by CoverityScan, CID 1397531 Logically dead code
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a machine has more CPUs than queue pairs, e.g. 512 cores, the
counting gets a little funky and turns off Flow Director with the
message:
not enough queues for Flow Director. Flow Director feature is disabled
This patch limits the number of lan queues initially allocated to
be sure we have some left for FD and other features.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although very unlikely, it is possible that cancel_work_sync() may stop
the service_task before it actually started. In this case, the
__FM10K_SERVICE_SCHED bit will never be cleared. This results in the
service task being unable to reschedule in the future. Add a helper
function which sets the service disable bit, waits for the service task
to stop and clears the schedule bit, thus avoiding the race condition.
We know the schedule bit is safe to clear because the cancel_work_sync()
guarantees the service task is not running.
Add a helper function also to restart the service task, for symmetry.
This is not strictly needed but helps the mental model of how to stop
and start the service task.
This race could only happen in fm10k_suspend/fm10k_resume as this is the
only place where the service task is actually restarted. Thus,
suspend/resume testing would be ideal. However, note that the chance of
this happening is very slim as the service event is scheduled for
immediate execution, and you would have to trigger a suspend at almost
the exact same time as the service task was scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch needs these functions defined earlier in the file. Move
them closer to above where they will be called.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible that under rare circumstances the device is undergoing
a reset, such as when a PFLR occurs, and the device may be transmitting
simultaneously. In this case, we might attempt to divide by zero when
finding the proper r_idx. Instead, lets read the num_tx_queues once,
and make sure it's non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We've always had a really weird looping construction for resetting VFs.
We read the VFLRE register and reset the VF if the corresponding bit is
set, which makes sense. However we loop continuously until we no longer
have any bits left unset. At first this makes sense, as a sort of "keep
trying until we succeed" concept.
Unfortunately this causes a problem if we happen to surprise remove
while this code is executing, because in this case we'll always read all
1s for the VFLRE register. This results in a hard lockup on the CPU
because the loop will never terminate.
Because our own reset function will clear the VFLR event register
always, (except when we've lost PCIe link obviously) there is no real
reason to loop. In practice, we'll loop over once and find that no VFs
are pending anymore.
Lets just check once. Since we're clear the notification when we reset
there's no benefit to the loop. Additionally, there shouldn't be a race
as future VLFRE events should trigger an interrupt. Additionally, we
didn't warn or do anything in the looped case anyways.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We're doing a really convoluted bitshift and read for the PFVFLRE
register. Just reading the PFVFLRE(1), shifting it by 32, then reading
PFVFLRE(0) should be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we load the driver, we set the last_reset to be in the future,
which delays the initial driver reset. Additionally, the service task
isn't scheduled to run automatically until the timer runs out. This
causes a needless delay of the first reset to begin talking to the
switch manager.
We can avoid this by simply not setting last_reset and immediately
scheduling the service task while in probe. This allows the device to
wake up faster, and avoids this delay.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newer versions of GCC starting with 7 now additionally warn when a case
statement may fall through without an explicit comment mentioning it.
Add such a comment to silence the warning, as this is expected.
Unfortunately the comment must come directly before the next case
statement, so we put it outside the #ifdef. Otherwise, the compiler
cannot properly detect it and thus the warning is displayed regardless.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
New versions of GCC since version 7 began warning about possible
truncation of calls to snprintf. We can fix this and avoid false
positives. First, we should pass the full buffer size to snprintf,
because it guarantees a NULL character as part of its passed length, so
passing len-1 is simply wasting a byte of possible storage.
Second, if we make the ri and ti variables unsigned, the compiler is
able to correctly reason that the value never gets larger than 256, so
it doesn't need to warn about the full space required to print a signed
integer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newer versions of GCC since version 7 now warn when a case statement may
fall through without an explicit comment. "Fallthough" does not count as
it is misspelled. Fix the typos for these comments to appease the new
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In fm10k_get_host_state_generic, we check the mailbox tx_read() function
to ensure that the mailbox is still open. This function also checks to
make sure we have space to transmit another message. Unfortunately, if
we just recently sent a bunch of messages (such as enabling hundreds of
VLANs on a VF) this can result in a race where the watchdog task thinks
the link went down just because we haven't had time to process all these
messages yet.
Instead, lets just check whether the mailbox is still open. This ensures
that we don't race with the Tx FIFO, and we only link down once the
mailbox is not open.
This is safe, because if the FIFO fills up and we're unable to send
a message for too long, we'll end up triggering the timeout detection
which results in a reset. Additionally, since we still check to ensure
the mailbox state is OPEN, we'll transition to link down whenever the
mailbox closes as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two single characters should be put into a sequence.
Thus use the corresponding function "seq_putc".
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are handling PF<->VF mailbox messages, it is possible that the
VF will send us so many messages that the PF<->SM FIFO will fill up. In
this case, we stop the loop and wait until the service event is
rescheduled.
Normally this should happen due to an interrupt. But it is possible that
we don't get another interrupt for a while and it isn't until the
service timer actually reschedules us. Instead, simply reschedule
immediately which will cause the service event to be run again as soon
as we exit.
This ensures that we promptly handle all of the PF<->VF messages with
minimal delay, while still giving time for the SM mailbox to drain.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we process VF mailboxes, the driver is likely going to also queue
up messages to the switch manager. This process merely queues up the
FIFO, but doesn't actually begin the transmission process. Because we
hold the mailbox lock during this VF processing, the PF<->SM mailbox is
not getting processed at this time. Ensure that we actually process the
PF<->SM mailbox in between each PF<->VF mailbox.
This should ensure prompt transmission of the messages queued up after
each VF message is received and handled.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver now supports two different devices with two different
firmware versions. So be smart about how we handle these. Move the FW
version macros to the appropriate header file, and add a convenience
macro that checks the version based on the device. Then use this macro
to check whether or not the driver can use the new link info API.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the PF allocates a default number of queues for each VF and
cannot be changed. This patch enables the VF to request a different
number of queues allocated to it. This patch also adds a new virtchnl
op and capability flag to facilitate this negotiation.
After the PF receives a request message, it will set a requested number
of queues for that VF. Then when the VF resets, its VSI will get a new
number of queues allocated to it.
This is a best effort request and since we only allocate a guaranteed
default number, if the VF tries to ask for more than the guaranteed
number, there may not be enough in HW to accommodate it unless other
queues for other VFs are freed. It should also be noted decreasing the
number queues allocated to a VF to below the default will NOT enable the
allocation of more than 32 VFs per PF and will not free queues guaranteed
to each VF by default.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current implementation for mapping queues to vectors is broken
because it attempts to map each Tx and Rx ring to its own vector,
however we use combined queues so we should actually be mapping the
Tx/Rx rings together on one vector.
Also in the current implementation, in the case where we have more
queues than vectors, we attempt to group the queues together into
'chunks' and map each 'chunk' of queues to a vector. Chunking them
together would be more ideal if, and only if, we only had RSS because of
the way the hashing algorithm works but in the case of a future patch
that enables VF ADq, round robin assignment is better and still works
with RSS.
This patch resolves both those issues and simplifies the code needed to
accomplish this. Instead of treating the case where we have more queues
than vectors as special, if we notice our vector index is greater than
vectors, reset the vector index to zero and continue mapping. This
should ensure that in both cases, whether we have enough vectors for
each queue or not, the queues get appropriately mapped.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some platforms with a large number of CPUs, we will allocate many IRQ
vectors. When hibernating, the system will attempt to migrate all of the
vectors back to CPU0 when shutting down all the other CPUs. It is
possible that we have so many vectors that it cannot re-assign them to
CPU0. This is even more likely if we have many devices installed in one
platform.
The end result is failure to hibernate, as it is not possible to
shutdown the CPUs. We can avoid this by disabling MSI-X and clearing our
interrupt scheme when the device is suspended. A more ideal solution
would be some method for the stack to properly handle this for all
drivers, rather than on a case-by-case basis for each driver to fix
itself.
However, until this more ideal solution exists, we can do our part and
shutdown our IRQs during suspend, which should allow systems with
a large number of CPUs to safely suspend or hibernate.
It may be worth investigating if we should shut down even further when
we suspend as it may make the path cleaner, but this was the minimum fix
for the hibernation issue mentioned here.
Testing-hints:
This affects systems with a large number of CPUs, and with multiple
devices enabled. Without this change, those platforms are unable to
hibernate at all.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although the service task does check the suspended status before
running, it might already be part way through running when we go to
suspend. Lets ensure that the service task is stopped and will not be
restarted again until we finish resuming. This ensures that service task
code does not cause strange interactions with the suspend/resume
handlers.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When handling suspend and resume callbacks we want to make sure that (a)
we don't suspend again if we're already suspended and (b) we don't
resume again if we're already resuming. Lets make sure we test_and_set
the __I40E_SUSPENDED bit in i40e_suspend which ensures that a suspend
call when already suspended will exit early. Additionally, if
__I40E_SUSPENDED is not set when we begin resuming, exit early as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Stop using the old legacy PM support, since we now have stable support
for the newer generic PM callbacks.
This has several advantages. First, we no longer have to manage our
own pci_save_state() and power changes, as it's preferred to have the
PCI stack do this. Second, these routines get called for both hibernate
and suspend to ram, so we can have the driver properly handle all the
suspend/resume flows that it needs to.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We currently (mis)use the __I40E_RECOVERY_PENDING bit to determine when
we should actually request a new IRQ in i40e_setup_misc_vector().
This led to a design mistake where we open-coded the re-setup of the
miscellaneous vector in i40e_resume() instead of using the function
provided. If we did not open-code this and instead tried to use the
i40e_setup_misc_vector() function, it would lead to never reallocating
the IRQ.
This would lead to a second i40e_suspend() call failing to free the
vector due to a NULL pointer dereference.
A future patch is going to re-work how the i40e_suspend() and
i40e_resume() flows work to clear all IRQ vectors, which would require
us to use i40e_setup_misc_vector() directly. Since during this time the
__I40E_RECOVERY_PENDING bit is set, we'll never re-allocate the vector.
Rather than leaving the open-coded setup in i40e_resume() lets just fix
the problem properly in i40e_setup_misc_vector().
Introduce a new state bit which indicates when the IRQ has been
assigned, which will be set when i40e_setup_misc_vector is first called.
This ultimately resolves the issue of re-requesting the vector, without
overloading the __I40E_RECOVERY_PENDING state. This ensures that the
suspend/resume cycle can use the setup function instead of open-coding
the re-request during resume.
Additionally, since the only callers of i40e_stop_misc_vector also want
to free it, move this code directly into the function to avoid
duplication. Due to the new functionality, rename it to
i40e_free_misc_vector().
This lets us drop the extra calls to free and re-enable the vector
during i40e_suspend() and i40e_resume(). We don't need to call
i40e_setup_misc_Vector() in i40e_resume() because it gets called by the
i40e_rebuild() call.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We see this message regularly on VF reset or unload (which invokes a
reset). It's essentially meaningless unless it's happening constantly.
To prevent consternation, lower the log level to debug so it's not seen
under normal circumstance.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
An errata with GLQF_PCNT causes it to not wrap as expected. This
can cause an error in flow director statistics. This patch resets
affected counters just after reading.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fortville and Fort Park devices are often on different firmware release
schedules. This change relaxes the minor version warning message,
so it is only displayed for older FW warning version for old
firmware Fortville 3 or earlier.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit replaces usage of vsi->back in i40e_print_link_message()
(which is actually a PF pointer) with temp variable.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_print_link_message() is intended to compare new
link state with current link state and print log message
only if the new state is different from current state.
However in current driver the new state does not get updated
when link is going down because of the if condition. When an
interface is brought down, vsi->state is set to I40E_VSI_DOWN
in i40e_vsi_close() and later i40e_print_link_message() does
not get invoked in i40e_link_event due to if condition. Hence
link down message doesn't appear when link is going down. The
down state is seen later during i40e_open() and old state
gets printed. The actual link state doesn't get updated in
i40e_close() or i40e_open() but when i40e_handle_link_event is
called inside i40e_clean_adminq_subtask.
This change allows i40e_print_link_message() to be called when
interface is going down and keeps the state information updated.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In current driver, when ifconfig ethx up is done, the link state
doesn't transition to UP inside i40e_open(). It changes after AQ
command response is handled in i40e_handle_link_event().
When pf->hw.phy.link_info.link_info is DOWN inside i40e_open(),
The state is transient and invalid. So log message gets printed
based on incorrect info (i.e link_info and an_info).
This commit removes check for unqualified module inside
i40e_up_complete(). The existing check in i40e_handle_link_event()
logs the error message based on correct link state information.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This value is not calculating bytes_per_int, which would actually just
be bytes/ITR_COUNTDOWN_START, but rather it's calculating bytes/usecs.
Rename the variable for clarity so that future developers understand
what the value is actually calculating.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement support for transferring XDP meta data into skb for
ixgbe driver; before calling into the program, xdp.data_meta points
to xdp.data, where on program return with pass verdict, we call
into skb_metadata_set().
We implement this for the default ixgbe_build_skb() variant. For the
ixgbe_construct_skb() that is used when legacy-rx buffer mananagement
mode is turned on via ethtool, I found that XDP gets 0 headroom, so
neither xdp_adjust_head() nor xdp_adjust_meta() can be used with this.
Just add a comment with explanation for this operating mode.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work enables generic transfer of metadata from XDP into skb. The
basic idea is that we can make use of the fact that the resulting skb
must be linear and already comes with a larger headroom for supporting
bpf_xdp_adjust_head(), which mangles xdp->data. Here, we base our work
on a similar principle and introduce a small helper bpf_xdp_adjust_meta()
for adjusting a new pointer called xdp->data_meta. Thus, the packet has
a flexible and programmable room for meta data, followed by the actual
packet data. struct xdp_buff is therefore laid out that we first point
to data_hard_start, then data_meta directly prepended to data followed
by data_end marking the end of packet. bpf_xdp_adjust_head() takes into
account whether we have meta data already prepended and if so, memmove()s
this along with the given offset provided there's enough room.
xdp->data_meta is optional and programs are not required to use it. The
rationale is that when we process the packet in XDP (e.g. as DoS filter),
we can push further meta data along with it for the XDP_PASS case, and
give the guarantee that a clsact ingress BPF program on the same device
can pick this up for further post-processing. Since we work with skb
there, we can also set skb->mark, skb->priority or other skb meta data
out of BPF, thus having this scratch space generic and programmable
allows for more flexibility than defining a direct 1:1 transfer of
potentially new XDP members into skb (it's also more efficient as we
don't need to initialize/handle each of such new members). The facility
also works together with GRO aggregation. The scratch space at the head
of the packet can be multiple of 4 byte up to 32 byte large. Drivers not
yet supporting xdp->data_meta can simply be set up with xdp->data_meta
as xdp->data + 1 as bpf_xdp_adjust_meta() will detect this and bail out,
such that the subsequent match against xdp->data for later access is
guaranteed to fail.
The verifier treats xdp->data_meta/xdp->data the same way as we treat
xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons. The requirement for doing
the compare against xdp->data is that it hasn't been modified from it's
original address we got from ctx access. It may have a range marking
already from prior successful xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons
though.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use *_pool_zalloc rather than *_pool_alloc followed by memset with 0.
Found by coccinelle spatch "api/alloc/pool_zalloc-simple.cocci"
Signed-off-by: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-09-05
This series contains fixes for i40e only.
These two patches fix an issue where our nvmupdate tool does not work on RHEL 7.4
and newer kernels, in fact, the use of the nvmupdate tool on newer kernels can
cause the cards to be non-functional unless these patches are applied.
Anjali reworks the locking around accessing the NVM so that NVM acquire timeouts
do not occur which was causing the failed firmware updates.
Jake correctly updates the wb_desc when reading the NVM through the AdminQ.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When introducing the functions to read the NVM through the AdminQ, we
did not correctly mark the wb_desc.
Fixes: 7073f46e44 ("i40e: Add AQ commands for NVM Update for X722", 2015-06-05)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X722 devices use the AdminQ to access the NVM, and this requires taking
the AdminQ lock. Because of this, we lock the AdminQ during
i40e_read_nvm(), which is also called in places where the lock is
already held, such as the firmware update path which wants to lock once
and then unlock when finished after performing several tasks.
Although this should have only affected X722 devices, commit
96a39aed25 ("i40e: Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices",
2016-12-02) added locking for all NVM reads, regardless of device
family.
This resulted in us accidentally causing NVM acquire timeouts on all
devices, causing failed firmware updates which left the eeprom in
a corrupt state.
Create unsafe non-locked variants of i40e_read_nvm_word and
i40e_read_nvm_buffer, __i40e_read_nvm_word and __i40e_read_nvm_buffer
respectively. These variants will not take the NVM lock and are expected
to only be called in places where the NVM lock is already held if
needed.
Since the only caller of i40e_read_nvm_buffer() was in such a path,
remove it entirely in favor of the unsafe version. If necessary we can
always add it back in the future.
Additionally, we now need to hold the NVM lock in i40e_validate_checksum
because the call to i40e_calc_nvm_checksum now assumes that the NVM lock
is held. We can further move the call to read I40E_SR_SW_CHECKSUM_WORD
up a bit so that we do not need to acquire the NVM lock twice.
This should resolve firmware updates and also fix potential raise that
could have caused the driver to report an invalid NVM checksum upon
driver load.
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Fixes: 96a39aed25 ("i40e: Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices", 2016-12-02)
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The dynamic ITR algorithm depends on a calculation of usecs which
assumes that the interrupts have been firing constantly at the interrupt
throttle rate. This is not guaranteed because we could have a low packet
rate, or have been polling in software.
We'll estimate whether this is the case by using jiffies to determine if
we've been too long. If the time difference of jiffies is larger we are
guaranteed to have an incorrect calculation. If the time difference of
jiffies is smaller we might have been polling some but the difference
shouldn't affect the calculation too much.
This ensures that we don't get stuck in BULK latency during certain rare
situations where we receive bursts of packets that force us into NAPI
polling.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit c56625d597 ("i40e/i40evf: change dynamic interrupt
thresholds") a new higher latency ITR setting called I40E_ULTRA_LATENCY
was added with a cryptic comment about how it was meant for adjusting Rx
more aggressively when streaming small packets.
This mode was attempting to calculate packets per second and then kick
in when we have a huge number of small packets.
Unfortunately, the ULTRA setting was kicking in for workloads it wasn't
intended for including single-thread UDP_STREAM workloads.
This wasn't caught for a variety of reasons. First, the ip_defrag
routines were improved somewhat which makes the UDP_STREAM test still
reasonable at 10GbE, even when dropped down to 8k interrupts a second.
Additionally, some other obvious workloads appear to work fine, such
as TCP_STREAM.
The number 40k doesn't make sense for a number of reasons. First, we
absolutely can do more than 40k packets per second. Second, we calculate
the value inline in an integer, which sometimes can overflow resulting
in using incorrect values.
If we fix this overflow it makes it even more likely that we'll enter
ULTRA mode which is the opposite of what we want.
The ULTRA mode was added originally as a way to reduce CPU utilization
during a small packet workload where we weren't keeping up anyways. It
should never have been kicking in during these other workloads.
Given the issues outlined above, let's remove the ULTRA latency mode. If
necessary, a better solution to the CPU utilization issue for small
packet workloads will be added in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 96db776a36 ("i40e/vf: fix interrupt affinity bug")
we added some code to force exit of polling in case we did
not have the correct CPU. This is important since it was possible for
the IRQ affinity to be changed while the CPU is pegged at 100%. This can
result in the polling routine being stuck on the wrong CPU until
traffic finally stops.
Unfortunately, the implementation, "if the CPU is correct, exit as
normal, otherwise, fall-through to the end-polling exit" is incredibly
confusing to reason about. In this case, the normal flow looks like the
exception, while the exception actually occurs far away from the if
statement and comment.
We recently discovered and fixed a bug in this code because we were
incorrectly initializing the affinity mask.
Re-write the code so that the exceptional case is handled at the check,
rather than having the logic be spread through the regular exit flow.
This does end up with minor code duplication, but the resulting code is
much easier to reason about.
The new logic is identical, but inverted. If we are running on a CPU not
in our affinity mask, we'll exit polling. However, the code flow is much
easier to understand.
Note that we don't actually have to check for MSI-X, because in the MSI
case we'll only have one q_vector, but its default affinity mask should
be correct as it includes all CPUs when it's initialized. Further, we
could at some point add code to setup the notifier for the non-MSI-X
case and enable this workaround for that case too, if desired, though
there isn't much gain since its unlikely to be the common case.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On older kernels a call to irq_set_affinity_hint does not guarantee that
the IRQ affinity will be set. If nothing else on the system sets the IRQ
affinity this can result in a bug in the i40e_napi_poll() routine where
we notice that our interrupt fired on the "wrong" CPU according to our
internal affinity_mask variable.
This results in a bug where we continuously tell NAPI to stop polling to
move the interrupt to a new CPU, but the CPU never changes because our
affinity mask does not match the actual mask setup for the IRQ.
The root problem is a mismatched affinity mask value. So lets initialize
the value to cpu_possible_mask instead. This ensures that prior to the
first time we get an IRQ affinity notification we'll have the mask set
to include every possible CPU.
We use cpu_possible_mask instead of cpu_online_mask since the former is
almost certainly never going to change, while the later might change
after we've made a copy.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we don't have MSI-X enabled, we handle interrupts on all icr0. This
is a special case, so let's move the conditional into
i40e_update_enable_itr() in order to make i40e_napi_poll easier to
read about.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit 3ffa037d7f ("i40e: Set XPS bit mask to zero in DCB mode")
we've tried to reset the XPS settings by building a custom
empty CPU mask.
This workaround is not necessary because we're not really removing the
XPS setting, but simply setting it so that no CPU is valid.
Second, we shorten the code further by using zalloc_cpumask_var instead
of a separate call to bitmap_zero().
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where an error return value is
set, but without an immediate exit, the value can be overwritten
by the following code execution. The condition at this point
is not fatal, so remove the error assignment and comment the
intent for future code maintainers
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch improves the system log message. The log message will
be expanded to include the FEC mode the FW requested before link
was established.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch gives VF capability to control VLAN tag stripping via
ethtool. As rx-vlan-offload was fixed before, now the VF is able to
change it using "ethtool --offload <IF> rxvlan on/off" settings.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In new versions of GCC since 7.x a new warning exists which warns when
a string is truncated before all of the format can be completed.
When we setup VMDQ netdev names we are copying a pre-existing interface
name which could be up to 15 characters in length. Since we also add
4 bytes, v, the literal %, the d and a \0 null, we would overrun the
available size unless snprintf truncated for us.
The snprintf call will of course truncate on the end, so lets instead
modify the code to force truncation of the copied netdev name by
4 characters, to create enough space for the 4 bytes we're adding.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The q_vector names are based on the interface name with a driver prefix,
the type of q_vector setup, and the queue number. We previously set the
size of this variable to IFNAMSIZ + 9, which is incorrect, because we
actually include a minimum of 14 characters extra beyond the interface
name size.
New versions of GCC since 7 include a new warning that detects this
possible truncation and complains. We can fix this by increasing the
size in case our interface name is too large to avoid truncation. We
don't need to go beyond 14 because the compiler is smart enough to
realize our values can never exceed size of 1. We do go up to 15 here
because possible future changes may increase the number of queues beyond
one digit.
While we are here, also change some variables to be unsigned (since they
are never negative) and stop using an extra unnecessary %s format
specifier.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Albeit, we usually set true promiscuous mode for both multicast and
unicast at the same time - however, it is possible to set it
individually, so using allmulti flag which is only for allmulticast might
caused unwanted behavior in mirroring egress traffic promiscuous for
unicast in VF.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Increase the size of the prefix buffer so that it can hold enough
characters for every possible input. Although 20 is enough for all
expected inputs, it is possible for the values to be larger than
expected, resulting in a possibly truncated string. Additionally, lets
use sizeof(prefix) in order to ensure we use the correct size if we need
to change the array length in the future.
New versions of GCC starting at 7 now include warnings to prevent
truncation unless you handle the return code. At most 27 bytes can be
written here, so lets just increase the buffer size even if for all
expected hw->bus.* values we only needed 20.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store information about FEC modes, that were requested. It will be used
in printing link status information function and this way there is no
need to call admin queue there.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During NVM update, state machine gets into unrecoverable state because
i40e_clean_adminq_subtask can get scheduled after the admin queue
command but before other state variables are updated. This causes
incorrect input to i40e_nvmupd_check_wait_event and state transitions
don't happen.
This fix updates the state variables so that adminq_subtask will have
accurate information whenever it gets scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During NVM update, state machine gets into unrecoverable state because
i40e_clean_adminq_subtask can get scheduled after the admin queue
command but before other state variables are updated. This causes
incorrect input to i40e_nvmupd_check_wait_event and state transitions
don't happen.
This issue existed before but surfaced after commit 373149fc99
("i40e: Decrease the scope of rtnl lock")
This fix adds locking around admin queue command and update of
state variables so that adminq_subtask will have accurate information
whenever it gets scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the driver allows the user to change (or even disable)
interrupt moderation if adaptive-rx/tx is enabled when this should
not be the case.
Adaptive RX/TX will not respect the user's ITR settings so
allowing the user to change it is weird. This bug would also
allow the user to disable interrupt moderation with adaptive-rx/tx
enabled which doesn't make much sense either.
This patch makes it such that if adaptive-rx/tx is enabled, the user
cannot make any manual adjustments to interrupt moderation. It also
makes it so that if ITR is disabled but adaptive-rx/tx is then
enabled, ITR will be re-enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
According to the header file cpumask.h, we shouldn't be directly copying
a cpumask_t, since its a bitmap and might not be copied correctly. Lets
use the provided cpumask_copy() function instead.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we're going to bother initializing a variable to reference it we might
as well use it.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current name of vf_offload_flags indicates that the bitmap is
limited to offload related features. Make this more generic by renaming
it to vf_cap_flags, which allows for other capabilities besides
offloading to be added.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40e_vsi_add_vlan we treat attempting to add VID=0 as an error,
because it does not do what the caller might expect. We already special
case VID=0 in i40e_vlan_rx_add_vid so that we avoid this error when
adding the VLAN.
This special casing is necessary so that we do not add the VLAN=0 filter
since we don't want to stop receiving untagged traffic. Unfortunately,
not all callers of i40e_vsi_add_vlan are aware of this, including when
we add VLANs from a VF device.
Rather than special casing every single caller of i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
lets just move this check internally. This makes the code simpler
because the caller does not need to be aware of how VLAN=0 is special,
and we don't forget to add this check in new places.
This fixes a harmless error message displaying when adding a VLAN from
within a VF. The message was meaningless but there is no reason to
confuse end users and system administrators, and this is now avoided.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a user gives an invalid command to change a private flag which is
not supported, either because it is read-only, or the device is not
capable of the feature, we simply ignore the request.
A naive solution would simply be to report error codes when one of the
flags was not supported. However, this causes problems because it makes
the operation not atomic. If a user requests multiple private flags
together at once we could end up changing one before failing at the
second flag.
We can do a bit better if we instead update a temporary copy of the
flags variable in the loop, and then copy it into place after. If we
aren't careful this has the pitfall of potentially silently overwriting
any changes caused by other threads.
Avoid this by using cmpxchg64 which will compare and swap the flags
variable only if it currently matched the old value. We'll report
-EAGAIN in the (hopefully rare!) case where the cmpxchg64 fails.
This ensures that we can properly report when flags are not supported in
an atomic fashion without the risk of overwriting other threads changes.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem with the HW ATR eviction feature where the
NVM setting was incorrect. This patch detects the issue on X720
adapters and disables the feature if the NVM setting is incorrect.
Without this patch, HW ATR Evict feature does not work on broken NVMs
and is not detected either. If the HW ATR Evict feature is disabled
the SW Eviction feature will take effect.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit b499ffb0a2 ("i40e: Look up MAC address in Open Firmware
or IDPROM"), we've had support for obtaining the MAC address
form Open Firmware or IDPROM.
This code relied on sending the Open Firmware address directly to the
device firmware instead of relying on our MAC/VLAN filter list. Thus,
a work around was introduced in commit b1b15df592 ("i40e: Explicitly
write platform-specific mac address after PF reset")
We refactored the Open Firmware address enablement code in the ill-named
commit 41c4c2b50d ("i40e: allow look-up of MAC address from Open
Firmware or IDPROM")
Since this refactor, we no longer even set I40E_FLAG_PF_MAC. Further, we
don't need this work around, because we actually store the MAC address
as part of the MAC/VLAN filter hash. Thus, we will restore the address
correctly upon reset.
The refactor above failed to revert the workaround, so do that now.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The number of flags found in pf->flags has grown quite large, and there
are a lot of different types of flags. Most of the flags are simply
hardware features which are enabled on some firmware or some MAC types.
Other flags are dynamic run-time flags which enable or disable certain
features of the driver.
Separate these two types of flags into pf->hw_features and pf->flags.
The hw_features list will contain a set of features which are enabled at
init time. This will not contain toggles or otherwise dynamically
changing features. These flags should not need atomic protections, as
they will be set once during init and then be essentially read only.
Everything else will remain in the flags variable. These flags may be
modified at any time during run time. A future patch may wish to convert
these flags into set_bit/clear_bit/test_bit or similar approach to
ensure atomic correctness.
The I40E_FLAG_MFP_ENABLED flag may be a good fit for hw_features but
currently is used by ethtool in the private flags settings, and thus has
been left as part of flags.
Additionally, I40E_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE may be a good fit for the
hw_features but this patch has not tried to untangle it yet.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X722 pf flag setup should happen before the VMDq RSS queue count is
initialized for VMDq VSI to get the right number of queues for RSS in
case of X722 devices.
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently i40evf_close() can return before state transitions to
__I40EVF_DOWN because of the latency involved in processing and
receiving response from PF driver and scheduling of VF watchdog_task.
Due to this inconsistency an immediate call to i40evf_open() fails
because state is still DOWN_PENDING.
When a VF interface is in up state and we try to add it as slave,
The bonding driver calls dev_close() and dev_open() in short duration
resulting in dev_open returning error. The ifenslave command needs
to be run again for dev_open to succeed.
This fix ensures that watchdog timer is scheduled immediately after
admin queue operations are scheduled in i40evf_down(). In addition a
wait condition is added at the end of i40evf_close so that function
wont return when state is still DOWN_PENDING. The timeout value is
chosen after some profiling and includes some buffer.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that the kernel supports double VLAN tags, we should at least play
nice. Adjust the max packet size to account for two VLAN tags, not just
one.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For XDP_REDIRECT the use of return code -EINVAL is confusing, as it is
used in three different cases. (1) When the index or ifindex lookup
fails, and in the ixgbe driver (2) when link is down and (3) when XDP
have not been enabled.
The return code can be picked up by the tracepoint xdp:xdp_redirect
for diagnosing why XDP_REDIRECT isn't working. Thus, there is a need
different return codes to tell the issues apart.
I'm considering using a specific err-code scheme for XDP_REDIRECT
instead of using these errno codes.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use errno -ENOSPC ("No space left on device") when the XDP xmit
have no space left on the TX ring buffer, instead of -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offending commit used a newly added helper function.
But the logic is wrong. Without this fix, the affected NICs
can't do HW offload. Error -EOPNOTSUPP will be returned directly.
Fixes: a2e8da9378 ("net/sched: use newly added classid identity helpers")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of checking handle, which does not have the inner class
information and drivers wrongly assume clsact->egress as ingress, use
the newly introduced classid identification helpers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-08-08
This series contains updates to e1000e and igb/igbvf.
Gangfeng Huang fixes an issue with receive network flow classification,
where igb_nfc_filter_exit() was not being called in igb_down() which
would cause the filter tables to "fill up" if a user where to change
the adapter settings (such as speed) which requires a reset of the
adapter.
Cliff Spradlin fixes a timestamping issue, where igb was allowing requests
for hardware timestamping even if it was not configured for hardware
transmit timestamping.
Corinna Vinschen removes the error message that there was an "unexpected
SYS WRAP", when it is actually expected. So remove the message to not
confuse users.
Greg Edwards provides several patches for the mailbox interface between
the PF and VF drivers. Added a mailbox unlock method to be used to unlock
the PF/VF mailbox by the PF. Added a lock around the VF mailbox ops to
prevent the VF from sending another message while the PF is still
processing the previous message. Fixed a "scheduling while atomic" issue
by changing msleep() to mdelay().
Sasha adds support for the next LOM generations i219 (v8 & v9) which
will be available in the next Intel client platform IceLake.
John Linville adds support for a Broadcom PHY to the igb driver, since
there are designs out in the world which use the igb MAC and a third
party PHY. This allows the driver to load and function as expected on
these designs.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP offload conflict is dealt with by simply taking what is
in net-next where we have removed all of the UFO handling code
entirely.
The TCP conflict was a case of local variables in a function
being removed from both net and net-next.
In netvsc we had an assignment right next to where a missing
set of u64 stats sync object inits were added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The management port on an Edgecore AS7712-32 switch uses an igb MAC, but
it uses a BCM54616 PHY. Without a patch like this, loading the igb
module produces dmesg output like this:
[ 3.439125] igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
[ 3.439866] igb: probe of 0000:00:14.0 failed with error -2
Signed-off-by: John W Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fixes a "scheduling while atomic" splat seen with
CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP enabled.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two of the VF mailbox commands were not waiting for a reply from the PF,
which can result in a VF mailbox timeout in the VM for the next command.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver assumes the VF will not send another mailbox message until
the PF has written its reply to the previous message. If the VF does,
that message will be silently dropped by the PF before it writes its
reply to the mailbox. This results in a VF mailbox timeout for posted
messages waiting for an ACK, and the VF is reset by the
igbvf_watchdog_task in the VM.
Add a lock around the VF mailbox ops to prevent the VF from sending
another message while the PF is still processing the previous one.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i219 (8) and i219 (9) are the next LOM generations that will be available
on the next Intel Client platform (IceLake).
This patch provides the initial support for these devices
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the PF receives a mailbox message from the VF, it grabs the mailbox
lock, reads the VF message from the mailbox, ACKs the message and drops
the lock.
While the PF is performing the action for the VF message, nothing
prevents another VF message from being posted to the mailbox. The
current code handles this condition by just dropping any new VF messages
without processing them. This results in a mailbox timeout in the VM
for posted messages waiting for an ACK, and the VF is reset by the
igbvf_watchdog_task in the VM.
Given the right sequence of VF messages and mailbox timeouts, this
condition can go on ad infinitum.
Modify the PF mailbox read method to take an 'unlock' argument that
optionally leaves the mailbox locked by the PF after reading the VF
message. This ensures another VF message is not posted to the mailbox
until after the PF has completed processing the VF message and written
its reply.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a mailbox unlock method to e1000_mbx_operations, which will be used
to unlock the PF/VF mailbox by the PF.
Signed-off-by: Greg Edwards <gedwards@ddn.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
TSAUXC.DisableSystime is never set, so SYSTIM runs into a SYS WRAP
every 1100 secs on 80580/i350/i354 (40 bit SYSTIM) and every 35000
secs on 80576 (45 bit SYSTIM).
This wrap event sets the TSICR.SysWrap bit unconditionally.
However, checking TSIM at interrupt time shows that this event does not
actually cause the interrupt. Rather, it's just bycatch while the
actual interrupt is caused by, for instance, TSICR.TXTS.
The conclusion is that the SYS WRAP is actually expected, so the
"unexpected SYS WRAP" message is entirely bogus and just helps to
confuse users. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Corinna Vinschen <vinschen@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Check return value from call to e1e_wphy(). This value is being
checked during previous calls to function e1e_wphy() and it seems
a check was missing here.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1226905
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A R Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Ethan Zhao <ethan.zhao@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
HW timestamping can only be requested for a packet if the NIC is first
setup via ioctl(SIOCSHWTSTAMP). If this step was skipped, then the igb
driver still allowed TX packets to request HW timestamping. In this
situation, the _IGB_PTP_TX_IN_PROGRESS flag was set and would never
clear. This prevented any future HW timestamping requests to succeed.
Fix this by checking that the NIC is configured for HW TX timestamping
before accepting a HW TX timestamping request.
Signed-off-by: Cliff Spradlin <cspradlin@google.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After add an ethertype filter, if user change the adapter speed several
times, the error "ethtool -N: etype filters are all used" is reported by
igb driver.
In older patch, function igb_nfc_filter_exit() and igb_nfc_filter_restore()
is not paried. igb_nfc_filter_restore() exist in igb_up(), but function
igb_nfc_filter_exit() is exist in __igb_close(). In the process of speed
changing, only igb_nfc_filter_restore() is called, it will take a position
of ethertype bitmap.
Reproduce steps:
Step 1: Add a etype filter by ethtool
$ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether proto 0x88F8 action 1
Step 2: Change the adapter speed to 100M/full duplex
$ethtool -s eth0 speed 100 duplex full
Step 3: Change the adapter speed to 1000M/full duplex
ethtool -s eth0 speed 1000 duplex full
Repeat step2 and step3, then dmesg the system log, you can find the error
message, add new ethtype filter is also failed.
This fixing is move igb_nfc_filter_exit() from __igb_close() to igb_down()
to make igb_nfc_filter_restore()/igb_nfc_filter_exit() is paired.
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container
and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly.
Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables
in cls_*.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the return value from -EINVAL to -EOPNOTSUPP. The rest of the
drivers have it like that, so be aligned.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not
really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under
cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Let __ixgbe_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out
cls_u32 and mqprio specific codes into separate functions. Also change
the return values so they are the same as in the rest of the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to
ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of
the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 32-bit hosts and with CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC we should be seeing a
lockdep splat indicating this seqcount is not correctly initialized, fix
that.
Fixes: 4197aa7bb8 ("ixgbevf: provide 64 bit statistics")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 32-bit hosts and with CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC we should be seeing a
lockdep splat indicating this seqcount is not correctly initialized, fix
that.
Fixes: 980e9b1186 ("i40e: Add support for 64 bit netstats")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-07-25
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Gustavo Silva fixes a variable assignment, where the incorrect variable
was being used to store the error parameter.
Carolyn provides a fix for a problem found in systems when entering S4
state, by ensuring that the misc vector's IRQ is disabled as well.
Jake removes the single-threaded restriction on the module workqueue,
which was causing issues with events such as CORER. Does some future
proofing, by changing how the driver displays the UDP tunnel type.
Paul adds a retry in releasing resources if the admin queue times out
during the first attempt to release the resources.
Jesse fixes up references to 32bit timspec, since there are a small set
of errors on 32 bit, so we need to be using the right calls for dealing
with timespec64 variables. Cleaned up code indentation and corrected
an "if" conditional check, as well as making the code flow more clear.
Cast or changed the types to remove warnings for comparing signed and
unsigned types. Adds missing includes in i40evf, which were being used
but were not being directly included.
Daniel Borkmann fixes i40e to fill the XDP prog_id with the id just like
other XDP enabled drivers, so that on dump we can retrieve the attached
program based on the id and dump BPF insns, opcodes, etc back to user
space.
Tushar Dave adds le32_to_cpu while evaluating the hardware descriptor
fields, since they are in little-endian format. Also removed
unnecessary "__packed" to a couple of i40evf structures.
Stefan Assmann fixes an issue when an administratively set MAC was set
and should now be switched back to 00:00:00:00:00:00, the pf_set_mac
flag is not being toggled back to false.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When an administratively set MAC was previously set and should now be
switched back to 00:00:00:00:00:00 the pf_set_mac flag did not get
toggled back to false.
As a result VFs were still treated as if an administratively set MAC was
present.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is similar to 'commit 9588397d24 ("i40e: remove unnecessary
__packed")' to avoid unaligned access.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e hardware descriptor fields are in little-endian format. Driver
must use le32_to_cpu while evaluating these fields otherwise on
big-endian arch we end up evaluating incorrect values, cause errors
like:
i40evf 0000:03:0a.0: Expected response 24 from PF, received 402653184
i40evf 0000:03:0a.1: Expected response 7 from PF, received 117440512
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fill the XDP prog_id with the id just like we do in other XDP enabled
drivers such as ixgbe. This is needed so that on dump we can retrieve
the attached program based on the id, and dump BPF insns, opcodes, etc
back to user space. Only XDP driver missing this is currently i40e.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These includes were all being used in the driver, but weren't
being directly included.
Since the current advised method is to directly include anything
that you need, this implements that.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver attempts to display the UDP tunnel name by doing a check
against the type, where for non-zero types we use "vxlan" and for zero
type we use "geneve". This is not future proof, because if new tunnel
types get added, we'll incorrectly label them. It also depends on the
value of UDP_TUNNEL_TYPE_GENEVE == 0, which is brittle.
Instead, replace this with a function that can return a constant string
depending on the type. For now we'll use "unknown" for types we don't
know about, and we can expand this in the future if new types get added.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Compiler reported several places where driver compared
signed and unsigned types. Cast or change the types to remove
the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This just reorders some local vars and makes the code flow
clearer.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The compiler warned on an oddly indented bit of code, and when
investigating that, noted that the functions themselves had
an odd flow. The if condition was checked, and would exclude
a call to AQ, but then the aq_ret would be checked unconditionally
which just looks really weird, and is likely to cause objections.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As it turns out there was only a small set of errors
on 32 bit, and we just needed to be using the right calls
for dealing with timespec64 variables.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are some rare cases where the release resource call will return an
admin Q timeout. In these cases the code needs to try to release the
resource again until it succeeds or it times out.
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During certain events such as a CORER, multiple devices will run a work
task to handle some cleanup. This can cause issues due to
a single-threaded workqueue which can mean that a device doesn't cleanup
in time. Prevent this by removing the single-threaded restriction on the
module workqueue. This avoids the need to add more complex yielding
logic in our service task routine. This is also similar to what other
drivers such as fm10k do.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem found in systems when entering
S4 state. This patch fixes the problem by ensuring that
the misc vector's IRQ is disabled as well. Without this
patch a stack trace can be seen upon entering S4 state.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix incorrect variable assignment.
Based on line 1511: aq_ret = I40_ERR_PARAM; the correct variable to be
used in this instance is aq_ret instead of ret. Also, variable ret is
updated at line 1602 just before return, so assigning a value to this
variable in this code block is useless.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1397693
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A R Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flow control autonegotiation is not supported for XFI. Make sure that
ixgbe_device_supports_autoneg_fc() returns false and
hw->fc.disable_fc_autoneg is set to true to avoid running the fc_autoneg
function for that device.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flow control autonegotiation is not supported for fiber on X553. Add
device ID checks in ixgbe_device_supports_autoneg_fc() to return the
appropriate value.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The MAC register NW_MNG_IF_SEL fields have been redefined for
X553. These changes impact the iXFI driver code flow. Since iXFI is
only supported in X552, add MAC checks for iXFI flows.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable LASI interrupts on X552 devices in order to receive notifications of
link configurations of the external PHY and support the configuration of
the internal iXFI link since iXFI does not support auto-negotiation. This
is not required for X553 devices; add a check to avoid enabling LASI
interrupts for X553 devices.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a check to ensure that adding the MAC filter was
successful before setting the MACVLAN. If it was unsuccessful, propagate
the error.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For performance reasons we want to avoid updating the tail pointer in
the driver tx ring as much as possible. To accomplish this we add
batching support to the redirect path in XDP.
This adds another ndo op "xdp_flush" that is used to inform the driver
that it should bump the tail pointer on the TX ring.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a trace event for xdp redirect which may help when debugging
XDP programs that use redirect bpf commands.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are optimizations we can add after the basic feature is
enabled. But, for now keep the patch simple.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tx_rings and rx_rings are cleaned up on close paths in ixgbe driver
however, xdp_rings are not. Set the xdp_rings to NULL here so that
we can use the pointer to indicate if the XDP rings are initialized.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pci_error_handlers->reset_notify() method had a flag to indicate
whether to prepare for or clean up after a reset. The prepare and done
cases have no shared functionality whatsoever, so split them into separate
methods.
[bhelgaas: changelog, update locking comments]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170601111039.8913-3-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
We recently refactored i40e_do_reset() and its friends to be able to
hold the RTNL lock only for the portions that actually need to be
protected. However, a separate refactoring added several new callers of
these functions during the PCIe error recovery and suspend/resume
cycles.
When merging the changes together, it was not noticed that we could
reduce the RTNL scope by letting the reset function handle the lock
itself, as previously it was not possible.
Fix this by replacing these call sites to indicate that the reset
function should handle its own lock. This enables multiple PFs to reset
or resume simultaneously without serializing the resets via the RTNL
lock. The end result is that on systems with lots of PFs and VFs the
resets don't stall waiting for each other to finish.
It is probable that we can also do the same for i40e_do_reset_safe, but
this author did not research that change carefully enough to be
confident.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When IWARP is enabled, we weren't clearing the PE_CRITERR, just logging
it and removing it from the mask. We need to do a corer to reset the
PE_CRITERR register, so set the bit for that as we handle the
interrupt.
We should also be checking for the error against the PFINT_ICR0 register,
and only need to clear it in the value getting written to
PFINT_ICR0_ENA.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When disabling interrupts, we should only be clearing the CAUSE_ENA bit,
not clearing the whole register. Clearing the whole register sets the
NEXTQ_IDX field to 0 instead of 0x7ff which can confuse the Firmware in
some reset sequences.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which the driver does not correctly exit overflow
promiscuous mode. This can occur if "too many" mac filters are added,
putting the driver into overflow promiscuous mode, and the filters are
then removed. When the failed filters are removed, the driver reports
exiting overflow promiscuous mode which is correct, however traffic
continues to be received as if in promiscuous mode still.
The bug occurs because the conditional for toggling promiscuous mode was
set to only execute when promiscuous mode was enabled and not when it
was disabled as well. This patch fixes the conditional to correctly
execute when promiscuous mode is toggled and not just enabled. Without
this patch, the driver is unable to correctly exit overflow promiscuous
mode.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for OEM firmware version. If OEM specific
adapter is detected ethtool reports OEM product version in firmware
version string instead of etrack id.
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Partition bandwidth control is not in just one form of MFP (multi-function
partitioning), so make the code more generic and be sure to nudge the Tx
scheduler for all MFP.
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a check and message if the device is in
MFP mode as changing RSS input set is not supported in
MFP mode.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Changes parsing of FW 4.33 AQ command Get CEE DCBX OPER CFG (0x0A07).
Change is required because FW now creates the oper_prio_tc
nibbles reversed from those in the CEE Priority Group sub-TLV.
This change will only apply to FW 4.33 as future FW versions will use a
different function to parse the CEE data.
Signed-off-by: Greg Bowers <gregory.j.bowers@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a fix for the static code analysis issue where dcbcfg->numapps
could be greater than size of array (i.e dcbcfg->app[I40E_DCBX_MAX_APPS]).
The fix makes sure that the array is not accessed past the size of
of the array (i.e. I40E_DCBX_MAX_APPS).
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The firmware expects the port number passed when setting up
the UDP tunnel configuration to be in Little Endian format.
The i40e_aq_add_udp_tunnel command byte swaps the value from
host order to Little Endian.
Since commit fe0b0cd97b ("i40e: send correct port number to
AdminQ when enabling UDP tunnels") we've correctly
sent the value in host order.
Let's also add a comment to the function explaining that it must
be in host order, as the port numbers are commonly stored as Big
Endian values.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When searching for the vf_capability client routine, dev_info() was
used, instead of the normal dev_dbg(). This causes the message to be
displayed at standard log levels which can cause administrators to
worry. Avoid this by using dev_dbg instead.
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update a few flags related to FW interactions.
Copyright updated to 2017.
Signed-off-by: Alice Michael <alice.michael@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The variable num_active_queues represents the number of active queues we
have for the device. We assign this pretty early in i40evf_init_subtask.
Several code locations are written with loops over the tx_rings and
rx_rings structures, which don't get allocated until
i40evf_alloc_queues, and which get freed by i40evf_free_queues.
These call sites were written under the assumption that tx_rings and
rx_rings would always be allocated at least when num_active_queues is
non-zero.
Lets fix this by moving the assignment into the function where we
allocate queues. We'll use a temporary variable for storage so that we
don't assign the value in the adapter structure until after the rings
have been set up.
Finally, when we free the queues, we'll clear the value to ensure that
we do not loop over the rings memory that no longer exists.
This resolves a possible NULL pointer dereference in
i40evf_get_ethtool_stats which could occur if the VF fails to recover
from a reset, and then a user requests statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds proper XDP_TX action support. For each Tx ring, an
additional XDP Tx ring is allocated and setup. This version does the
DMA mapping in the fast-path, which will penalize performance for
IOMMU enabled systems. Further, debugfs support is not wired up for
the XDP Tx rings.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This commit adds basic XDP support for i40e derived NICs. All XDP
actions will end up in XDP_DROP.
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support to ixgbe to report bpf_prog ID during XDP_QUERY_PROG.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *,
and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not.
Make these functions (skb_put, __skb_put and pskb_put) return void *
and remove all the casts across the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only
where the unsigned char pointer was used directly, all done with the
following spatch:
@@
expression SKB, LEN;
typedef u8;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
@@
- *(fn(SKB, LEN))
+ *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN)
@@
expression E, SKB, LEN;
identifier fn = { skb_put, __skb_put };
type T;
@@
- E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN)))
+ E = fn(SKB, LEN)
which actually doesn't cover pskb_put since there are only three
users overall.
A handful of stragglers were converted manually, notably a macro in
drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_bsdcomp.c and, oddly enough, one of the many
instances in net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c. In the former file, I also
had to fix one whitespace problem spatch introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A common pattern with skb_put() is to just want to memcpy()
some data into the new space, introduce skb_put_data() for
this.
An spatch similar to the one for skb_put_zero() converts many
of the places using it:
@@
identifier p, p2;
expression len, skb, data;
type t, t2;
@@
(
-p = skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
|
-p = (t)skb_put(skb, len);
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, len);
|
-memcpy(p, data, len);
)
@@
type t, t2;
identifier p, p2;
expression skb, data;
@@
t *p;
...
(
-p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
|
-p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t));
+p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t));
)
(
p2 = (t2)p;
-memcpy(p2, data, sizeof(*p));
|
-memcpy(p, data, sizeof(*p));
)
@@
expression skb, len, data;
@@
-memcpy(skb_put(skb, len), data, len);
+skb_put_data(skb, data, len);
(again, manually post-processed to retain some comments)
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver may sleep under a spin lock, and the function call path is:
i40e_ndo_set_vf_port_vlan (acquire the lock by spin_lock_bh)
i40e_vsi_remove_pvid
i40e_vlan_stripping_disable
i40e_aq_update_vsi_params
i40e_asq_send_command
mutex_lock --> may sleep
To fixed it, the spin lock is released before "i40e_vsi_remove_pvid", and
the lock is acquired again after this function.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We call pci_set_drvdata immediately after calling register_netdev,
which leaves a window where tasks writing to the sriov_numvfs sysfs
attribute can sneak in and crash the kernel. register_netdev cleans
up after itself so placing pci_set_drvdata immediately before it
should preserve the intent of commit 0fb6a55cc3 ("ixgbe: fix crash
on rmmod after probe fail").
Fixes: 0fb6a55cc3 ("ixgbe: fix crash on rmmod after probe fail")
Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
cppcheck warns that the format string is incorrect in the function
ixgbe_get_strings(). Since the value cannot be negative, change the
variable to unsigned which matches the format specifier.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgbe_write_qde() was ignoring the qde parameter which resulted
in PFQDE.HIDE_VLAN not being set for X550.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbevf version number.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe version number.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver has logic to handle only one Tx timestamp at a time,
using a state bit lock to avoid multiple requests at once.
It may be possible, if incredibly unlikely, that a Tx timestamp event is
requested but never completes. Since we use an interrupt scheme to
determine when the Tx timestamp occurred we would never clear the state
bit in this case.
Add an ixgbe_ptp_tx_hang() function similar to the already existing
ixgbe_ptp_rx_hang() function. This function runs in the watchdog routine
and makes sure we eventually recover from this case instead of
permanently disabling Tx timestamps.
Note: there is no currently known way to cause this without hacking the
driver code to force it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ixgbe driver uses a state bit lock to avoid handling more than one Tx
timestamp request at once. This is required because hardware is limited
to a single set of registers for Tx timestamps.
The state bit lock is not properly cleaned up during
ixgbe_xmit_frame_ring() if the transmit fails such as due to DMA or TSO
failure. In some hardware this results in blocking timestamps until the
service task times out. In other hardware this results in a permanent
lock of the timestamp bit because we never receive an interrupt
indicating the timestamp occurred, since indeed the packet was never
transmitted.
Fix this by checking for DMA and TSO errors in ixgbe_xmit_frame_ring() and
properly cleaning up after ourselves when these occur.
Reported-by: Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware related to the ixgbe driver is limited to handling a single Tx
timestamp request at a time. Thus, the driver ignores requests for Tx
timestamp while waiting for the current request to finish. It uses
a state bit lock which enforces that only one timestamp request is
honored at a time.
Unfortunately this suffers from a simple race condition. The bit lock is
not cleared until after skb_tstamp_tx() is called notifying applications
of a new Tx timestamp. Even a well behaved application sending only one
packet at a time and waiting for a response can wake up and send a new
packet before the bit lock is cleared. This results in needlessly
dropping some Tx timestamp requests.
We can fix this by unlocking the state bit as soon as we read the
Timestamp register, as this is the first point at which it is safe to
unlock.
To avoid issues with the skb pointer, we'll use a copy of the pointer
and set the global variable in the driver structure to NULL first. This
ensures that the next timestamp request does not modify our local copy
of the skb pointer.
This ensures that well behaved applications do not accidentally race
with the unlock bit. Obviously an application which sends multiple Tx
timestamp requests at once will still only timestamp one packet at
a time. Unfortunately there is nothing we can do about this.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent commit to refactor the driver and remove the hw_disabled_flags
field accidentally introduced two regressions. First, we overwrote
pf->flags which removed various key flags including the MSI-X settings.
Additionally, it was intended that we have now two flags,
HW_ATR_EVICT_CAPABLE and HW_ATR_EVICT_ENABLED, but this was not done,
and we accidentally were mis-using HW_ATR_EVICT_CAPABLE everywhere.
This patch adds the missing piece, HW_ATR_EVICT_ENABLED, and safely
updates pf->flags instead of overwriting it.
Without this patch we will have many problems including disabling MSI-X
support, and we'll attempt to use HW ATR eviction on devices which do
not support it.
Fixes: 47994c119a ("i40e: remove hw_disabled_flags in favor of using separate flag bits", 2017-04-19)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-06-07
This series contains a fix for e1000e and igb.
Colin Ian King fixes sparse warnings in igb by making functions static.
Chris Wilson provides a fix for a previous commit which is causing an
issue during suspend "e1000e_pm_suspend()", where we need to run
e1000e_pm_thaw() if __e1000_shutdown() is unsuccessful.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the
information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports
multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to
prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used
to implement multichain offload.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up a few sparse warnings, these following
functions can be made static:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c: warning: symbol
'igb_add_mac_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c: warning: symbol
'igb_del_mac_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c: warning: symbol
'igb_set_vf_mac_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In f8b45b74cc ("i40e/i40evf: Use build_skb to build frames")
i40e_build_skb updates the page_offset field with an incorrect offset,
which can lead to data corruption. This patch updates page_offset
correctly, by properly setting truesize.
Note that the bug only appears on architectures where PAGE_SIZE is
8192 or larger.
Fixes: f8b45b74cc ("i40e/i40evf: Use build_skb to build frames")
Signed-off-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn.topel@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 0da36b9774 ("i40e: use DECLARE_BITMAP for state fields")
introduced changes in the way i40e works with state flags converting
them to bitmaps using kernel bitmap API. This change introduced a
regression due to a mistaken substitution using __I40E_VSI_DOWN instead
of __I40E_DOWN when testing state of a PF at i40e_reset_subtask()
function. This caused a flood in the kernel log with the follow message:
[49.013] i40e 0002:01:00.0: bad reset request 0x00000020
Commit d19cb64b92 ("i40e: separate PF and VSI state flags")
also introduced some misuse of the VSI and PF flags, so both could be
considered as the offenders.
This patch simply fixes the flags where it makes sense by changing
__I40E_VSI_DOWN to __I40E_DOWN.
Fixes: 0da36b9774 ("i40e: use DECLARE_BITMAP for state fields")
Fixes: d19cb64b92 ("i40e: separate PF and VSI state flags")
Reviewed-by: "Guilherme G. Piccoli" <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: "Mauro S. M. Rodrigues" <maurosr@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace disable_irq() which waits for threaded irq handlers with
disable_hardirq() which waits only for hardirq part.
Fixes: 3111912971 ("e1000: use disable_hardirq() for e1000_netpoll()")
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some statistics passed to ethtool are garbage because e1000e_get_stats64()
doesn't write them, for example: tx_heartbeat_errors. This leaks kernel
memory to userspace and confuses users.
Do like ixgbe and use dev_get_stats() which first zeroes out
rtnl_link_stats64.
Fixes: 5944701df9 ("net: remove useless memset's in drivers get_stats64")
Reported-by: Stefan Priebe <s.priebe@profihost.ag>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Given that all callers of igb_update_stats() pass the same two arguments:
(adapter, &adapter->stats64), the second argument can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The igb driver has logic to handle only one Tx timestamp at a time,
using a state bit lock to avoid multiple requests at once.
It may be possible, if incredibly unlikely, that a Tx timestamp event is
requested but never completes. Since we use an interrupt scheme to
determine when the Tx timestamp occurred we would never clear the state
bit in this case.
Add an igb_ptp_tx_hang() function similar to the already existing
igb_ptp_rx_hang() function. This function runs in the watchdog routine
and makes sure we eventually recover from this case instead of
permanently disabling Tx timestamps.
Note: there is no currently known way to cause this without hacking the
driver code to force it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The igb driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The e1000e driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The igb driver uses a state bit lock to avoid handling more than one Tx
timestamp request at once. This is required because hardware is limited
to a single set of registers for Tx timestamps.
The state bit lock is not properly cleaned up during
igb_xmit_frame_ring() if the transmit fails such as due to DMA or TSO
failure. In some hardware this results in blocking timestamps until the
service task times out. In other hardware this results in a permanent
lock of the timestamp bit because we never receive an interrupt
indicating the timestamp occurred, since indeed the packet was never
transmitted.
Fix this by checking for DMA and TSO errors in igb_xmit_frame_ring() and
properly cleaning up after ourselves when these occur.
Reported-by: Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware related to the igb driver has a limitation of only handling one
Tx timestamp at a time. Thus, the driver uses a state bit lock to
enforce that only one timestamp request is honored at a time.
Unfortunately this suffers from a simple race condition. The bit lock is
not cleared until after skb_tstamp_tx() is called notifying the stack of
a new Tx timestamp. Even a well behaved application which sends only one
timestamp request at once and waits for a response might wake up and
send a new packet before the bit lock is cleared. This results in
needlessly dropping some Tx timestamp requests.
We can fix this by unlocking the state bit as soon as we read the
Timestamp register, as this is the first point at which it is safe to
unlock.
To avoid issues with the skb pointer, we'll use a copy of the pointer
and set the global variable in the driver structure to NULL first. This
ensures that the next timestamp request does not modify our local copy
of the skb pointer.
This ensures that well behaved applications do not accidentally race
with the unlock bit. Obviously an application which sends multiple Tx
timestamp requests at once will still only timestamp one packet at
a time. Unfortunately there is nothing we can do about this.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The e1000e driver and related hardware has a limitation on Tx PTP
packets which requires we limit to timestamping a single packet at once.
We do this by verifying that we never request a new Tx timestamp while
we still have a tx_hwtstamp_skb pointer.
Unfortunately the driver suffers from a race condition around this. The
tx_hwtstamp_skb pointer is not set to NULL until after skb_tstamp_tx()
is called. This function notifies the stack and applications of a new
timestamp. Even a well behaved application that only sends a new request
when the first one is finished might be woken up and possibly send
a packet before we can free the timestamp in the driver again. The
result is that we needlessly ignore some Tx timestamp requests in this
corner case.
Fix this by assigning the tx_hwtstamp_skb pointer prior to calling
skb_tstamp_tx() and use a temporary pointer to hold the timestamped skb
until that function finishes. This ensures that the application is not
woken up until the driver is ready to begin timestamping a new packet.
This ensures that well behaved applications do not accidentally race
with condition to skip Tx timestamps. Obviously an application which
sends multiple Tx timestamp requests at once will still only timestamp
one packet at a time. Unfortunately there is nothing we can do about
this.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new wake function is only used by the suspend/resume handlers that
are defined in inside of an #ifdef, which can cause this harmless
warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c:7988:13: warning: 'igb_deliver_wake_packet' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Removing the #ifdef, instead using a __maybe_unused annotation
simplifies the code and avoids the warning.
Fixes: b90fa87635 ("igb: Enable reading of wake up packet")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The functions igb_read_phy_reg_gs40g/igb_write_phy_reg_gs40g (which were
removed in 2a3cdea) explicitly selected the required page at every phy_reg
access. Currently, igb_get_phy_id_82575 relays on the fact that page 0 is
already selected. The assumption is not fulfilled for my Lex 3I380CW
motherboard with integrated dual i211 based gigabit ethernet. This leads to igb
initialization failure and network interfaces are not working:
igb: Intel(R) Gigabit Ethernet Network Driver - version 5.4.0-k
igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
igb: probe of 0000:01:00.0 failed with error -2
igb: probe of 0000:02:00.0 failed with error -2
In order to fix it, we explicitly select page 0 before first access to phy
registers.
See also: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1009911
See also: http://www.lex.com.tw/products/pdf/3I380A&3I380CW.pdf
Fixes: 2a3cdea ("igb: Remove GS40G specific defines/functions")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.5+
Signed-off-by: Matwey V Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make return value void since functions never returns meaningfull value.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add device ID define and mac_type assignment needed for
Adaptive Virtual Function (VF Base Mode Support).
Also, update version to v3.0.0 in order to indicate
clearly that this is the first driver supporting the AVF
device ID.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This moves a function that is needed for the virtchnl interface
from the i40e PF driver over to the virtchnl.h file.
It was manually verified that the function in question is unchanged
except for the function name and function header, which explains
the slight difference in the number of lines removed/added.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements the complete version of the virtchnl.h file
with final renames, and fixes the related code in i40e and i40evf.
It also expands comments, and adds details on the usage of
certain fields.
In addition, due to the changes a couple of casts are needed
to prevent errors found by sparse after renaming some fields.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes up a bunch of whitespace issues introduced
by the previous automated change of name from i40e to virtchnl.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change updates the arguments passed to the validate function
and fixes the caller, as well as uses the new return values added to
virtchnl.h
One other minor tweak, remove a duplicate set to zero of valid_len.
This is in preparation for moving the function to virtchnl.h.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of the conversion, change the arguments
to VF_IS_V1[01] macros and move them to virtchnl.h
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Before moving this function over to virtchnl.h, move
some driver specific checks that had snuck into a fairly
generic function, back into the caller of the function.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This morphs all the i40e and i40evf references to/in virtchnl.h
to be generic, using only automated methods. Updates all the
callers to use the new names. A followup patch provides separate
clean ups for messy line conversions from these "automatic"
changes, to make them more reviewable.
Was executed with the following sed script:
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_client.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_prototype.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40e_common.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40e_prototype.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf.h
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_client.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c
sed -i -f transform_script drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_virtchnl.c
sed -i -f transform_script include/linux/avf/virtchnl.h
transform_script:
----8<----
s/I40E_VIRTCHNL_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/SAVE_ME_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/g
s/I40E_VIRTCHNL_VF_CAP/SAVE_ME_VF_CAP/g
s/I40E_VIRTCHNL_/VIRTCHNL_/g
s/i40e_virtchnl_/virtchnl_/g
s/i40e_vfr_/virtchnl_vfr_/g
s/I40E_VFR_/VIRTCHNL_VFR_/g
s/VIRTCHNL_OP_ADD_ETHER_ADDRESS/VIRTCHNL_OP_ADD_ETH_ADDR/g
s/VIRTCHNL_OP_DEL_ETHER_ADDRESS/VIRTCHNL_OP_DEL_ETH_ADDR/g
s/VIRTCHNL_OP_FCOE/VIRTCHNL_OP_RSVD/g
s/SAVE_ME_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/I40E_VIRTCHNL_SUPPORTED_QTYPES/g
s/SAVE_ME_VF_CAP/I40E_VIRTCHNL_VF_CAP/g
----8<----
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the i40e driver to start using the new virtchnl
interface header file, and removes an already existing duplicate of the
i40e_virtchnl.h file contained in the i40e directory.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This moves a header for i40evf to include/linux/avf/virtchnl.h.
The directory name AVF is an acronym for the Intel(R) Adaptive
Virtual Function.
This first step creates the new file, which is a rename of
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40e_virtchnl.h to
include/linux/avf/virtchnl.h, and should show up in git
as a rename when using git log --follow.
To keep things building after the move, the changes to the i40evf
driver are made to point to the new include file location.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This drops the i40e_type.h include in anticipation of the next
patch which moves this file to a location where type.h doesn't
exist, and all the places this file is included already include
i40e_type.h before this file.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-05-31
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Scott enables support for TSO & GSO for MPLS encapsulated packets for both
ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Liwei Song fixes an issue where seqcount/seqlock in ixgbe_get_stats64()
are not initialized in time, so move the initialization into probe routine
after the transmit and receive rings are initialized.
Paul cleans up led_[on|off] for X550EM_X, since the firmware configures
the PHY & MAC and we have no PHY access so LED on/off is not supported
with this device.
Emil provides several fixes, starting with enabling RSS on VF to VF
traffic on the same PF. Fixed PHY identification, where the previous
method was unreliable, so use a different register to ensure proper
identification. Cleaned up the logic which could cause us to
skip the link configuration, this skipping over the link configuration
was leaving SFP+ PHY's in an unstable state, so always call
setup_mac_link(). Added RS1 (rate select 1) support for ixgbe. Lastly,
fixed incorrect logic in the setting up of SFP+ link speed.
Mark fixes the thermal sensor event logic, where it was being executed
when there really was no thermal event. So simplify the logic to only
execute when there is a thermal event.
Tony adds additional error checks and reporting when setting a VF MAC
address to ensure that the MAC filter was successfully added. Also
fixed possible truncation warnings, as well as implicit fallthrough
warnings.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for ret_val instead of !ret_val to allow the rest of
the code to execute and configure the speed properly.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add RS1 configuration to ixgbe_set_soft_rate_select_speed()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the logic which would previously skip the link configuration
in the case where we are already at the requested speed in
ixgbe_setup_mac_link_multispeed_fiber().
By exiting early we are skipping the link configuration and as such
the driver may not always configure the PHY correctly for SFP+.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure the writes are processed immediately. Without the flush it
is possible for operations on one port to spill over the other as the
resource is shared.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previous method was unreliable. Use a different register to
differentiate between the SKUs.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Additions to gcc 7 now warn whenever a switch statement falls through
implicitly. This patch adds explicit fall through comments to address the
following warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c: In function ‘ixgbevf_get_reta_locked’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:336:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
if (hw->mac.type < ixgbe_mac_X550_vf)
^
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:338:2: note: here
default:
^~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c: In function ‘ixgbevf_get_rss_key_locked’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:402:6: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
if (hw->mac.type < ixgbe_mac_X550_vf)
^
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/vf.c:404:2: note: here
default:
^~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The following warning is now shown as a result of new checks added for
gcc 7:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c: In function ‘ixgbevf_open’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1363:13: warning: ‘%d’ directive output may be truncated writing between 1 and 10 bytes into a region of size between 3 and 18 [-Wformat-truncation=]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1363:6: note: directive argument in the range [0, 2147483647]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1362:4: note: ‘snprintf’ output between 8 and 32 bytes into a destination of size 24
snprintf(q_vector->name, sizeof(q_vector->name) - 1,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Resolve this warning by making a couple of changes.
- Don't reserve space for the null terminator. Since snprintf adds the
null terminator automatically, there is no need for us to reserve a byte
for it.
- Change a couple variables that can never be negative from int to
unsigned int.
While we're making changes to the format string, move the constant strings
into the format string instead of providing them as specifiers.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds/changes fall through comments to address new warnings
produced by gcc 7.
Fixed formatting on a couple of comments in the function.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The following warning is now shown as a result of new checks added for
gcc 7:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c: In function ‘ixgbe_open’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c:3118:13: warning: ‘%d’ directive output may be truncated writing between 1 and 10 bytes into a region of size between 3 and 18 [-Wformat-truncation=]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c:3118:6: note: directive argument in the range [0, 2147483647]
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
^~~~~~~~~~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.c:3117:4: note: ‘snprintf’ output between 8 and 32 bytes into a destination of size 24
snprintf(q_vector->name, sizeof(q_vector->name) - 1,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
"%s-%s-%d", netdev->name, "TxRx", ri++);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Resolve this warning by making a couple of changes.
- Don't reserve space for the null terminator. Since snprintf adds the
null terminator automatically, there is no need for us to reserve a byte
for it.
- Change a couple variables that can never be negative from int to
unsigned int.
While we're making changes to the format string, move the constant strings
into the format string instead of providing them as specifiers.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, when setting a VF MAC address there are no error checks to
ensure that the MAC filter was successfully added. This patch adds
additional error checks, reporting, and propagation of errors. It also
will not set the MAC address unless adding the MAC filter was successful.
With these changes, setting the mac address to zeros can no longer call
ixgbe_set_vf_mac() as adding a zero MAC address filter is not valid.
Instead directly delete the filter and, if successful, clear the MAC
address.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The thermal sensor event logic is messed up, because it can execute
the code when there is no thermal event. The current logic is that
it will exit when !capable && !event whereas it really should exit
when !capable || !event. For one thing, it means that the service
task is doing too much work. It probably has some other symptoms as
well. So, correct the logic, simplifying to only execute when there
is a thermal event. The capable check is redundant.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This will ensure that VF-to-VF traffic on the same PF
is filtered to allow RSS operation.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since FW configures the PHY and MAC X550EM_X has no
PHY access, led_[on|off] is not supported with the 1Gbase-t design.
Removed MAC X550EM_X 1Gbase-t led_[on|off] support by setting
function pointers to NULL and added NULL pointer checks. Also set
init_led_link_act to NULL and added NULL pointer check.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch advertises TSO & GSO features in netdev->mpls_features.
In ixgbe(vf)_tso() where we set up segmentation offload, the IP
header will be the inner network header when eth_p_mpls() indicates
the Ethernet protocol is MPLS (UC or MC).
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'kzalloc' fails, a NULL pointer will be dereferenced. Return -ENOMEM
instead.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver has logic to handle only one Tx timestamp at a time,
using a state bit lock to avoid multiple requests at once.
It may be possible, if incredibly unlikely, that a Tx timestamp event is
requested but never completes. Since we use an interrupt scheme to
determine when the Tx timestamp occurred we would never clear the state
bit in this case.
Add an i40e_ptp_tx_hang() function similar to the already existing
i40e_ptp_rx_hang() function. This function runs in the watchdog routine
and makes sure we eventually recover from this case instead of
permanently disabling Tx timestamps.
Note: there is no currently known way to cause this without hacking the
driver code to force it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no reason to pass a *vsi pointer if we already have the *pf
pointer in the only location where we call this function. Lets update
the signature and directly pass the *pf data structure pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver can only handle one Tx timestamp request at a time.
This means it is possible for an application timestamp request to be
ignored.
There is no easy way for an administrator to determine if this occurred.
Add a new statistic which tracks this, tx_hwtstamp_skipped.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver uses a bit lock to indicate when a Tx timestamp is in
progress to avoid attempting to timestamp multiple packets at once. This
is required because hardware only has registers to handle one request at
a time.
There is a corner case where we failed to cleanup the bit lock after
a failed transmit. This can potentially result in a state bit being
locked forever.
Add some cleanup code to i40e_xmit_frame_ring to check and make sure we
cleanup incase of these failures. We also modify i40e_tx_map to return
an error code indication DMA failure.
Reported-by: Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hardware related to the i40e driver has a limitation on Tx PTP packets.
This requires us to limit the driver to timestamping a single packet at
once. This is done using a state bitlock which enforces that only one
timestamp request is honored at a time.
Unfortunately this suffers from a race condition. The bit lock is not
cleared until after skb_tstamp_tx() is called notifying applications of
a new Tx timestamp. Even a well behaved application sending only one
packet at a time and waiting for a response can wake up and send a new
timestamped packet request before the bit lock is cleared. This results
in needlessly dropping some Tx timestamp requests.
We can fix this by unlocking the state bit as soon as we read the
Timestamp register, as this is the first point at which it is safe to
timestamp another packet.
To avoid issues with the skb pointer, we'll use a copy of the pointer
and set the global variable in the driver structure to NULL first. This
ensures that the next timestamp request does not modify our local copy
of the skb pointer.
Now, a well behaved application which has at most one outstanding
timestamp request will not accidentally race with the driver unlock bit.
Obviously an application attempting to timestamp faster than one request
at a time will have some timestamp requests skipped. Unfortunately there
is nothing we can do about that.
Reported-by: David Mirabito <davidm@metamako.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40evf hardware doesn't have any way to ever report FCoE enabled
so just force the code to always report FCoE is disabled, remove the
unused defines, and mark the OP as reserved.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a missing line that was missed while merging,
which results in a driver feature in the VF not working to
enable RSS as a negotiated feature.
Fixes: 43a3d9ba34 ("i40evf: Allow PF driver to configure RSS")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This removes two duplicate lines that snuck into the code somehow.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some drivers were calling the skb_tx_timestamp() function only when
a hardware timestamp was not requested. Now that applications can use
the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TX_SWHW option to request both software and
hardware timestamps, the drivers need to be modified to unconditionally
call skb_tx_timestamp().
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include HWTSTAMP_FILTER_NTP_ALL in net_hwtstamp_validate() as a valid
filter and update drivers which can timestamp all packets, or which
explicitly list unsupported filters instead of using a default case, to
handle the filter.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
CC: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Lichvar <mlichvar@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=eE4D
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- add framework for supporting PCIe devices in Endpoint mode (Kishon
Vijay Abraham I)
- use non-postable PCI config space mappings when possible (Lorenzo
Pieralisi)
- clean up and unify mmap of PCI BARs (David Woodhouse)
- export and unify Function Level Reset support (Christoph Hellwig)
- avoid FLR for Intel 82579 NICs (Sasha Neftin)
- add pci_request_irq() and pci_free_irq() helpers (Christoph Hellwig)
- short-circuit config access failures for disconnected devices (Keith
Busch)
- remove D3 sleep delay when possible (Adrian Hunter)
- freeze PME scan before suspending devices (Lukas Wunner)
- stop disabling MSI/MSI-X in pci_device_shutdown() (Prarit Bhargava)
- disable boot interrupt quirk for ASUS M2N-LR (Stefan Assmann)
- add arch-specific alignment control to improve device passthrough by
avoiding multiple BARs in a page (Yongji Xie)
- add sysfs sriov_drivers_autoprobe to control VF driver binding
(Bodong Wang)
- allow slots below PCI-to-PCIe "reverse bridges" (Bjorn Helgaas)
- fix crashes when unbinding host controllers that don't support
removal (Brian Norris)
- add driver for MicroSemi Switchtec management interface (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- add driver for Faraday Technology FTPCI100 host bridge (Linus
Walleij)
- add i.MX7D support (Andrey Smirnov)
- use generic MSI support for Aardvark (Thomas Petazzoni)
- make Rockchip driver modular (Brian Norris)
- advertise 128-byte Read Completion Boundary support for Rockchip
(Shawn Lin)
- advertise PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_SLC for Rockchip root port (Shawn Lin)
- convert atomic_t to refcount_t in HV driver (Elena Reshetova)
- add CPU IRQ affinity in HV driver (K. Y. Srinivasan)
- fix PCI bus removal in HV driver (Long Li)
- add support for ThunderX2 DMA alias topology (Jayachandran C)
- add ThunderX pass2.x 2nd node MCFG quirk (Tomasz Nowicki)
- add ITE 8893 bridge DMA alias quirk (Jarod Wilson)
- restrict Cavium ACS quirk only to CN81xx/CN83xx/CN88xx devices
(Manish Jaggi)
* tag 'pci-v4.12-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (146 commits)
PCI: Don't allow unbinding host controllers that aren't prepared
ARM: DRA7: clockdomain: Change the CLKTRCTRL of CM_PCIE_CLKSTCTRL to SW_WKUP
MAINTAINERS: Add PCI Endpoint maintainer
Documentation: PCI: Add userguide for PCI endpoint test function
tools: PCI: Add sample test script to invoke pcitest
tools: PCI: Add a userspace tool to test PCI endpoint
Documentation: misc-devices: Add Documentation for pci-endpoint-test driver
misc: Add host side PCI driver for PCI test function device
PCI: Add device IDs for DRA74x and DRA72x
dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings to enable unaligned access
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Workaround for errata id i870
dt-bindings: PCI: dra7xx: Add DT bindings for PCI dra7xx EP mode
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Add EP mode support
PCI: dwc: dra7xx: Facilitate wrapper and MSI interrupts to be enabled independently
dt-bindings: PCI: Add DT bindings for PCI designware EP mode
PCI: dwc: designware: Add EP mode support
Documentation: PCI: Add binding documentation for pci-test endpoint function
ixgbe: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
IB/hfi1: Use pcie_flr() instead of duplicating it
PCI: imx6: Fix spelling mistake: "contol" -> "control"
...
This typo is quite common. Fix it and add it to the spelling file so
that checkpatch catches it earlier.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170317011131.6881-2-sboyd@codeaurora.org
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-30
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Jake provides majority of the changes in this series, starting with the
renaming of a flag to avoid confusion. Then renamed a variable to a
more meaningful name to clarify what is actually being done and to
reduce confusion. Amortizes the wait time when initializing or disabling
lots of VFs by using i40e_reset_all_vfs() and
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait(). Cleaned up a unnecessary delay since
pci_disable_sriov() already has its own delay, so need to add a additional
delay when removing VFs. Avoid using the same name flags for both
vsi->state and pf->state, to make code review easier and assist future
work to use the correct state field when checking bits. Use
DECLARE_BITMAP() to ensure that we always allocate enough space for flags.
Replace hw_disabled_flags with the new _AUTO_DISABLED flags, which are
more readable because we are not setting an *_ENABLED flag to
disable the feature.
Alex corrects a oversight where we were not reprogramming the ports
after a reset, which was causing us to lose all of the receive tunnel
offloads.
Arnd Bergmann moves the declaration of a local variable to avoid a
warning seen on architectures with larger pages about an unused variable.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for 38.4MHz frequency is required for PTP
on CannonLake. SYSTIM frequency adjustment attributes for TIMINCA are
get/set dependent on the hardware clock frequency for a different
types of adapters. 38.4MHz frequency supported by CannonLake
and active once time synchronisation mechanism was enabled
Changed abbreviation from Hz to HZ to be compliant checkpatch code style
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The propagation of CannonLake mac type to driver functionality
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i219 (6) and i219 (7) are the next LOM generations that will be
available on the nextIntel Client platform (CannonLake)
This patch provides the initial support for these devices
Signed-off-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Raanan Avargil <raanan.avargil@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dima Ruinskiy <dima.ruinskiy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.
Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On architectures with larger pages, we get a warning about an unused variable:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c: In function 'i40evf_configure_rx':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40evf/i40evf_main.c:690:21: error: unused variable 'netdev' [-Werror=unused-variable]
This moves the declaration into the #ifdef to avoid the warning.
Fixes: dab86afdbb ("i40e/i40evf: Change the way we limit the maximum frame size for Rx")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This matches the ordering of how we free stuff during reset and remove.
It also makes logical sense because we set the interrupts based on the
number of queues. Currently this doesn't really matter in practice.
However a future patch moves the assignment of num_active_queues into
i40evf_alloc_queues, which is required by
i40evf_set_interrupt_capability.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The flag used by the common code and PF code is I40E_FLAG_FD_ATR_ENABLED,
not *FDIR*. It turns out none of the txrx code actually shared with the
VF driver actually checks the ATR flag. This is made even more obvious
by the typo in the VF header file.
Let's just remove the flag from the VF driver since it's not needed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hw_disabled_flags field was added as a way of signifying that
a feature was automatically or temporarily disabled. However, we
actually only use this for FDir features. Replace its use with new
_AUTO_DISABLED flags instead. This is more readable, because you aren't
setting an *_ENABLED flag to *disable* the feature.
Additionally, clean up a few areas where we used these bits. First, we
don't really need to set the auto-disable flag for ATR if we're fully
disabling the feature via ethtool.
Second, we should always clear the auto-disable bits in case they somehow
got set when the feature was disabled. However, avoid displaying
a message that we've re-enabled the feature.
Third, we shouldn't be re-enabling ATR in the SB ntuple add flow,
because it might have been disabled due to space constraints. Instead,
we should just wait for the fdir_check_and_reenable to be called by the
watchdog.
Overall, this change allows us to simplify some code by removing an
extra field we didn't need, and the result should make it more clear as
to what we're actually doing with these flags.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We already set pairs to the value of adapter->num_active_queues. This
value is limited by vsi_res->num_queue_pairs and num_online_cpus(). This
means that pairs by definition is already smaller than
num_online_cpus()*2, so we don't even need to bother with this check.
Lets just remove it and update the comment.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of assuming our flags fit within an unsigned long, use
DECLARE_BITMAP which will ensure that we always allocate enough space.
Additionally, use __I40E_STATE_SIZE__ markers as the last element of the
enumeration so that the size of the BITMAP is compile-time assigned
rather than programmer-time assigned. This ensures that potential future
flag additions do not actually overrun the array. This is especially
important as 32bit systems would only have 32bit longs instead of 64bit
longs as we generally have assumed in the prior code.
This change also removes a dereference of the state fields throughout
the code, so it does have a bit of code churn. The conversions were
automated using sed replacements with an alternation
s/&(vsi->back|vsi|pf)->state/\1->state/
s/&adapter->vsi.state/adapter->vsi.state/
For debugfs, we modify the printing so that we can display chunks of the
state value on new lines. This ensures that we can print the entire set
of state values. Additionally, we now print them as 08lx to ensure that
they display nicely.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid using the same named flags for both vsi->state and pf->state. This
makes code review easier, as it is more likely that future authors will
use the correct state field when checking bits. Previous commits already
found issues with at least one check, and possibly others may be
incorrect.
This reduces confusion as it is more clear what each flag represents,
and which flags are valid for which state field.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The delay was added because of a desire to ensure that the VF driver can
finish up removing. However, pci_disable_sriov already has its own
ssleep() call that will sleep for an entire second, so there is no
reason to add extra delay on top of this by using msleep here. In
practice, an msleep() won't have a huge impact on timing but there is no
real value in keeping it, so lets just simplify the code and remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Just as we do in i40e_reset_all_vfs, save some time when freeing VFs by
amortizing the wait time for stopping queues. We can use
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait() to begin the process of stopping all the
VF rings at once. Then, once we've started the process on each VF we can
begin waiting for the VFs to stop. This helps reduce the total wait time
by a large factor.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects a major oversight in that we were not reprogramming the
ports after a reset. As a result we completely lost all of the Rx tunnel
offloads on receive including Rx checksum, RSS on inner headers, and ATR.
The fix for this is pretty standard as all we needed to do is reset the
filter bits to pending for all active filters and schedule the sync event.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The .index field of i40e_udp_port_config represents the udp port number.
Rename this variable to port so that it is more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When allocating a large number of VFs, the driver previously used
i40e_reset_vf in a sequence. Just as when performing a normal reset,
this accumulates a large amount of delay for handling all of the VFs in
sequence. This delay is mainly due to a hardware requirement to wait
after initiating a reset on the VF.
We recently added a new function, i40e_reset_all_vfs() which can be used
to amortize the delay time, by first triggering all VF resets, then
waiting once, and finally cleaning up and allocating the VFs. This is
almost as good as truly running the resets in parallel.
In order to avoid sending a spurious reset message to a client
interface, we have a check to see whether we've assigned
pf->num_alloc_vfs yet. This was originally intended as a way to
distinguish the "initialization" case from the regular reset case.
Unfortunately, this means that we can't directly use i40e_reset_all_vfs
yet. Lets avoid this check of pf->num_alloc_vfs by replacing it with
a proper VSI state bit which we can use instead. This makes the
intention much clearer and allows us to re-use the i40e_reset_all_vfs
function directly.
Change-ID: I694279b37eb6b5a91b6670182d0c15d10244fd6e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These flags represent the state of the VF at various times. Do not
spell them as _STAT_ which can be confusing to readers who may think
these refer to statistics.
Change-ID: I6bc092cd472e8276896a1fd7498aced2084312df
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.
This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Mailbox support for getting RETA and RSS is available for only 82599 and
x540; a previous patch reversed the logic and these adapters were
returning not supported.
Also, the NACK check in ixgbevf_get_rss_key_locked() was checking for the
command IXGBE_VF_GET_RETA instead of IXGBE_VF_GET_RSS_KEY.
This patch corrects both issues by correcting the logic and checking for
the right command.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RSS key is being repopulated every time the interface is brought up
regardless of whether there is an existing value. If the user sets the RSS
key and the interface is brought up (e.g. reset), the user specified RSS
key will be overwritten.
This patch changes the rss_key to a pointer so we can check to see if the
key has been populated and preserve it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for new 1000Base-T device based on X550EM_X MAC
type. All PHY operations are disabled as the PHY is controlled
by FW.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, there is no logic that allows a VF's MAC address to be removed
from the RAR table.
Allow the user to specify a zero MAC address in order to clear the VF's
MAC address from the RAR table. This functionality is also utilized by
libvirt when removing VFs.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is based on ixgebvf_stats, not ixgbe_stats.
This change fixes a bug where ethtool -S displayed some empty fields.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Flush the macvlan filters on VF reset to avoid conflict with other VFs that
may end up using the same MAC address.
The main change here is the call to ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() with index 0.
Moved ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan() in front of ixgbe_vf_reset_event() to avoid
adding a prototype.
Reported-by: Sritej Kanakadandi Sritej Rama <skanakad@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current XDP implementation hits the tail on every XDP_TX return
code. This patch changes driver behavior to only hit the tail after
packet processing is complete.
With this patch I can run XDP drop programs @ 14+Mpps and XDP_TX
programs are at ~13.5Mpps.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A couple design choices were made here. First I use a new ring
pointer structure xdp_ring[] in the adapter struct instead of
pushing the newly allocated XDP TX rings into the tx_ring[]
structure. This means we have to duplicate loops around rings
in places we want to initialize both TX rings and XDP rings.
But by making it explicit it is obvious when we are using XDP
rings and when we are using TX rings. Further we don't have
to do ring arithmatic which is error prone. As a proof point
for doing this my first patches used only a single ring structure
and introduced bugs in FCoE code and macvlan code paths.
Second I am aware this is not the most optimized version of
this code possible. I want to get baseline support in using
the most readable format possible and then once this series
is included I will optimize the TX path in another series
of patches.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Basic XDP drop support for ixgbe. Uses READ_ONCE/xchg semantics on XDP
programs instead of RCU primitives as suggested by Daniel Borkmann and
Alex Duyck.
v2: fix the build issues seen w/ XDP when page sizes are larger than 4K
and made minor fixes based on feedback from Jakub Kicinski
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A recent firmware change fixed an issue to acquire the PHY semaphore before
accessing PHY registers. This led to a case where SW can issue a device
reset clearing the MDIO registers. This patch makes SW acquire the PHY
semaphore before issuing a device reset.
Signed-off-by: Paul Greenwalt <paul.greenwalt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-20
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb/vf and ixgb.
Tobias Klauser cleans up e1000, ixgb and igbvf from having a local
function or structure for netdev stats.
Bernd Faust fixes an issue for 82579 devices, where the clock frequency
was being incorrectly set for these devices. These devices only support
96MHz, so make sure they are set to use only that.
Yury Kylulin extends the work Jake and Alex did for ixgbe in MAC filter
handling into the igb driver.
Kim Tatt Chuah enables igb to wake up by packet and to read the necessary
Wake Up Status (WUS) and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-19
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only, most notable being
the addition of trace points for BPF programs.
Tobias Klauser updates i40evf to use net_device stats struct instead
of a local private copy.
Preethi updates the VF driver to not enable receive checksum offload by
default for tunneled packets.
Alex fixes an issue he introduced when he converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not.
Mitch adds the ability to dump additional information on the VFs, which
is not available through 'ip link show' using debugfs.
Scott adds trace points to the drivers so that BPF programs can be
attached for feature testing and verification.
Jingjing adds admin queue functions for Pipeline Personalization Profile
commands.
Jake does most of the heavy lifting in this series, starting with the
a reduction in the scope of the RTNL lock being held while resetting VFs
to allow multiple PFs to reset in a timely manner. Factored out the
direct queue modification so that we are able to re-use the code.
Reduced the wait time for admin queue commands to complete, since we were
waiting a minimum of a millisecond, when in practice the admin queue
command is processed often much faster. Cleaned up code (flag) we never
use. Make the code to resetting all the VFs optimized for parallel
computing instead of the current way is a serialized fashion, to help
reduce the time it takes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct igbvf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, in igb_resume(), igb driver ignores the Wake Up Status (WUS)
and Wake Up Packet Memory (WUPM) registers. This patch enables the igb
driver to read the WUPM if the controller was woken by a wake up packet
that is not more than 128 bytes long (maximum WUPM size), then pass it
up the kernel network stack.
Signed-off-by: Kim Tatt Chuah <kim.tatt.chuah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functionality for the VF to request up to 3 additional MAC filters.
This is done using existing E1000_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR message, but with
additional message info - E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_CLR to clear all unicast
MAC filters previously set for this VF and E1000_VF_MAC_FILTER_ADD to
add MAC filter.
Additional filters can be added only in case if administrator did not
set VF MAC explicitly and allowed to change default MAC to the VF.
Due to the limited number of RAR entries reserve at least 3 MAC filters
for the PF.
If SRIOV is supported by the NIC after this change RAR entries starting
from 1 to (RAR MAX ENTRIES - NUM SRIOV VFS) will be used for PF and VF
MAC filters.
Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using the work which was done for ixgbe driver by Jacob Keller
commit 5d7daa35b9 ("ixgbe: improve mac filter handling") and Alexander
Duyck commit 0f079d2283 ("ixgbe: Use __dev_uc_sync and __dev_uc_unsync
for unicast addresses") and out-of-tree igb driver add functionality to
manage (add and delete) MAC filters.
Signed-off-by: Yury Kylulin <yury.kylulin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After an upgrade to Linux kernel v4.x the hardware timestamps of the
82579 Gigabit Ethernet Controller are different than expected.
The values that are being read are almost four times as big as before
the kernel upgrade.
The difference is that after the upgrade the driver sets the clock
frequency to 25MHz, where before the upgrade it was set to 96MHz. Intel
confirmed that the correct frequency for this network adapter is 96MHz.
Signed-off-by: Bernd Faust <berndfaust@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sasha Neftin <sasha.neftin@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ixgb_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
e1000_get_stats() just returns dev->stats so we can leave it
out altogether and let dev_get_stats() do the job.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This state bit was added as a way for DCB to avoid having to wait for
the queues to disable when handling LLDP events. The logic for this was
burried deep within stop Tx and stop Rx queue code. First, let's rename
it so that it does not appear to only affect Tx when infact it modifies
both Tx and Rx flow. Second we can move it up into the i40e_stop_rings()
function, and we can simply re-use the i40e_stop_rings_no_wait() so that
we don't have to bury the implementation as deep into the call stack.
An alternative might be to remove the state bit and instead attempt to
shut down everything directly in DCP flow. This, however, is not ideal
because it creates yet another separate shutdown routine that we'd have
to maintain. In the current implementation any changes will be made to
both flows.
Change-ID: I68e1ccb901af320862bca395e9c9746f08e8b17c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When there are a lot of active VFs, it can take multiple seconds to
finish resetting all of them during certain flows., which can cause some
VFs to fail to wait long enough for the reset to occur. The user might
see messages like "Never saw reset" or "Reset never finished" and the VF
driver will stop functioning properly.
The naive solution would be to simply increase the wait timer. We can
get much more clever. Notice that i40e_reset_vf is run in a serialized
fashion, and includes lots of delays.
There are two prominent delays which take most of the time. First, when
we begin resetting VFs, we have multiple 10ms delays which accrue
because we reset each VF in a serial fashion. These delays accumulate to
almost 4 seconds when handling the maximum number of VFs (128).
Secondly, there is a massive 50ms delay for each time we disable queues
on a VSI. This delay is necessary to allow HW to finish disabling queues
before we restore functionality. However, just like with the first case,
we are paying the cost for each VF, rather than disabling all VFs and
waiting once.
Both of these can be fixed, but required some previous refactoring to
handle the special case. First, we will need the
i40e_vsi_wait_queues_disabled function which was previously DCB
specific. Second, we will need to implement our own
i40e_vsi_stop_rings_no_wait function which will handle the stopping of
rings without the delays.
Finally, implement an i40e_reset_all_vfs function, which will first
start the reset of all VFs, and pay the wait cost all at once, rather
than serially waiting for each VF before we start processing then next
one. After the VF has been reset, we'll disable all the VF queues, and
then wait for them to disable. Again, we'll organize the flow such that
we pay the wait cost only once.
Finally, after we've disabled queues we'll go ahead and begin restoring
VF functionality. The result is reducing the wait time by a large factor
and ensuring that VFs do not timeout when waiting in the VF driver.
Change-ID: Ia6e8cf8d98131b78aec89db78afb8d905c9b12be
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch is going to want to re-use some of the code in
i40e_reset_vf, so lets break up the beginning and ending parts into
their own helper functions. The first function will be used to
initialize the reset on a VF, while the second function will be used to
finalize the reset and restore functionality.
Change-ID: I48df808b8bf09de3c2ed8c521f57b3f0ab9e5907
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag was originally intended to be used to let some
driver code know when we were running from netpoll.
Ultimately this was not necessary and we never used it.
Let's remove it
Change-ID: I43b72483d91c1638071d2a7f389ab171ec5b796a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When sending an adminq command, we wait for the command to complete in
a loop. This loop waits for an entire millisecond, when in practice the
adminq command is processed often much faster.
Change the loop to use i40e_usec_delay instead, and wait for 50 usecs
each time instead. This appears to be about the minimum time required,
based on some manual observation and testing.
The primary benefit of this change is reducing latency of various
operations in the PF driver, especially when related to having a large
number of VFs enabled.
For example, on Linux, when instantiating 128 VFs, the time to finish
the operation dropped from about 9 seconds down to under 6 seconds.
Additionally, the time it takes to finish a PF reset with 128 VFs
dropped from 5.1 seconds down to 0.7 seconds.
As the examples above show, a significant portion of the delay is wasted
waiting for admiqn operations which have already finished.
This patch shouldn't cause impact to functionality, as we still check
and keep waiting until the command does get processed. The only expected
change is an increase in CPU utilization as we now check for completion
far more times. However, in practice the commands appear to generally be
complete within the first delay window anyways.
Change-ID: If8af8388e100da0a14eaf9e1af3afadf73a958cf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The check for I40E_CONFIG_BUSY state bit in the i40e_set_link_ksettings
function is fishy. First we can notice a few things about the check here.
First a similar check was introduced by commit
'c7d05ca89f8e ("i40e: driver ethtool core")'
Later a commit introducing the link settings was added by commit
'bf9c71417f72 ("i40e: Implement set_settings for ethtool")'
However, this second check was against vsi->state instead of pf->state,
and also failed to set the bit, it only checks. That indicates the locking
was not quite correct. The only other place that the state bit
in vsi->state gets used is to protect the filter list.
Since this code does not care about the mac filter list, and seems
clear the original code should have set the pf->state bit. Fix these
issues by using pf->state correctly, and by actually setting the bit
so that we properly lock as expected.
Since these checks occur while holding the rtnl_lock(), lets also add a
timeout so that we don't potentially softlock the system.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch will need to be able to handle controlling queues without
waiting until all VSIs are handled. Factor out the direct queue
modification so that we can easily re-use this code. The result is also
a bit easier to read since we don't embed multiple single-letter loop
counters.
Change-ID: Id923cbfa43127b1c24d8ed4f809b1012c736d9ac
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We made some effort to reduce the RTNL lock scope when resetting and
rebuilding the PF. Unfortunately we still held the RTNL lock during the
VF reset operation, which meant that multiple PFs could not reset in
parallel due to the global lock. For now, further reduce the scope by
not holding the RTNL lock while resetting VFs. This allows multiple PFs
to reset in a timely manner.
Change-ID: I2fbf823a0063f24dff67676cad09f0bbf83ee4ce
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds tracepoints to the i40e and i40evf drivers to which
BPF programs can be attached for feature testing and verification.
It's expected that an attached BPF program will identify and count or
log some interesting subset of traffic. The bcc-tools package is
helpful there for containing all the BPF arcana in a handy Python
wrapper. Though you can make these tracepoints log trace messages, the
messages themselves probably won't be very useful (other to verify the
tracepoint is being called while you're debugging your BPF program).
The idea here is that tracepoints have such low performance cost when
disabled that we can leave these in the upstream drivers. This may
eventually enable the instrumentation of unmodified customer systems
should the need arise to verify a NIC feature is working as expected.
In general this enables one set of feature verification tools to be
used on these drivers whether they're built with the kernel or
separately.
Users are advised against using these tracepoints for anything other
than a diagnostic tool. They have a performance impact when enabled,
and their exact placement and form may change as we see how well they
work in practice for the purposes above.
Change-ID: Id6014a7322c0e6d08068114dd20bd156f2f6435e
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Dump some internal state about VFs through debugfs. This provides
information not available with 'ip link show'. To use, write "dump vf
<id>" to the command file, or just "dump vf" to dump information on all
of the VFs.
Change-ID: Ibe32b7f4ae55d4358c0b903217475f708ada1ecd
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue I introduced when I converted the code over to
using the length field to determine if a descriptor was done or not. It
turns out that we are also processing programming descriptors in the Rx
path and need to have these processed even though the length field will be
0 on these packets. What will happen with a programming descriptor is that
we will receive a descriptor that has the SPH bit set, and the header
length and packet length fields cleared.
To account for this we should be checking for the bit for split header
being set even though we aren't actually using header split. This bit is
set in the length field to indicate if a programming descriptor response is
contained in the descriptor. Since we don't support header split we don't
need to perform the extra checks of using a fixed value for the entire
length field.
In addition I am moving the function for checking if a filter is a
programming status filter into the i40e_txrx.c file since there is no
longer support for FCoE it doesn't make sense to keep this file in i40e.h.
Change-ID: I12c359c3dc70adb9d6b92b27324bb2c7f04c1a06
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rx checksum offload for tunneled packets was never being negotiated or
requested by VF. This capability was assumed by default and enabled in
current hardware for VF. Going forward, this feature needs to be disabled
or advanced ptypes should be negotiated with PF in the future.
Change-ID: I9e54cfa8a90e03ab6956db4412f1e337ccd2c2e0
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using a private copy of struct net_device_stats in
struct i40evf_adapter, use stats from struct net_device. Also remove the
now unnecessary .ndo_get_stats function.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I just found that when we had changed the Rx path to check for length
instead of the DD bit we introduced an issue in ixgbe_dump since we were no
longer clearing the status bits.
To correct this I am updating ixgbe_dump to look for the length bits in the
descriptor since that is what we are using in the Rx path.
Fixes: c3630cc40b ("ixgbe: Use length to determine if descriptor is done")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch increases the headroom allocated when using build_skb on a
system with 4K pages. Specifically the breakdown of headroom versus cache
size is as follows:
L1 Cache Size Headroom
64 192
64, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 194
128 128
128, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 130
256 512
256, NET_IP_ALIGN == 2 258
I stopped at supporting only a cache line size of 256 as that was the
largest cache size I could find supported in the kernel.
With this we are guaranteeing at least 128 bytes of headroom to spare in
the frame. This should be enough for us to insert a couple of IPv6 headers
if needed which is likely enough room for anything XDP should need.
I'm leaving the padding for systems with pages larger than 4K unmodified
for now. XDP currently isn't really setup to work on those types of
systems so we can cross that bridge when we get there.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We did not have a check in place for MMNGC.MNG_VETO when setting up link
on X550EM_X KR devices which resulted in link loss for the BMC when
loading the driver.
This patch adds a check for ixgbe_check_reset_blocked() in setup_link()
since in that case there is no PHY reset function.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the Marvell 1145 PHY define as we have never had a device that
supports it and have no plan to in the future. The existence of this
define has caused confusing on whether or not this PHY was supported
by ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid setting adapter->num_vfs early in the init code path when
using the max_vfs module parameter by passing it to ixgbe_enable_sriov()
as a function parameter.
This fixes an issue where if we failed to allocate vfinfo in
__ixgbe_enable_sriov() the driver will crash with NULL pointer in
ixgbe_disable_sriov() when attempting to free the vfinfo struct based
on adapter->num_vfs. Also it cleans up the assignment of adapter->num_vfs
since now it will only be set in __ixgbe_enable_sriov() and cleared in
ixgbe_disable_sriov().
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we exit at the end of the block, we can save a level of
indentation by performing an early return, and make the next several
sections of code more legible, with fewer 80 character line breaks.
Also moved allocating vfinfo at the beginning and the notification
for enabling SRIOV at the end of the function when we know that it
will succeed.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move the code allocating memory for list of MAC addresses that
the VFs can use for MACVLAN into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add default setting for mac->ops.setup_link on x550em_a MAC types.
This fixes a link issue on KR parts.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We forgot to indicate some of the supported speed on the X553
backplane. This patch attempts to correct for that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add support for X552 XFI backplane interface. The XFI
backplane requires a custom tuned link. HW/FW owns the link config
for XF backplane and SW must not interfere with it.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The initial patches supporting X553 sgmii forgot some details. This patch
should cover those missing spots.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The KX4 PHY is configured by the NVM. Currently, the driver is overwriting
the config; remove the code associated with KX4 configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
As pr_cont output can be interleaved by other processes,
using pr_cont should be avoided where possible.
Miscellanea:
- Use a temporary pointer to hold the next descriptions and
consolidate the pr_cont uses
- Use the temporary buffer to hold the 8 u32 register values and
emit those in a single go
- Coalesce formats and logging neatening around those changes
- Fix a defective output for the rx ring entry description when
also emitting rx_buffer_info data
This reduces overall object size a tiny bit too.
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/*.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
62167 728 12 62907 f5bb drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.new
62273 728 12 63013 f625 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_main.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When DCB is enabled, add checks to ensure creation of number of VF's is
valid based on the traffic classes configured by the device.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to improve the performance of the Rx path.
Specifically by using build_skb we have several distinct advantages.
In the case of small frames we were previously using a copy-break approach.
This means that we were allocating a page fragment to use for skb->head,
and were having to copy the packet into that region. Both of those calls
are now avoided since we just build the skb around the data.
In the case of large frames the gains are much more significant.
Specifically we were having to allocate skb->head, and copy the headers as
before. However in addition we were having to parse the header using
eth_get_headlen which could be quite expensive. All of this is avoided by
building the frame around the data. I have seen gains as high as 30% when
using VXLAN for instance due to just header pulling overhead.
Finally with all this in place it also sets us up to start looking at
enabling XDP. Specifically we now have a path in which the data is in the
page and the frame is built around it. So if we parse it with XDP before
we call build_skb we can take care of any necessary processing there.
Change-ID: Id4bdd618e94473d41f892417e5d8019639e421e3
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds padding to the start of frames to make room for headroom
for us to eventually start using build_skb. Right now we guarantee at
least NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN, however we allocate more space if more is
available. For example on x86 the headroom should be 192 bytes.
On systems that have too large of a cache line size to support storing 1.5K
padding and shared info we default to using 3K buffers and reserve
everything that isn't used for skb_shared_info or the data buffer for
headroom.
Change-ID: I33c641c9a1ea10cf7cc484c2d20985368d2d709a
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are situations where adding padding to the front and back of an Rx
buffer will require that we add additional padding. Specifically if
NET_IP_ALIGN is non-zero, or the MTU size is larger than 7.5K we would need
to use 2K buffers which leaves us with no room for the padding.
To preemptively address these cases I am adding support for 3K buffers to
the Rx path so that we can provide the additional padding needed in the
event of NET_IP_ALIGN being non-zero or a cache line being greater than 64.
Change-ID: I938bc1ba611285428df39a613cd66f98e60b55c7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since an early commit a few flags have no longer
been used. Remove these definitions to reduce code clutter.
Change-ID: I3589be4622574e747013cd4dc403e18b039f4965
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I40E_FLAG_NEED_LINK_UPDATE was never used. Remove the flag
definitions.
Change-ID: If59d0c6b4af85ca27281f3183c54b055adb439a4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can simply check both Tx and Rx queues in a single loop, rather than
repeating the loop twice.
Change-ID: Ic06f26b0e3c2620e0e33c1a2999edda488e647ad
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Look up the MAC address from the eth_get_platform_mac_address() function
first before checking what the firmware provides. We already handle the
case of re-writing the MAC-VLAN filter, so there is no need to add extra
code for this. However, update the comment where we do this to indicate
that it does impact the Open Firmware MAC address case.
Change-ID: I73e59fbe0b0e7e6f3ee9f5170d0bd3a4d5faf4db
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch greatly reduces the unneeded complexity in the
i40e_detect_recover_hung_queue code path. The previous implementation
set a 'hung bit' which would then get cleared while polling. If the
detection routine was called a second time with the bit already set, we
would issue a software interrupt. This patch makes it such that if
interrupts are disabled and we have pending TX descriptors, we trigger a
software interrupt since in, the worst case, queues are already clean
and we have an extra interrupt.
Additionally this patch removes the workaround for lost interrupts as
calling napi_reschedule in this context can cause software interrupts to
fire on the wrong CPU.
Change-ID: Iae108582a3ceb6229ed1d22e4ed6e69cf97aad8d
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously rtnl lock was held during whole reset procedure that
was stopping other PFs running their reset procedures. In the result
reset was not handled properly and host reset was the only way
to recover.
Change-ID: I23c0771c0303caaa7bd64badbf0c667e25142954
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a minor cleanup so that we are always updating pf->flags when we
make a change to the private flags instead of updating a mix of either
pf->flags and/or pf->hw_disabled_flags.
In addition I went through and cleaned out all the spots where we were
using the X722 define in regards to this flag.
Lastly since we changed the logic I went through and flushed out any
redundancy and cleaned up the handling of the flags in the Tx path.
Change-ID: I79ff95a7272bb2533251ff11ef91e89ccb80b610
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Re-word the error message displayed when adding a filter with an
invalid flow type. Additionally, report a distinct error message when
the IPv4 protocol is at fault.
Change-ID: Iba3d85b87f8d383c97c8bdd180df34a6adf3ee67
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The client interface is only intended for use on devices that support
iWarp. Only register with the client if this is the case.
This fixes a panic when loading i40iw on X710 devices.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver is removed or shut down, close any attached clients
(i.e. i40iw). This prevents a panic seen sometimes on forced driver
removal or system shutdown when iWarp is running.
Change-ID: I4f6161e5a73ffbb2fd5883567b007310302bfcb5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some cases, a client (i40iw) may already be present when probe is
called. Check for this, and add a client instance if necessary.
Change-ID: I2009312694b7ad81f1023919e4c6c86181f21689
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the driver is unloaded, we need to remove the client instance,
otherwise we leak memory.
Change-ID: If1e7882ac1f6ce15d004722fafbe31afbe0adc9a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a capability negotiation between VF and PF using ENCAP/
ENCAP_CSUM offload flags in order for the VF to support outer checksum
and TSO offloads for encapsulated packets. These capabilities were assumed
by default and enabled in current hardware. Going forward, these features
needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the stack.
Additionally, strip out the mac.type checks for X722 since outer checksums
are enabled based on the ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag and maintain
consistency between drivers in how the features are configured.
Change-ID: Ie380a6f57eca557a2bb575b66b12fae36d308920
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-04-05
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Phil Turnbull from Oracle fixes an issue where the argument provided to
FM10K_REMOVED macro was not what was expecting.
Jake modifies the driver to replace the bitwise operators and defines with
a BITMAP and enumeration values to avoid race conditions. Also future
proof the driver so that developers do not have to remember to re-size the
bitmaps when adding new values. Fixed the wording of a code comment to
avoid stating that we return a value for a void function.
Ngai-Mint makes sure that when configuring the receive ring, we make sure
the receive queue is disabled. Fixed an issue where interfaces were
resetting because the transmit mailbox FIFO was becoming full since the
host was not ready, so ensure the host is ready before queueing up
mailbox messages.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mostly simple cases of overlapping changes (adding code nearby,
a function whose name changes, for example).
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interfaces will reset whenever the TX mailbox FIFO has become full. This
occurs more frequently whenever the IES API application is not running
to process and clear the messages in the FIFO. Thus, this could lead to
situations where the interface would enter an infinite reset loop. That
is: if the interface is trying to synchronize a huge number of unicast
and multicast entries with the IES API application, the TX mailbox FIFO
will become full and the interface resets. Once the interface exits
reset, it'll try to synchronize the unicast and multicast entries again.
Ergo, this creates an infinite loop. Other actions such as multiple
mulitcast mode or up/down transitions will fill the TX mailbox FIFO and
induce the interface to reset. To correct these situations, check if the
interface's "host_ready" flag is enabled before enqueuing any messages
to the TX mailbox FIFO. This check will be conducted by a function call.
Lastly, this issue mainly affects the PF and, thus, the VF is exempt.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Write to RXQCTL register to disable the receive queue when configuring
the RX ring.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Re-word the comment to avoid stating that we return a value for this
void function. Additionally, there is no need to mention older kernels,
since this is the upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If some code path executes fm10k_service_event_schedule(), it is
guaranteed that we only queue the service task once, since we use
__FM10K_SERVICE_SCHED flag. Unfortunately this has a side effect that if
a service request occurs while we are currently running the watchdog, it
is possible that we will fail to notice the request and ignore it until
the next time the request occurs.
This can cause problems with pf/vf mailbox communication and other
service event tasks. To avoid this, introduce a FM10K_SERVICE_REQUEST
bit. When we successfully schedule (and set the _SCHED bit) the service
task, we will clear this bit. However, if we are unable to currently
schedule the service event, we just set the new SERVICE_REQUEST bit.
Finally, after the service event completes, we will re-schedule if the
request bit has been set.
This should ensure that we do not miss any service event schedules,
since we will re-schedule it once the currently running task finishes.
This means that for each request, we will always schedule the service
task to run at least once in full after the request came in.
This will avoid timing issues that can occur with the service event
scheduling. We do pay a cost in re-running many tasks, but all the
service event tasks use either flags to avoid duplicate work, or are
tolerant of being run multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This ensures that future programmers do not have to remember to re-size
the bitmaps due to adding new values. Although this is unlikely for this
driver, it may happen and it's best to prevent it from ever being an
issue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace bitwise operators and #defines with a BITMAP and enumeration
values. This is similar to how we handle the "state" values as well.
This has two distinct advantages over the old method. First, we ensure
correctness of operations which are currently problematic due to race
conditions. Suppose that two kernel threads are running, such as the
watchdog and an ethtool ioctl, and both modify flags. We'll say that the
watchdog is CPU A, and the ethtool ioctl is CPU B.
CPU A sets FLAG_1, which can be seen as
CPU A read FLAGS
CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_1
CPU B sets FLAG_2, which can be seen as
CPU B read FLAGS
CPU A write FLAGS | FLAG_2
However, "|=" and "&=" operators are not actually atomic. So this could
be ordered like the following:
CPU A read FLAGS -> variable
CPU B read FLAGS -> variable
CPU A write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_1)
CPU B write FLAGS (variable | FLAG_2)
Notice how the 2nd write from CPU B could actually undo the write from
CPU A because it isn't guaranteed that the |= operation is atomic.
In practice the race windows for most flag writes is incredibly narrow
so it is not easy to isolate issues. However, the more flags we have,
the more likely they will cause problems. Additionally, if such
a problem were to arise, it would be incredibly difficult to track down.
Second, there is an additional advantage beyond code correctness. We can
now automatically size the BITMAP if more flags were added, so that we
do not need to remember that flags is u32 and thus if we added too many
flags we would over-run the variable. This is not a likely occurrence
for fm10k driver, but this patch can serve as an example for other
drivers which have many more flags.
This particular change does have a bit of trouble converting some of the
idioms previously used with the #defines for flags. Specifically, when
converting FM10K_FLAG_RSS_FIELD_IPV[46]_UDP flags. This whole operation
was actually quite problematic, because we actually stored flags
separately. This could more easily show the problem of the above
re-ordering issue.
This is really difficult to test whether atomics make a difference in
practical scenarios, but you can ensure that basic functionality remains
the same. This patch has a lot of code coverage, but most of it is
relatively simple.
While we are modifying these files, update their copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
FM10K_REMOVED expects a hardware address, not a 'struct fm10k_hw'.
Fixes: 5cb8db4a4c ("fm10k: Add support for VF")
Signed-off-by: Phil Turnbull <phil.turnbull@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These files all use functions declared in interrupt.h, but currently rely
on implicit inclusion of this file (via netns/xfrm.h).
That won't work anymore when the flow cache is removed so include that
header where needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a delay to Rx queue disables to accommodate HW needs.
v2: Added missing check for disable only, additional details on the
need for the ugly delay and fixed spacing on comment.
Change-ID: I2864ca667ce5dcc2cc44f8718113b719742a46a1
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the way we handle the maximum frame size for the Rx
path. Previously we were rounding up to 2K for a 1500 MTU and then brining
the max frame size down to MTU plus a fixed amount. With this patch
applied what we now do is limit the maximum frame to 1.5K minus the value
for NET_IP_ALIGN for standard MTU, and for any MTU greater than 1500 we
allow up to the maximum frame size. This makes the behavior more
consistent with the other drivers such as igb which had similar logic. In
addition it reduces the test matrix for MTU since we only have two max
frame sizes that are handled for Rx now.
Change-ID: I23a9d3c857e7df04b0ef28c64df63e659c013f3f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a control which will allow us to toggle into and out of the
legacy Rx mode. The legacy Rx mode is what we currently do when performing
Rx. As I make further changes what should happen is that the driver will
fall back to the behavior for Rx as of this patch should the "legacy-rx"
flag be set to on.
Change-ID: I0342998849bbb31351cce05f6e182c99174e7751
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to clean up the code in preparation for us adding
support for build_skb. Specifically we deconstruct i40e_fetch_buffer into
several functions so that those functions can later be reused when we add a
path for build_skb.
Specifically with this change we split out the code for adding a page to an
exiting skb.
Change-ID: Iab1efbab6b8b97cb60ab9fdd0be1d37a056a154d
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch pulls out the code responsible for handling buffer recycling and
page counting and distributes it through several functions. This allows us
to commonize the bits that handle either freeing or recycling the buffers.
As far as the page count tracking one change to the logic is that
pagecnt_bias is decremented as soon as we call i40e_get_rx_buffer. It is
then the responsibility of the function that pulls the data to either
increment the pagecnt_bias if the buffer can be recycled as-is, or to
update page_offset so that we are pointing at the correct location for
placement of the next buffer.
Change-ID: Ibac576360cb7f0b1627f2a993d13c1a8a2bf60af
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch pulls the code responsible for fetching the Rx buffer and
synchronizing DMA into a function, specifically called i40e_get_rx_buffer.
The general idea is to allow for better code reuse by pulling this out of
i40e_fetch_rx_buffer. We dropped a couple of prefetches since the time
between the prefetch being called and the data being accessed was too small
to be useful.
Change-ID: I4885fce4b2637dbedc8e16431169d23d3d7e79b9
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
Change-ID: Iebdf9cdb36c454ef092df27199b92ad09c374231
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This flag hasn't been used since commit 1e1be8f622 ("i40e: ATR policy
change to flush the table to clean stale ATR rules").
Lets simplify things and just remove it.
Change-ID: I76279d84db8a2fd96f445b96aa413059f9256879
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The goto found here for when in MFP mode is pointless. It jumps to the
end of a series of if blocks. However, right after this statement is
a closing '}' for this if block, which will result in the program flow
going to the exact same location as the goto statement indicates. Thus,
regardless of whether we are in MFP mode, the program flow will resume
from the same location.
This arose due to various refactoring which did not notice that this
goto became essentially a no-op.
To properly understand this diff you will need to view a larger context
than is given by default.
Change-ID: I088f73c3831aa5c4e2281380c7a3ce605594300c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a case where we miss an arq element if a new one is added before we
enable interrupts and exit the arq subtask loop. This occurs frequently
with RDMA running on Windows VF and causes long delays that prevent SMB
from establishing connections.
Change-ID: I3e1c8b2b960c12857d9b8275bea2c1563674392e
Signed-off-by: Christopher N Bednarz <christopher.n.bednarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The XL722 doesn't support the AQ command to read/write the control
register so enable it to bypass the check and use the direct read/write
method.
Change-ID: Iefecc737b57207485c90845af5989d5af518bf16
Signed-off-by: Paul M Stillwell Jr <paul.m.stillwell.jr@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up and addresses several issues in the way that i40e
handles private flags. Previously the code was choosing fixed bits and
trying to match them up with strings in a somewhat haphazard way. This
resulted in the possibility for adding a new bit and causing a mismatch as
the private flags are linear bits starting at 0, and the private flags in
the driver were split up over a group specific to the PF and a group that
was global.
What this change does is define an array of structs used to represent the
private flags. Contained within the structs are the bits necessary to know
which flags to set and/or clear depending on the state of the bit. By
doing this we can add new bits in the future with minimal overhead and
avoid creating possible mis-matches should we need to remove a flag based
on compile options.
Change-ID: Ia3214ab04f0ab2f70354ac0997a135f1d01b0acd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current driver mode is to use a write-back mechanism for the head
register which indicates transmit completions. The VF driver needs to be
able to work on hardware that exclusively uses descriptor write-back, so
change the default driver mode of operation to descriptor write-back for
VF. In our analysis, performance wasn't significantly different with
either write-back method.
Change-ID: Ia92e4ec77c2df8dc4515c71d53746d57d77759af
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Probably due to some mis-merging fix a bug associated with commits
d7ce6422d6 ("i40e: don't check params until after checking for client
instance", 2017-02-09) and 3140aa9a78c9 ("i40e: KISS the client
interface", 2017-03-14)
The first commit tried to move the initialization of the params
structure so that we didn't bother doing this if we didn't have a client
interface. You can already see that it looks fishy because of the
indentation. The second commit refactors a bunch of the interface, and
incorrectly drops the params initialization.
I believe what occurred is that internally the two patches were
re-ordered, and the merge conflicts as a result were performed
incorrectly.
Fix the use of an uninitialized variable by correctly initializing the
params variable via i40e_client_get_params().
Reported-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VSI is being dereferenced before the VSI null check; if VSI is
null we end up with a null pointer dereference. Fix this by
performing VSI deference after the VSI null check. Also remove
the need for using adapter by using vsi->back->cinst.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1419696, CID#1419697
("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: ed0e894de7 ("i40evf: add client interface")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since FCoE isn't supported by the i40e products there isn't much point in
carrying around code that will always evaluate to false. This patch goes
through and strips out the code in several spots so that we don't go around
carrying variables and/or code that is always going to evaluate to false or
0.
Change-ID: I39d1d779c66c638b75525839db2b6208fdc809d7
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Looking over the code for FCoE it looks like the Rx path has been broken at
least since the last major Rx refactor almost a year ago. It seems like
FCoE isn't supported for any of the Fortville/Fortpark hardware so there
isn't much point in carrying the code around, especially if it is broken
and untested.
Change-ID: I892de8fa551cb129ce2361e738ff82ce55fa229e
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a minor clean-up to make the i40e/i40evf process_skb_fields
function look a little more like what we have in igb. The Rx checksum
function called out a need for skb->protocol but I can't see where it
actually needs it. I am assuming this is something that was likely
refactored out some time ago as the Rx checksum code has gone through a few
rewrites.
Change-ID: I0b4668a34d90b61b66ded7c7c26e19a3e2d06251
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removed no longer needed delays. At preproduction stage those delays were
needed but now these delays are not needed.
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
First, this patch eliminates IOMMU DMAR Faults caused by VF hardware.
This is done by enabling VF hardware only after VSI resources are
freed. Otherwise, hardware could DMA into memory that is (or just has
been) being freed.
Then, the VF driver is activated only after VSI resources have been
reallocated. That's because the VF driver can request resources
immediately after it's activated. So they need to be ready at that
point.
The second race condition happens when the OS initiates a VF reset,
and then before it's finished modifies VF's settings by changing its
MAC, VLAN ID, bandwidth allocation, anti-spoof checking, etc. These
functions needed to be blocked while VF is undergoing reset. Otherwise,
they could operate on data structures that had just been freed or not
yet fully initialized.
Change-ID: I43ba5a7ae2c9a1cce3911611ffc4598ae33ae3ff
Signed-off-by: Robert Konklewski <robertx.konklewski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to reset skb back to NULL when we have freed it in the Rx cleanup
path. I found one spot where this wasn't occurring so this patch fixes it.
Change-ID: Iaca68934200732cd4a63eb0bd83b539c95f8c4dd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in the driver where the calculation of the
RSS size was not taking into account the number of traffic classes
enabled. This patch factors in the traffic classes both in
the initial configuration of the table as well as reconfiguration.
Change-ID: I34dcd345ce52faf1d6b9614bea28d450cfd5f621
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time. The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.
I also found and fixed a store forwarding stall from where we were
assigning "*new_buff = *old_buff". By breaking it up into individual
copies we can avoid this and as a result the performance is slightly
improved.
Change-ID: I1d3880dece4133eca3c32423b04a5467321ccc52
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When testing the epoll w/ busy poll code I found that I could get into a
state where the i40e driver had q_vectors w/ active NAPI that had no rings.
This was resulting in a divide by zero error. To correct it I am updating
the driver code so that we only support NAPI on q_vectors that have 1 or
more rings allocated to them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 7e54d9d063.
After additional regression testing, several users are experiencing
kernel panics during shutdown on e1000e devices. Reverting this
change resolves the issue.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace a complex if->continue->else->break construction in
i40e_next_filter. We can simply use hlist_for_each_entry_continue
instead. This drops a lot of confusing code. The resulting code is much
easier to understand the intention, and follows the more normal pattern
for using hlist loops. We could have also used a break with a "return
next" at the end of the function, instead of return NULL, but the
current implementation is explicitly clear that when you reach the end
of the loop you get a NULL value. The alternative construction is less
clear since the reader would have to know that next is NULL at the end
of the loop.
Change-Id: Ife74ca451dd79d7f0d93c672bd42092d324d4a03
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Enable FDir filters for SCTPv4 packets using the ethtool ntuple
interface to enable filters. The ethtool API does not allow masking on
the verification tag.
Change-Id: I093e88a8143994c7e6f4b7b17a0bd5cf861d18e4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for flexible payloads passed via ethtool user-def field.
This support is somewhat limited due to hardware design. The input set
can only be programmed once per filter type, and the flexible offset is
part of this filter input set. This means that the user cannot program
both a regular and a flexible filter at the same time for a given flow
type. Additionally, the user may not program two flexible filters of the
same flow type with different offsets, although they are allowed to
configure different values at that offset location.
We support a single flexible word (2byte) value per protocol type, and
we handle the FLX_PIT register using a list of flexible entries so that
each flow type may be configured separately.
Due to hardware implementation, the flexible data is offset from the
start of the packet payload, and thus may not be in part of the header
data. For this reason, the offset provided by the user defined data is
interpreted as a byte offset from the start of the matching payload.
Previous implementations have tried to represent the offset as from the
start of the frame, but this is not feasible because header sizes may
change due to options.
Change-Id: 36ed27995e97de63f9aea5ade5778ff038d6f811
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add code to parse the user-def field into a data structure format. This
code is intended to allow future extensions of the user-def field by
keeping all code that actually reads and writes the field into a single
location. This ensures that we do not litter the driver with references
to the user-def field and minimizes the amount of bitwise operations we
need to do on the data.
Add code which parses the lower 32bits into a flexible word and its
offset. This will be used in a future patch to enable flexible filters
which can match on some arbitrary data in the packet payload. For now,
we just return -EOPNOTSUPP when this is used.
Add code to fill in the user-def field when reporting the filter back,
even though we don't actually implement any user-def fields yet.
Additionally, ensure that we mask the extended FLOW_EXT bit from the
flow_type now that we will be accepting filters which have the FLOW_EXT
bit set (and thus make use of the user-def field).
Change-Id: I238845035c179380a347baa8db8223304f5f6dd7
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not use the user-def field for determining the VF target. Instead,
similar to ixgbe, partition the ring_cookie value into 8bits of VF
index, along with 32bits of queue number. This is better than using the
user-def field, because it leaves the field open for extension in
a future patch which will enable flexible data. Also, this matches with
convention used by ixgbe and other drivers.
Change-Id: Ie36745186d817216b12f0313b99ec95cb8a9130c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support to detect when we can update the input set for each flow
type.
Because the hardware only supports a single input set for all flows of
that matching type, the driver shall only allow the input set to change
if there are no other configured filters for that flow type.
Thus, the first filter added for each flow type is allowed to change the
input set, and all future filters must match the same input set. Display
a diagnostic message whenever the filter input set changes, and
a warning whenever a filter cannot be accepted because it does not match
the configured input set.
Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ensure that the default input set is correctly reprogrammed when
cleaning up after disabling flow director support. This ensures that the
programmed value will be in a clean state.
Although we do not yet have support for SCTPv4 filters, a future patch
will add support for this protocol, so we will correctly restore the
SCTPv4 input set here as well. Note that strictly speaking the default
hardware value for SCTP includes matching the verification tag. However,
the ethtool API does not have support for specifying this value, so
there is no reason to keep the verification field enabled.
This patch is the next step on the way to enabling partial tuple filters
which will be implemented in a following patch.
Change-Id: Ic22e1c267ae37518bb036aca4a5694681449f283
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Do not assume that hardware has been programmed with the default mask,
but instead read the input set registers to determine what is currently
programmed. This ensures that all programmed filters match exactly how
the hardware will interpret them, avoiding confusion regarding filter
behavior.
This sets the initial ground-work for allowing custom input sets where
some fields are disabled. A future patch will fully implement this
feature.
Instead of using bitwise negation, we'll just explicitly check for the
correct value. The use of htonl and htons are used to silence sparse
warnings. The compiler should be able to handle the constant value and
avoid actually performing a byteswap.
Change-Id: I3d8db46cb28ea0afdaac8c5b31a2bfb90e3a4102
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current implementation of .set_rxnfc does not properly read the mask
field for filter entries. This results in incorrect driver behavior, as
we do not reject filters which have masks set to ignore some fields. The
current implementation simply assumes that every part of the tuple or
"input set" is specified. This results in filters not behaving as
expected, and not working correctly.
As a first step in supporting some partial filters, add code which
checks the mask fields and rejects any filters which do not have an
acceptable mask. For now, we just assume that all fields must be set.
This will get the driver one step towards allowing some partial filters.
At a minimum, the ethtool commands which previously installed filters
that would not function will now return a non-zero exit code indicating
failure instead.
We should now be meeting the minimum requirements of the .set_rxnfc API,
by ensuring that all filters we program have a valid mask value for each
field.
Finally, add code to report the mask correctly so that the ethtool
command properly reports the mask to the user.
Note that the typecast to (__be16) when checking source and destination
port masks is required because the ~ bitwise negation operator does not
correctly handle variables other than integer size.
Change-Id: Ia020149e07c87aa3fcec7b2283621b887ef0546f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool API {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new API {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-03-20
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Philippe Reynes updates i40e and i40evf to use the new ethtool API for
{get|set}_link_ksettings.
Jake provides the remaining patches in the series, starting with a fix
for i40e where the firmware expected the port numbers for the offloaded
UDP tunnels in Little Endian format and we were sending them in Big Endian
format which put the wrong port number to be put in the UDP tunnel list.
Changed the driver to use __be32 values instead of arrays for
(src|dst)_ip. Refactored the exit flow of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool() which
removes the dependency on having a non-zero return value. Fixed a memory
leak by running kfree() and returning immediately when we fail to add
flow director filter. Fixed a potential issue where could update the
filter count without actually succeeding in adding a filter, by moving
the ATR exit check to after we have sent the TCP/IPv4 filter to the ring
successfully. Ensures that the fd_tcp_rule count is reset to 0, before
we reprogram the filters so that we do not end up with a stale count
which does not correctly reflect the number of programmed filters. Added
a check whether we have TCP/IPv4 filters before re-enabling ATR after
flushing and replaying FDIR filters. Added counters for each filter
type in preparation for adding code to properly check the mask value.
Fixed potential issues by explicitly checking the flow type at the
start of i40e_add_fdir_ethtool(). To avoid possible memory leaks,
we now unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it is identical to
the new filter and ensures will always update the filters as expected.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous code relied on i40e_match_fdir_input_set to determine when
determining whether to free the old filter. Change this code so that we
simply unconditionally delete the old filter, even if it's identical to
the new filter. This ensures that we don't leak any memory, and that we
always update the filters as expected.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Although we will fail the filter later due to checking flow_type which
will have a bogus invalid type, it is possible future refactoring will
remove this hidden failure case. Avoid a possible issue in the future by
explicitly checking the flow type at the start.
Change-Id: Ia98eb26f7b93ccbe38c7141e8f203ef496fc6598
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for adding code to properly check the mask values, we
will need to know the number of active filters for each type. Add
counters for each filter type. Rename the already existing fd_tcp_rule
to fd_tcp4_filter_cnt to match the style of other names. To avoid style
warnings, avoid assigning multiple parameters at once, and fix up one
other case where we did so previously.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When flushing and replaying FDIR filters, it is possible we would
disable ATR, and then re-enable it even though we should have kept
it disabled due to existing TCP/IPv4 filters. Fix this by checking
whether we have TCP4/IPv4 filters before re-enabling.
Alternatively, we could instead restore ATR and then replay filters,
however, this would cause us to rapidly enable and then disable ATR in
some cases.
Change-ID: I076e4cc1e4409bce7f98f3c213295433a4ff43d8
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we're about to reprogram the filters, we need to ensure that the
fd_tcp_rule count is correctly reset to 0. Otherwise, we will keep
a stale count that does not accurately reflect the number of programmed
TCPv4 filters.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_fdir_filter_restore re-adds all existing filters, which already
checks when adding a TCPv4 filter to disable ATR. We don't need to make
the check twice, so remove this redundant code.
Change-ID: Ia0b0690e23523915199d601494557def135c9d7f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move ATR exit check after we have sent the TCP/IPv4 filter to the ring
successfully. This avoids an issue where we potentially update the
filter count without actually succeeding in adding the filter. Now, we
only increment the fd_tcp_rule after we've succeeded. Additionally, we
will re-enable ATR mode only after deletion of the filter is actually
posted to the FDIR ring.
Change-ID: If5c1dea422081cc5e2de65618b01b4c3bf6bd586
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of setting err=true and checking this to determine when to free
the raw_packet near the end of the function, simply kfree and return
immediately. The resulting code is a bit cleaner and has one less
variable. This also resolves a subtle bug in the ipv4 case which could
fail to add the first filter and then never free the memory, resulting
in a small memory leak.
Change-ID: I7583aac033481dc794b4acaa14445059c8930ff1
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor the exit flow of the i40e_add_fdir_ethtool function. Move the
input_label to the end of the function, removing the dependency on
having a non-zero return value. Add a comment explaining why it is ok
not to free the fdir data structure, because the structure is now stored
in the fdir_filter_list.
Change-Id: I723342181d59cd0c9f3b31140c37961ba37bb242
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code originally included src_ip and dst_ip with enough space to
support ipv6 filters. However, no actual support for ipv6 filters has
been implemented. Thus, remove the arrays and just use __be32 values.
Should ipv6 support be added in the future, we can replace these with
a union that has sizes for both values.
Change-Id: I1bc04032244a80eb6ebc8a4e6c723a4a665c1dd5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The firmware expects the port numbers for offloaded UDP tunnels in
Little Endian format. We accidentally sent the value in Big Endian
format which obviously will cause the wrong port number to be put into
the UDP tunnels list. This results in VxLAN and Geneve tunnel Rx
offloads being essentially disabled, unless the port number happens to
be identical after byte swapping. Note that i40e_aq_add_udp_tunnel()
will byteswap the parameter from host order into Little Endian so we
don't need worry about passing strictly a __le16 value to the command.
This patch essentially reverts b3f5c7bc88 ("i40e: Fix for extra byte
swap in tunnel setup", 2016-08-24), but in a way that makes the result
much more clear to the reader.
Fixes: b3f5c7bc88 ("i40e: Fix for extra byte swap in tunnel setup", 2016-08-24)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Williams, Mitch A <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was a typo that I had left in the code comments for the igb and ixgbe
functions that enabled build_skb support.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This reverts commit f9d40f6a99 ("igb: Revert support for build_skb in
igb") and adds a few changes to update it to work with the latest version
of igb. We are now able to revert the removal of this due to the fact
that with the recent changes to the page count and the use of
DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC we can make the pages writable so we should not be
invalidating the additional data added when we call build_skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
At this point we have 2 to 3 paths that can be taken depending on what Rx
modes are enabled. In order to better support that and improve the
maintainability I am breaking out the common bits from those paths and
making them into their own functions.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With the size of the frame limited we can now write to an offset within the
buffer instead of having to write at the very start of the buffer. The
advantage to this is that it allows us to leave padding room for things
like supporting XDP in the future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for using 3K buffers in order 1 pages the same way
we were using 2K buffers in 4K pages. We are reserving 1K of room for now
to have space available for future headroom and tailroom when we enable
build_skb support.
One side effect of this patch is that we can end up using a larger buffer
if jumbo frames is enabled. The impact shouldn't be too great, but it
could hurt small packet performance for UDP workloads if jumbo frames is
enabled as the truesize of frames will be larger.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since there are potential drawbacks to the new Rx allocation approach I
thought it best to add a "chicken bit" so that we can turn the feature off
if in the event that a problem is found.
It also provides a means of validating the legacy Rx path in the event that
we are forced to fall back. At some point in the future when we are
convinced we don't need it anymore we might be able to drop the legacy-rx
flag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the handling of page addresses so that we always refer to them using
a void pointer, and try to use the consistent name of va indicating we are
working with a virtual address.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We only need to sync the size of the frame that is read to test. We don't
need to sync the entire Rx buffer. This way the testing is more consistent
with how we handle things in the receive path.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to support the use of build_skb going forward it will be necessary
to place a maximum limit on the amount of data we can receive when jumbo
frames is not enabled. In order to do this I am adding a new upper limit
for receive based on the size of a 2K buffer minus padding.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the case of the Tx rings we need to only clear the Tx buffer_info when
we are resetting the rings. Ideally we do this when we configure the ring
to bring it back up instead of when we are taking it down in order to avoid
dirtying pages we don't need to.
In addition we don't need to clear the Tx descriptor ring since we will
fully repopulate it when we begin transmitting frames and next_to_watch can
be cleared to prevent the ring from being cleaned beyond that point instead
of needing to touch anything in the Tx descriptor ring.
Finally with these changes we can avoid having to reset the skb member of
the Tx buffer_info structure in the cleanup path since the skb will always
be associated with the first buffer which has next_to_watch set.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that instead of going through the entire ring on Rx
cleanup we only go through the region that was designated to be cleaned up
and stop when we reach the region where new allocations should start.
In addition we can avoid having to perform a memset on the Rx buffer_info
structures until we are about to start using the ring again. By deferring
this we can avoid dirtying the cache any more than we have to which can
help to improve the time needed to bring the interface down and then back
up again in a reset or suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
In addition I have updated the code so that we only reset the Rx descriptor
length for descriptor zero when resetting a ring instead of having to do a
memset with 0 over the entire ring. By doing this we can save some time on
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we are already using DMA attributes in igb for Rx there is no reason
why we can't also apply DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING which is needed on some
platforms to improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The configurable priority to traffic class mapping and the user specified
queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class, overriding the
hardware defaults when the 'hw' option is set to 0. However, when the 'hw'
option is non-zero, the hardware QOS defaults are used.
This patch makes it so that we can pass the data the user provided to
ndo_setup_tc. This allows us to pull in the queue configuration if the
user requested it as well as any additional hardware offload type
requested by using a value other than 1 for the hw value.
Finally it also provides a means for the device driver to return the level
supported for the offload type via the qopt->hw value. Previously we were
just always assuming the value to be 1, in the future values beyond just 1
may be supported.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous commit introduced a field that tracks the features
that are disabled due to HW resource limitations as opposed
to the featured disabled by the user. This patch changes the
name of the field to make it more readable since it might get
confusing when looking at code containing both the flags
field and the auto_disable_features field together.
Change-ID: Idcc9888659698f6fe3ccff17c8c3f09b5026f708
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Our original filter limit of 8 was based on behavior that we saw from
Linux VMs. Now we're running Other Operating Systems under KVM and we
see that they commonly use more MAC filters. Since it seems weird to
require people to enable trusted VFs just to boot their OS, bump the
number of filters allowed by default.
Change-ID: I76b2dcb2ad6017e39231ad3096c3fb6f065eef5e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC and
DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING. By enabling both of these for the Rx path we
are able to see performance improvements on architectures that implement
either one due to the fact that page mapping and unmapping only has to
sync what is actually being used instead of the entire buffer. In addition
by enabling the weak ordering attribute enables a performance improvement
for architectures that can associate a memory ordering with a DMA buffer
such as Sparc.
Change-ID: If176824e8231c5b24b8a5d55b339a6026738fc75
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch clarifies the reason for removal of automatically
firmware-generated filter and explicit addition of filter which
accepts frames with any VLAN id.
Change-ID: Iabf180b6d61c4d8a36d3bcf8457c377a6f2aca0e
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the issue that RSS offloading only works on PF0 by
using the direct register writing of the hash keys for the VFs instead
of using the admin queue command to do so.
Change-ID: Ia02cda7dbaa23def342e8786097a2c03db6f580b
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently ethtool -e will error out with a X722 interface
as its EEPROM has a scope limit at offset 0x5B9FFF.
This patch fixes the issue by setting the EEPROM length to
the scope limit to avoid NVM read failure beyond that.
Change-ID: I0b7d4dd6c7f2a57cace438af5dffa0f44c229372
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a solution to avoid adding too many queues to num_lan_msix.
A recent refactor of queue pairs accidentally added all remaining
vectors to the num_lan_msix which can have adverse performance issues,
due to enabling more queues than the number of CPU cores.
This patch removes the old calculation, and replaces it with a simple
algorithm.
1) add queue pairs up to num_online_cpus(), but capped at half of total
vectors
2) then add alternative features such as flow directory and similar
3) finally, add the remaining vectors back to queue pairs, but capped
such that the total number of queue pairs does not exceed
num_online_cpus().
Change-ID: I668abf67d5011a1248866daba8885f4ff00cb8d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
(KISS is Keep It Simple, Stupid. Or is it?)
The client interface vastly overengineered for what it needs to do.
It was originally designed to support multiple clients on multiple
netdevs, possibly even with multiple drivers. None of this happened,
and now we know that there will only ever be one client for i40e
(i40iw) and one for i40evf (i40iwvf). So, time for some KISS. Since
i40e and i40evf are a Dynasty, we'll simplify this one to match the
VF interface.
First, be a Destroyer and remove all of the lists and locks required
to support multiple clients. Keep one static around to keep track of
one client, and track the client instances for each netdev in the
driver's pf (or adapter) struct. Now it's Almost Human.
Since we already know the client type is iWarp, get rid of any checks
for this. Same for VSI type - it's always going to be the same type,
so it's just a Parasite.
While we're at it, fix up some comments. This makes the function
headers actually match the functions.
These changes reduce code complexity, simplify maintenance,
squash some lurking timing bugs, and allow us to Rock and Roll All
Nite.
Change-ID: I1ea79948ad73b8685272451440a34507f9a9012e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for upcoming RDMA-capable hardware, add a client
interface to the VF driver. This is a slightly-simplified version
of the PF client interface, with the names changed to protect the
innocent.
Due to the nature of the VF<->PF interactions, the client interface
sometimes needs to call back into itself to pass messages. Because
of this, we can't use the coarse-grained locking like the PF's
client interface uses. Instead, we handle all client interactions
in a separate thread so the watchdog can still run and process
virtual channel messages.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some opcodes added & reordered to be in numerical order with the
rest of the opcodes.
This patch adds admin queue structs to support Wake on LAN feature
for X722.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acquire NVM lock before reads on all devices. Previously, locks were
only used for X722 and later. Fixes an issue where simultaneous X710
NVM accesses were interfering with each other.
Change-ID: If570bb7acf958cef58725ec2a2011cead6f80638
Signed-off-by: Aaron Salter <aaron.k.salter@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
As I don't have the hardware, I'd be very pleased if
someone may test this patch.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On architectures that have a cache line size larger than 64 Bytes we start
running into issues where the amount of headroom for the frame starts
shrinking.
The size of skb_shared_info on a system with a 64B L1 cache line size is
320. This increases to 384 with a 128B cache line, and 512 with a 256B
cache line.
In addition the NET_SKB_PAD value increases as well consistent with the
cache line size. As a result when we get to a 256B cache line as seen on
the s390 we end up 768 bytes used by padding and shared info leaving us
with only 1280 bytes to use for data storage. On architectures such as
this we should default to using 3K Rx buffers out of a 8K page instead of
trying to do 1.5K buffers out of a 4K page.
To take all of this into account I have added one small check so that we
compare the max_frame to the amount of actual data we can store. This was
already occurring for igb, but I had overlooked it for ixgbe as it doesn't
have strict limits for 82599 once we enable jumbo frames. By adding this
check we will automatically enable 3K Rx buffers as soon as the maximum
frame size we can handle drops below the standard Ethernet MTU.
I also went through and fixed one small typo that I found where I had left
an IGB in a variable name due to a copy/paste error.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently ixgbe_set_rxfh() updates the rss_key copy in the driver
memory, but does not push the new value into the h/w. This commit
add a new helper for the latter operation and call it in
ixgbe_set_rxfh(), so that the h/w rss key value can be really
updated via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
overwritting||overwriting
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-29-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
applys||applies
The "applyes" in drivers/video/fbdev/aty/radeon_monitor.c is a different
pattern but it was fixed in this commit. The "This functions" in the
same line was fixed as well.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-24-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix typos and add the following to the scripts/spelling.txt:
varible||variable
While we are here, tidy up the comment blocks that fit in a single line
for drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c and
net/sctp/transport.c.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1481573103-11329-11-git-send-email-yamada.masahiro@socionext.com
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The following message is logged from time to time when using i40e:
NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08
i40e may schedule napi from a workqueue. Afterwards, softirqs are not run
in a deterministic time frame. The problem is the same as what was
described in commit ec13ee8014 ("virtio_net: invoke softirqs after
__napi_schedule") and this patch applies the same fix to i40e.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Poirier <bpoirier@suse.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix, or rather, avoid a sparse warning caused by the fact that
csum_replace_by_diff expects to receive a __wsum value. Since the
calculation appears to work, simply typecast the passed paylen value to
__wsum to avoid the warning.
This seems pretty fishy since __wsum was obviously annotated as
a separate type on purpose, so this throws the entire calculation into
question. Since it currently appears to behave as expected, the typecast
is probably safe.
Change-ID: I4fdc5cddd589abc16098176e8a61127e761488f4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists an intermittent bug which causes the 'Link Detected'
field reported by the 'ethtool <iface>' command to be 'Yes' when
in fact, there is no link. This patch fixes the problem by
enabling temporary link polling when i40e_get_link_status returns
an error. This causes the driver to remember that an admin queue
command failed and polls, until the function returns with a success.
Change-Id: I64c69b008db4017b8729f3fc27b8f65c8fe2eaa0
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This ensures that the pvid which is stored in __le16 format is converted
to the CPU format. This will fix comparison issues on Big Endian
platforms.
Change-ID: I92c80d1315dc2a0f9f095d5a0c48d461beb052ed
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On Big Endian platforms we would incorrectly calculate the wrong switch
id since we did not properly convert the le16 value into CPU format.
Caught by sparse.
Change-ID: I69a2f9fa064a0a91691f7d0e6fcc206adceb8e36
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch refactors the '%*ph' printk format specifier to instead use
the print_hex_dump function, as recommended by the '%*ph' documentation.
This produces better/more standardized output.
Change-ID: Id56700b4e8abc40ff8c04bc8379e7df04cb4d6fd
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a bug introduced with the addition of the per queue
ITR feature support in ethtool. With that addition, there were
functions added which converted the ITR settings to binary values.
The IS_ENABLED macros that run on those values check whether a bit
is set or not and with the value being binary, the bit check always
returned ITR disabled which prevents any updating of the ITR rate.
This patch fixes the problem by changing the functions to return the
current ITR value instead and renaming it to better reflect
its function. These functions now provide a value which will be
accurately asessed and update the ITR as intended.
Change-ID: I14f1d088d052e27f652aaa3113e186415ddea1fc
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a comment to reduce confusion.
Change-ID: I3d5819c0f3f5174680442ae54398a073d4a61f4f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When the i40evf_remove() calls netdev close, the device doesn't actually
close - it schedules the work for the watchdog to perform. Since we're
stopping the watchdog, this work doesn't get done. However, we're
resetting the part, so we can free resources after the reset request has
gone through. This plugs a memory leak.
Change-ID: Id5335dcaf76ce00d2a4c3d26e9faf711d7f051cf
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This call is made just prior to running i40e_link_event. In
i40e_link_event, we set hw->phy.get_link_info to true just prior to
calling i40e_get_link_status, which conveniently runs
i40e_update_link_info for us. Thus, we are running i40e_update_link_info
twice, which seems like something we don't need to do...
Change-ID: I36467a570f44b7546d218c99e134ff97c2709315
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a call to the mac_address_write admin q function during
power down to update the PRTPM_SAH/SAL registers with the MC_MAG_EN bit
thus enabling multicast magic packet wakeup.
A FW workaround is needed to write the multicast magic wake up enable
bit in the PRTPM_SAH register. The FW expects the mac address write
admin q cmd to be called first with one of the WRITE_TYPE_LAA flags
and then with the multicast relevant flags.
*Note: This solution only works for X722 devices currently. A PFR will
clear the previously mentioned bit by default, but X722 has support for a
WOL_PRESERVE_ON_PFR flag which prevents the bit from being cleared. Once
other devices support this flag, this solution should work as well.
Change-ID: I51bd5b8535bd9051c2676e27c999c1657f786827
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which the driver is unable to exit overflow
promiscuous mode after having added "too many" mac filters. It is
expected that after triggering overflow promiscuous, removing the
failed/extra filters should then disable overflow promiscuous mode.
The bug exists because we were intentionally skipping the sync_vsi_filter
path in cases where we were removing failed filters since they shouldn't
have been added to the firmware in the first place, however we still
need to go through the sync_vsi_filter code path to determine whether or
not it is ok to exit overflow promiscuous mode. This patch fixes the
bug by making sure we go through the sync_vsi_filter path in cases of
failed filters.
Change-ID: I634d249ca3e5fa50729553137c295e73e7722143
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that we don't need to bother with clearing the
memory out for the descriptor rings. The general idea is to only free
buffers associated with buffers in use which are located between the
next_to_clean and next_to_use or next_to_alloc values. Everything outside
of those regions can be safely ignored since they should have no buffers
associated with them.
The advantage to doing things this way is that is should speed up bring-up
and tear-down of the rings. Specifically we can avoid the 512 or more
cycles required to memset the rings in tear-down. In the bring-up phase we
then clear the memory as a part of initialization. The general idea is
that the clearing in initialization can act as a prefetch of sorts for the
buffer info structures so they are in the local CPU when we go to populate
them. This should help to improve overall time needed to perform a
suspend/resume.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds build_skb support to the Rx path. There are several
advantages to this change.
1. It avoids the memcpy and skb->head allocation for small packets which
improves performance by about 5% in my tests.
2. It avoids the memcpy, skb->head allocation, and eth_get_headlen
for larger packets improving performance by about 10% in my tests.
3. For VXLAN packets it allows the full header to be in skb->data which
improves the performance by as much as 30% in some of my tests.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since there are potential drawbacks to the new Rx allocation approach I
thought it best to add a "chicken bit" so that we can turn the feature off
if in the event that a problem is found.
It also provides a means of validating the legacy Rx path in the event that
we are forced to fall back. At some point in the future when we are
convinced we don't need it anymore we might be able to drop the legacy-rx
flag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for providing a buffer with headroom and tailroom
to allow for shared info, NET_SKB_PAD, and NET_IP_ALIGN. With this
combined with the DMA changes we can start using build_skb to build frames
around an incoming Rx buffer instead of having to memcpy the headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We are going to be expanding the number of Rx paths in the driver. Instead
of duplicating all that code I am pulling it apart into separate functions
so that we don't have so much code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use the length of the packet instead of the
DD status bit to determine if a new descriptor is ready to be processed.
The obvious advantage is that it cuts down on reads as we don't really even
need the DD bit if going from a 0 to a non-zero value on size is enough to
inform us that the packet has been completed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to support build_skb with jumbo frames it will be necessary to use
3K buffers for the Rx path with 8K pages backing them. This is needed on
architectures that implement 4K pages because we can't support 2K buffers
plus padding in a 4K page.
In the case of systems that support page sizes larger than 4K the 3K
attribute will only be applied to FCoE as we can fall back to using just 2K
buffers and adding the padding.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Batch the page count updates instead of doing them one at a time. By doing
this we can improve the overall performance as the atomic increment
operations can be expensive due to the fact that on x86 they are locked
operations which can cause stalls. By doing bulk updates we can
consolidate the stall which should help to improve the overall receive
performance.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for DMA_ATTR_SKIP_CPU_SYNC and
DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING. By enabling both of these for the Rx path we are
able to see performance improvements on architectures that implement either
one due to the fact that page mapping and unmapping only has to sync what
is actually being used instead of the entire buffer. In addition by
enabling the weak ordering attribute enables a performance improvement for
architectures that can associate a memory ordering with a DMA buffer such
as Sparc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some platforms, syncing a buffer for DMA is expensive. Rather than
sync the whole 2K receive buffer, only synchronise the length of the
frame, which will typically be the MTU, or a much smaller TCP ACK.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch consolidates the code for the ixgbe driver so that it is more
inline with what is already in igb. The general idea is to just
consolidate functions that represent logical steps in the Rx process so we
can later update them more easily.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the driver version to reflect the new devices that it
supports.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since dcbnl_ops is global, it should be prefixed by ixgbe_
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Though not advertised through ethtool, if the link partner advertises a
2.5Gb or 5Gb connection, and the adapter supports it, allow the speed to be
used.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool support needs to save more PHY information. The
added information includes FEC capabilities and 25G link
types. Without this change it is possible to lose 25G or
FEC settings by using ethtool.
Change-ID: Ie42255b1e901ffbf9583b8c46466a54894114280
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor how we add new filters to firmware to avoid a race condition
that can occur due to removing filters from the hash temporarily.
To understand the race condition, suppose that you have a number of MAC
filters, but have not yet added any VLANs. Now, add two VLANs in rapid
succession. A possible resulting flow would look something like the
following:
(1) lock hash for add VLAN
(2) add the new MAC/VLAN combos for each current MAC filter
(3) unlock hash
(4) lock hash for filter sync
(5) notice that we have a VLAN, so prepare to update all MAC filters
with VLAN=-1 to be VLAN=0.
(6) move NEW and REMOVE filters to temporary list
(7) unlock hash
(8) lock hash for add VLAN
(9) add new MAC/VLAN combos. Notice that no MAC filters are currently in
the hash list, so we don't add any VLANs <--- BUG!
(10) unlock hash
(11) sync the temporary lists to firmware
(12) lock hash for post-sync
(13) move the temporary elements back to the main list
....
Because we take filters out of the main hash into temporary lists, we
introduce a narrow window where it is possible that other callers to the
list will not see some of the filters which were previously added but
have not yet been finalized. This results in sometimes dropping VLAN
additions, and could also result in failing to add a MAC address on the
newly added VLAN.
One obvious way to avoid this race condition would be to lock the entire
firmware process. Unfortunately this does not work because adminq
firmware commands take a mutex which results in a sleep while atomic
BUG(). So, we can't use the simplest approach.
An alternative approach is to simply not remove the filters from the
hash list while adding. Instead, add an i40e_new_mac_filter structure
which we will use to track added filters. This avoids the need to remove
the filter from the hash list. We'll store a pointer to the original
i40e_mac_filter, along with our own copy of the state.
We won't update the state directly, so as to avoid race with other code
that may modify the state while under the lock. We are safe to read
f->macaddr and f->vlan since these only change in two locations. The
first is on filter creation, which must have already occurred. The
second is inside i40e_correct_vlan_filters which was previously run
after creation of this object and can't be run again until after. Thus,
we should be safe to read the MAC address and VLAN while outside the
lock.
We also aren't going to run into a use-after-free issue because the only
place where we free filters is when they are marked FAILED or when we
remove them inside the sync subtask. Since the subtask has its own
critical flag to prevent duplicate runs, we know this won't happen. We
also know that the only location to transition a filter from NEW to
FAILED is inside the subtask also, so we aren't worried about that
either.
Use the wrapper i40e_new_mac_filter for additions, and once we've
finalized the addition to firmware, we will update the filter state
inside a lock, and then free the wrapper structure.
In order to avoid a possible race condition with filter deletion, we
won't update the original filter state unless it is still
I40E_FILTER_NEW when we finish the firmware sync.
This approach is more complex, but avoids race conditions related to
filters being temporarily removed from the list. We do not need the same
behavior for deletion because we always unconditionally removed the
filters from the list regardless of the firmware status.
Change-Id: I14b74bc2301f8e69433fbe77ebca532db20c5317
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a bug where we modified the mac_filter_hash while outside a lock,
when handling addition of broadcast filters.
Normally, we add filters to firmware by batching the additions into
lists and issuing 1 update for every few filters. Broadcast filters are
handled differently, by instead setting the broadcast promiscuous mode
flags. In order to make sure the 1<->1 mapping of filters in our
addition array lined up with filters in the hlist tmp_add_list, we had
to remove the filter and move it back to the main hash. However, we
didn't do this under lock, which could cause consistency problems for
the list.
Fix this by updating i40e_update_filter_state logic so that it knows to
avoid broadcast filters. This ensures that we don't have to remove the
filter separately, and can put it back using the normal flow.
Change-ID: Id288fade80b3e3a9a54b68cc249188cb95147518
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The intent of this message was to indicate to a user that we might have
missed a timestamp event for a valid packet. The original method of
detecting the missed events relied on waiting until all 4 registers were
filled.
A recent commit d55458c0cd7a5 ("i40e: replace PTP Rx timestamp hang
logic") replaced this logic with much better detection
scheme that could detect a stalled Rx timestamp register even when other
registers were still functional.
The new logic means that a message will be displayed almost as soon as
a timestamp for a dropped frame occurs. This new logic highlights that
the hardware will attempt timestamp for frames which it later decides to
drop. The most prominent example is when a multicast PTP frame is
received on a multicast address that we are not subscribed to.
Because the hardware initiates the Rx timestamp as soon as possible, it
will latch an RXTIME register, but then drop the packet.
This results in users being confused by the message as they are not
expecting to see dropped timestamp messages unless their application
also indicates that timestamps were missing.
Resolve this by reducing the severity and frequency of the displayed
message. We now only print the message if 3 or 4 of the RXTIME registers
are stalled and get cleared within the same watchdog event. This ensures
that the common case does not constantly display the message.
Additionally, since the message is likely not as meaningful to most
users, reduce the message to a dev_dbg instead of a dev_warn.
Users can still get a count of the number of timestamps dropped by
reading the ethtool statistics value, if necessary.
Change-ID: I35494442226a444c418dfb4f91a3070d06c8435c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store the FEC status bits from the link up event into the
hw_link_info structure.
Change-ID: I9a7b256f6dfb0dce89c2f503075d0d383526832e
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently i40e_bus_info has PCI device and function info only and log
messages print device number as bus number. Added field to provide bus
number info and modified log statements to print bus, device and
function information.
Change-ID: I811617cee2714cc0d6bade8d369f57040990756f
Signed-off-by: Sudheer Mogilappagari <sudheer.mogilappagari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_client_prepare() can never return an error. So make it
void and quit checking its return value.
Change-ID: I9ff311e2324dde329eb68648efb2c94aaff856db
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original comment implies that the only location where the raw_packet
buffer will be freed is in i40e_clean_tx_ring() which is incorrect. In
fact this isn't even the normal case. Update the comment explaining
where the memory is freed.
Change-ID: Ie0defc35ed1c3af183f81fdc60b6d783707a5595
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reorganize the i40e_pull_tail() logic, doing it in i40e_add_rx_frag()
where it's cheaper. The igb driver does this the same way.
Also renames i40e_page_is_reserved() to reflect what it actually
tests.
Change-ID: Icd9cc507aae1fcdc02308b3a09034111b4c24071
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reduces the size of struct i40e_rx_buffer by one pointer,
and makes the i40e driver a little more consistent with the igb driver
in terms of packets that span buffers.
We do this by moving the skb field from struct i40e_rx_buffer to
struct i40e_ring. We pass the skb we already have (or NULL if we
don't) to i40e_fetch_rx_buffer(), which skips the skb allocation if we
already have one for this packet.
Change-ID: I4ad48a531844494ba0c5d8e1a62209a057f661b0
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On packet RX, we perform a DMA sync for CPU before passing the
packet up. Here we limit that sync to the actual length of the
incoming packet, rather than always syncing the entire buffer.
Change-ID: I626aaf6c37275a8ce9e81efcaa773f327b331487
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The iWarp client cannot continue until this operation has been completed
by the PF driver. Sleep (with timeout) until the reply from the PF
driver has been received.
Change-ID: I5dc41b857bba32d0218b7ce167b5da122dadf349
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can avoid the minor bit of work by calling check params after we
check for the client instance, since we're about to return early in
cases where we do not have a client.
Change-ID: I56f8ea2ba48d4f571fa331c9ace50819a022fa1c
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-02-03
This series contains updates to i40e/i40evf only.
Jake fixes up the driver to not call i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() or
i40e_vsi_add_vlan() when the PVID is set or when the VID is less than 1.
Cleaned up a check which really is not needed since there is no real
reason why we cannot just call i40e_del_mac_all_vlan() directly. Renamed
functions to better reflect their actual purpose and how they function
in a more clear manner.
Bimmy cleans up unused/deprecated macros.
Mitch cleans up unused device ids which were intended for use when
running Linux VF drivers under Hyper-V, but found to be not needed.
Then cleaned up a function that is no longer needed since the client
open and close functions were refactored. Adds a sleep without timeout
until the reply from the PF driver has been received since the iWARP
client cannot continue until the operation has been completed.
Tushar Dave fixes an issue seen on SPARC where the use of the 'packed'
directive was causing kernel unaligned errors.
Alex does a refactor to pull some data off of the stack and store it
in the transmit buffer info section of the transmit ring.
Alan fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value to the
firmware, by refactoring the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static
inline function. Also added feedback to the user as to the actual
interrupt rate limit being used when it differs from the requested limit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.
Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In linux-4.5, busy polling was implemented in core
NAPI stack, meaning that all custom implementation can
be removed from drivers.
Not only we remove lot's of code, we also remove one lock
operation in fast path, and allow GRO to do its job.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the resolution of the register controlling interrupt rate
limiting, setting certain values for the interrupt rate limit make it
appear as though the limiting is not completely accurate. The problem
is that the interrupt rate limit is getting rounded down to the nearest
multiple of 4. This patch fixes the problem by adding some feedback to
the user as to the actual interrupt rate limit being used when it
differs from the requested limit. Without this patch setting interrupt
rate limits may appear to behave inaccurately.
Change-ID: I3093cf3f2d437d35a4c4f4bb5af5ce1b85ab21b7
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch refactors the macro INTRL_USEC_TO_REG into a static inline
function and fixes a couple subtle bugs caused by the macro.
This patch fixes a bug which was caused by passing a bad register value
to the firmware. If enabling interrupt rate limiting, a non-zero value
for the rate limit must be used. Otherwise the firmware sets the
interrupt rate limit to the maximum value. Due to the limited
resolution of the register, attempting to set a value of 1, 2, or 3
would be rounded down to 0 and limiting was left enabled, causing
unexpected behavior.
This patch also fixes a possible bug in which using the macro itself can
introduce unintended side-affects because the macro argument is used
more than once in the macro definition (e.g. a variable post-increment
argument would perform a double increment on the variable).
Without this patch, attempting to set interrupt rate limits of 1, 2, or
3 results in unexpected behavior and future use of this macro could
cause subtle bugs.
Change-Id: I83ac842de0ca9c86761923d6e3a4d7b1b95f2b3f
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After refactoring the client open and close code, this is no longer
needed. Remove it.
Change-ID: If8e6e32baa354d857c2fd8b2f19404f1786011c4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Requirement for VFs to use the VMBus has been removed that's why
removing Hyper-V VF device ID.
Change-ID: I84f0964f443ee0db3e5e444b5ace996eb71b8280
Signed-off-by: Jayaprakash Shanmugam <jayaprakash.shanmugam@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch does some quick work to pull some of the data off of the stack
and hopefully start storing it in the Tx buffer info section of the Tx
ring. Ideally we should be moving away from having to store much of
anything on the stack and can just maintain it all in the descriptor rings.
Change-ID: I4b4715ea1920e122502482b3f9e56a9a6cb1e9fe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
'struct i40e_dma_mem' defined with 'packed' directive causing kernel
unaligned errors on sparc.
e.g.
i40e: Intel(R) Ethernet Connection XL710 Network Driver - version
1.6.16-k
i40e: Copyright (c) 2013 - 2014 Intel Corporation.
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
Kernel unaligned access at TPC[44894c] dma_4v_alloc_coherent+0x1ac/0x300
i40e 0000:03:00.0: fw 5.1.40981 api 1.5 nvm 5.04 0x80002548 0.0.0
This can be fixed with get_unaligned/put_unaligned(). However no
reference in driver shows that 'struct i40e_dma_mem' directly shoved
into NIC hardware. But instead fields of the struct are being read and
used for hardware. Therefore, __packed is unnecessary for 'struct
i40e_dma_mem'.
In addition, although 'struct i40e_virt_mem' doesn't cause any
unaligned access, keeping it packed is unnecessary as well because
of aforementioned reason.
This change make 'struct i40e_dma_mem' and 'struct i40e_virt_mem'
unpacked.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This device ID was intended for use when running Linux VF drivers under
Hyper-V, but we have determined that it is not necessary. Since it is
unused, and will never be used, remove it.
Change-ID: I74998ab4237db043cd400547bb54a0a5e2a37ea5
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I40E_MAC_X710 was supposed to be for 10G and I40E_MAC_XL710
was supposed to be for 40G. But function i40e_is_mac_710
sets I40E_MAC_XL710 for all device IDS, I40E_MAC_X710 is not
used at all. As there is nothing to compare there is no need
for this function. Thus deprecating this extra macro and
removing this function entirely and replacing it with a direct
check.
Change-ID: I7d1769954dccd574a290ac04adb836ebd156730e
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using i40e_add_filter or i40e_del_filter directly, when
adding a MAC address, we should normally be using i40e_add_mac_filter or
i40e_del_mac_filter. These functions correctly handle the various cases
of VLAN mode or PVID settings. This ensures consistency and avoids the
issues that can occur with the recent addition of a WARN_ON() in
i40e_sync_vsi_filters.
Change-ID: I7fe62db063391fdd1180b2d6a6a3c5ab4307eeee
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use __i40e_del_filter instead of using i40e_del_filter() which will
avoid doing an additional search to delete a filter we already have the
pointer for.
Change-ID: Iea5a7e3cafbf8c682ed9d3b6c69cf5ff53f44daf
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions purpose is to add a new MAC filter correctly, whether
we're using VLANs or not. Their goal is to ensure that all active VLANs
get the new MAC filter. Rename them so that their intent is clear. They
function correctly regardless of whether we have any active VLANs or
only have I40E_VLAN_ANY filters. The new names convey how they function
in a more clear manner.
Change-ID: Iec1961f968c0223a7132724a74e26a665750b107
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function won't be appreciably slower when in VLAN mode, so there is
no real reason to not just call it directly. In either case, we still
must search the full table for a MAC/VLAN pair. We do get to stop
searching a tiny bit early in the case of knowing we are not in VLAN
mode, but this is a minor savings and we can avoid the code complexity
by not having to worry about the check.
Change-ID: I533412195b3a42f51cf629e3675dd5145aea8625
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fold the check for determining when to call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
into the function so that we don't need to decide which function to use
ahead of time. This allows us to just call i40e_put_mac_in_vlan directly
without having to check ahead of time.
Change-ID: Ifff526940748ac14b8418be5df5a149502eed137
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have the separate i40e_(add|rm)_vlan_all_mac functions, we
should not be using the i40e_vsi_kill_vlan or i40e_vsi_add_vlan
functions when PVID is set or when VID is less than 1. This allows us to
remove some checks in i40e_vsi_add_vlan and ensures that callers which
need to handle VID=0 or VID=-1 don't accidentally invoke the VLAN mode
handling used to convert filters when entering VLAN mode. We also update
the functions to take u16 instead of s16 as well since they no longer
expect to be called with VID=I40E_VLAN_ANY.
Change-ID: Ibddf44a8bb840dde8ceef2a4fdb92fd953b05a57
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
napi_complete_done() allows to opt-in for gro_flush_timeout,
added back in linux-3.19, commit 3b47d30396
("net: gro: add a per device gro flush timer")
This allows for more efficient GRO aggregation without
sacrifying latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network stack no longer uses the last_rx member of struct net_device
since the bonding driver switched to use its own private last_rx in
commit 9f24273837 ("bonding: use last_arp_rx in slave_last_rx()").
However, some drivers still (ab)use the field for their own purposes and
some driver just update it without actually using it.
Previously, there was an accompanying comment for the last_rx member
added in commit 4dc89133f4 ("net: add a comment on netdev->last_rx")
which asked drivers not to update is, unless really needed. However,
this commend was removed in commit f8ff080dac ("bonding: remove
useless updating of slave->dev->last_rx"), so some drivers added later
on still did update last_rx.
Remove all usage of last_rx and switch three drivers (sky2, atp and
smc91c92_cs) which actually read and write it to use their own private
copy in netdev_priv.
Compile-tested with allyesconfig and allmodconfig on x86 and arm.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relax ordering(RO) is one feature of 82599 NIC, to enable this feature can
enhance the performance for some cpu architecure, such as SPARC and so on.
Currently it only supports one special cpu architecture(SPARC) in 82599
driver to enable RO feature, this is not very common for other cpu architecture
which really needs RO feature.
This patch add one common config CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER to set RO feature,
and should define CONFIG_ARCH_WANT_RELAX_ORDER in sparc Kconfig firstly.
Signed-off-by: Mao Wenan <maowenan@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch does two things.
First it goes through and renames the __page_frag prefixed functions to
__page_frag_cache so that we can be clear that we are draining or
refilling the cache, not the frags themselves.
Second we drop the order parameter from __page_frag_cache_drain since we
don't actually need to pass it since all fragments are either order 0 or
must be a compound page.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170104023954.13451.5678.stgit@localhost.localdomain
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated.
We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In dev_get_stats() the statistic structure storage has already been
zeroed. Therefore network drivers do not need to call memset() again.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network device operation for reading statistics is only called
in one place, and it ignores the return value. Having a structure
return value is potentially confusing because some future driver could
incorrectly assume that the return value was used.
Fix all drivers with ndo_get_stats64 to have a void function.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debug statistics were removed due to complications with the ethtool
statistics API which are not possible to resolve without a new
statistics interface. The flag was left behind, but we no longer need
it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This was accidentally removed when we defeatured the full 1588 Clock
support. We need to report the Rx descriptor timestamp value so that
applications built on top of the IES API can function properly.
Additionally, remove the FM10K_FLAG_RX_TS_ENABLED, as it is not used now
that 1588 functionality has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On packet RX, we perform a dma sync for cpu before passing the
packet up. Here we limit that sync to the actual length of the
incoming packet, rather than always syncing the entire buffer.
Signed-off-by: Scott Peterson <scott.d.peterson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Partially revert commit 5e93cbadd3 ("fm10k: Reset mailbox global
interrupts", 2016-06-07)
The register bits related to this commit are now solely being handled by
the IES API. Recent changes in the IES API will allow an automatic
recovery from improper handling of these bits.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Multiple IES API resets can cause a race condition where the mailbox
interrupt request bits can be cleared before being handled. This can
leave certain mailbox messages from the PF to be untreated and the PF
will enter in some inactive state. If this situation occurs, the IES API
will initiate a mailbox version reset which, then, trigger a mailbox
state change. Once this mailbox transition occurs (from OPEN to CONNECT
state), a request for reset will be returned.
This ensures that PF will undergo a reset whenever IES API encounters an
unknown global mailbox interrupt event or whenever the IES API
terminates.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to typecast a u8 * into a char *, so just remove the extra
variable.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since a pointer "mac" to fm10k_mac_info structure exists, use it to
access the contents of its members.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix an if statement with hw_dbg lines where the logic was inverted with
regards to the corresponding return value used in the if statement.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@collabora.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i210 and i211 share the same PHY but have different PCI IDs. Don't
forget i211 for any i210 workarounds.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to ixgbe, when an interface is part of a namespace it is
possible that igb_close() may be called while __igb_shutdown() is
running which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in
free_msi_irqs().
Extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the call to netif_device_detach() and
igb_clear_interrupt_scheme() in __igb_shutdown() and check for
netif_device_present() to avoid calling igb_clear_interrupt_scheme() a
second time in igb_close().
Also extend the rtnl lock in igb_resume() to netif_device_attach().
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Whenever the igb driver detects the result of a read operation returns
a value composed only by F's (like 0xFFFFFFFF), it will detach the
net_device, clear the hw_addr pointer and warn to the user that adapter's
link is lost - those steps happen on igb_rd32().
In case a PCI error happens on Power architecture, there's a recovery
mechanism called EEH, that will reset the PCI slot and call driver's
handlers to reset the adapter and network functionality as well.
We observed that once hw_addr is NULL after the error is detected on
igb_rd32(), it's never assigned back, so in the process of resetting
the network functionality we got a NULL pointer dereference in both
igb_configure_tx_ring() and igb_configure_rx_ring(). In order to avoid
such bug, this patch re-assigns the hw_addr value in the slot_reset
handler.
Reported-by: Anthony H Thai <ahthai@us.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Harsha Thyagaraja <hathyaga@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several people have reported firmware leaving the I210/I211 PHY's page
select register set to something other than the default of zero. This
causes the first accesses, PHY_IDx register reads, to access something
else, resulting in device probe failure:
igb: Intel(R) Gigabit Ethernet Network Driver - version 5.4.0-k
igb: Copyright (c) 2007-2014 Intel Corporation.
igb: probe of 0000:01:00.0 failed with error -2
This problem began for them after a previous patch I submitted was
applied:
commit 2a3cdead8b
Author: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Date: Tue Nov 3 12:37:09 2015 -0600
igb: Remove GS40G specific defines/functions
I personally experienced this problem after attempting to PXE boot from
I210 devices using this firmware:
Intel(R) Boot Agent GE v1.5.78
Copyright (C) 1997-2014, Intel Corporation
Resetting the PHY before reading from it, ensures the page select
register is in its default state and doesn't make assumptions about
the PHY's register set before the PHY has been probed.
Cc: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Cc: Chris Arges <carges@vectranetworks.com>
Cc: Jochen Henneberg <jh@henneberg-systemdesign.com>
Signed-off-by: Aaron Sierra <asierra@xes-inc.com>
Tested-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey@sai.msu.ru>
Tested-by: Chris J Arges <christopherarges@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When running as guest, under certain condition, it will oops as following.
writel() in igb_configure_tx_ring() results in oops, because hw->hw_addr
is NULL. While other register access won't oops kernel because they use
wr32/rd32 which have a defense against NULL pointer.
[ 141.225449] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: AER: Multiple Uncorrected (Fatal)
error received: id=0101
[ 141.225523] igb 0000:01:00.1: PCIe Bus Error:
severity=Uncorrected (Fatal), type=Unaccessible,
id=0101(Unregistered Agent ID)
[ 141.299442] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast error_detected message
[ 141.300539] igb 0000:01:00.0 enp1s0f0: PCIe link lost, device now
detached
[ 141.351019] igb 0000:01:00.1 enp1s0f1: PCIe link lost, device now
detached
[ 143.465904] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: Root Port link has been reset
[ 143.465994] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast slot_reset message
[ 143.466039] igb 0000:01:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
[ 144.389078] igb 0000:01:00.1: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
[ 145.312078] igb 0000:01:00.1: broadcast resume message
[ 145.322211] BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at
0000000000003818
[ 145.361275] IP: [<ffffffffa02fd38d>]
igb_configure_tx_ring+0x14d/0x280 [igb]
[ 145.400048] PGD 0
[ 145.438007] Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP
A similar issue & solution could be found at:
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/689592/
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes firmware may not properly initialize I347AT4_PAGE_SELECT causing
the probe of an igb i210 NIC to fail. This patch adds an addition zeroing
of this register during igb_get_phy_id to workaround this issue.
Thanks for Jochen Henneberg for the idea and original patch.
Signed-off-by: Chris J Arges <christopherarges@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cao jin <caoj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During systemd reboot sequence network driver interface is shutdown
by e1000_close. The PCI driver interface is shut by e1000_shutdown.
The e1000_shutdown checks for netif_running status, if still up it
brings down driver. But it disables msi outside of this if statement,
regardless of netif status. All this is OK when e1000_close happens
after shutdown. However, by default, everything in systemd is done
in parallel. This creates a conditions where e1000_shutdown is called
after e1000_close, therefore hitting BUG_ON assert in free_msi_irqs.
CC: xe-kernel@external.cisco.com
Signed-off-by: khalidm <khalidm@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: David Singleton <davsingl@cisco.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Statements should start on tabstops.
Use a single statement and test instead of multiple tests.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends the xcast mailbox message to include support for
unicast promiscuous mode. To allow a VF to enter this mode the PF
must be in promiscuous mode.
A later patch will add the support needed in the VF driver (ixgbevf)
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends the mailbox message to allow for VF promiscuous
mode support.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement support for devices that have firmware-controlled PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement new interface for firmware commands to access some PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The firmware version method and functions are not used anywhere, so
remove them all.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are two problems with EEPROM access. One is that it needs to
hold the semaphore until the entire response is read or else the
response can be corrupted by other firmware accesses. The second
problem is that acquiring and releasing the semaphore is slow, so
it should be taken and released once when multiple EEPROM accesses
will be done.
Both of these issues can be solved by adding a new function,
ixgbe_hic_unlocked, to issue firmware commands that will assume
that the caller has acquired the needed semaphore.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch ensures that the advertised link speeds are configured
for X553 KR/KX backplane. Without this patch the link remains at
1G when resuming from low power after being downshifted by LPLU.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Restore adapter->hw.hw_addr after handling an error, or a resume
operation to make sure we can access the registers.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Rx timestamp does not work on 82599 and X540 because bitwise operation
of RX_HWTSTAMP flags is incorrect and ixgbe_ptp_rx_hwtstamp() is never
called. This patch fixes it to enable Rx timestamp on 82599 and X540.
Without this fix:
ptp4l[278.730]: selected /dev/ptp8 as PTP clock
ptp4l[278.733]: port 1: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[278.733]: port 0: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[278.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[278.835]: port 1: new foreign master 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc-1
ptp4l[279.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[280.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[281.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[282.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
ptp4l[282.835]: selected best master clock 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc
ptp4l[282.835]: port 1: LISTENING to UNCALIBRATED on RS_SLAVE
ptp4l[283.834]: port 1: received SYNC without timestamp
With this fix:
ptp4l[239.154]: selected /dev/ptp8 as PTP clock
ptp4l[239.157]: port 1: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[239.157]: port 0: INITIALIZING to LISTENING on INITIALIZE
ptp4l[240.989]: port 1: new foreign master 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc-1
ptp4l[244.989]: selected best master clock 1c3947.fffe.60f9cc
ptp4l[244.989]: port 1: LISTENING to UNCALIBRATED on RS_SLAVE
ptp4l[246.977]: master offset -899583339542096 s0 freq +0 path delay 16222
ptp4l[247.977]: master offset -899583339617265 s1 freq -75169 path delay 16177
ptp4l[248.977]: master offset -130 s2 freq -75299 path delay 16177
ptp4l[248.977]: port 1: UNCALIBRATED to SLAVE on MASTER_CLOCK_SELECTED
ptp4l[249.977]: master offset -9 s2 freq -75217 path delay 16177
ptp4l[250.977]: master offset 88 s2 freq -75123 path delay 16132
Fixes: a9763f3cb5 ("ixgbe: Update PTP to support X550EM_x devices")
Signed-off-by: Yusuke Suzuki <yus-suzuki@uf.jp.nec.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure that we free the IRQs in ixgbevf_io_error_detected() when
responding to an PCIe AER error and also restore them when the
interface recovers from it.
Previously it was possible to trigger BUG_ON() check in free_msix_irqs()
in the case where we call ixgbevf_remove() after a failed recovery from
AER error because the interrupts were not freed.
Also moved the down and free functions into ixgbevf_close_suspend()
same as with ixgbe.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure that we free the IRQs in ixgbe_io_error_detected() when
responding to an PCIe AER error and also restore them when the
interface recovers from it.
Previously it was possible to trigger BUG_ON() check in free_msix_irqs()
in the case where we call ixgbe_remove() after a failed recovery from
AER error because the interrupts were not freed.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are two methods for setting mac addresses in a Macvlan, that
differentiate themselves in the function macvlan_set_mac_Address.
If the macvlan mode is passthru, then we use the dev_set_mac_address
method, otherwise we use the dev_uc api via macvlan_sync_addresses.
The latter method (which would stem from using any non-passthru mode,
like bridge, or vepa), calls down into the driver in a path that terminates
in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf, which sends a IXGBE_VF_SET_MACVLAN message,
which causes the pf to spawn the noted error message. This occurs because
it appears that the guest is trying to delete the mac address of the macvlan
before adding another.
The other path in macvlan_set_mac_address uses dev_set_mac_address, which
calls into ixgbevf_set_mac which uses the IXGBE_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR to the
pf to set the macvlan mac address.
The discrepancy here is in the handlers. The handler function for
IXGBE_VF_SET_MAC_ADDR (ixgbe_set_vf_mac_addr) has a check for
the vfinfo[].trusted bit to allow the operation if the vf is trusted.
In comparison, the IXGBE_VF_SET_MACVLAN message handler
(ixgbe_set_vf_macvlan_msg) has no such check of the trusted bit.
Signed-off-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When an interface is part of a namespace it is possible that
ixgbevf_close() may be called while ixgbevf_suspend() is running
which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in free_msi_irqs()
To handle this situation we extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the
call to netif_device_detach() and check for !netif_device_present()
to avoid entering close while in suspend.
Also added rtnl locks to ixgbevf_queue_reset_subtask().
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When an interface is part of a namespace it is possible that
ixgbe_close() may be called while __ixgbe_shutdown() is running
which ends up in a double free WARN and/or a BUG in free_msi_irqs().
To handle this situation we extend the rtnl_lock() to protect the
call to netif_device_detach() and ixgbe_clear_interrupt_scheme()
in __ixgbe_shutdown() and check for netif_device_present()
to avoid clearing the interrupts second time in ixgbe_close();
Also extend the rtnl lock in ixgbe_resume() to netif_device_attach().
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
BaseT adapters that are capable of supporting 100Mb are not reporting this
capability. This patch corrects the reporting so that 100Mb is shown as
supported on those adapters.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A retry count of 10 is likely to run into problems on X550 devices that
have to detect and reset unresponsive CS4227 devices. So, reduce the I2C
retry count to 3 for X550 and above. This should avoid any possible
regressions in existing devices.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is an extension of commit 003287e0f0 ("ixgbevf: Correct parameter
sent to LED function"); add bounds checking to x540 functions to ensure the
index is valid.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The indirection table was reported incorrectly for X550 and newer
where we can support up to 64 RSS queues.
Reported-by Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The generic PHY reset check we had previously is not sufficient for the
ixgbe_phy_x550em_ext_t PHY type. Check 1.CC02.0 instead - same as
ixgbe_init_ext_t_x550().
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some x550 devices require the driver version reported to its firmware; this
patch sends the driver version string to the firmware through the host
interface command for x550 devices.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
FEC is configured by the NVM and the driver should not be
overriding it.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is no point in having an extra type for extra confusion. u64 is
unambiguous.
Conversion was done with the following coccinelle script:
@rem@
@@
-typedef u64 cycle_t;
@fix@
typedef cycle_t;
@@
-cycle_t
+u64
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
This was entirely automated, using the script by Al:
PATT='^[[:blank:]]*#[[:blank:]]*include[[:blank:]]*<asm/uaccess.h>'
sed -i -e "s!$PATT!#include <linux/uaccess.h>!" \
$(git grep -l "$PATT"|grep -v ^include/linux/uaccess.h)
to do the replacement at the end of the merge window.
Requested-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Update the driver code so that we do bulk updates of the page reference
count instead of just incrementing it by one reference at a time. The
advantage to doing this is that we cut down on atomic operations and
this in turn should give us a slight improvement in cycles per packet.
In addition if we eventually move this over to using build_skb the gains
will be more noticeable.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161110113616.76501.17072.stgit@ahduyck-blue-test.jf.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Hans-Christian Noren Egtvedt <egtvedt@samfundet.no>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Cc: Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <lftan@altera.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Steven Miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Cc: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The ARM architecture provides a mechanism for deferring cache line
invalidation in the case of map/unmap. This patch makes use of this
mechanism to avoid unnecessary synchronization.
A secondary effect of this change is that the portion of the page that
has been synchronized for use by the CPU should be writable and could be
passed up the stack (at least on ARM).
The last bit that occurred to me is that on architectures where the
sync_for_cpu call invalidates cache lines we were prefetching and then
invalidating the first 128 bytes of the packet. To avoid that I have
moved the sync up to before we perform the prefetch and allocate the
skbuff so that we can actually make use of it.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20161110113611.76501.98897.stgit@ahduyck-blue-test.jf.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "James E.J. Bottomley" <jejb@parisc-linux.org>
Cc: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@mellanox.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Hans-Christian Noren Egtvedt <egtvedt@samfundet.no>
Cc: Helge Deller <deller@gmx.de>
Cc: James Hogan <james.hogan@imgtec.com>
Cc: Jonas Bonn <jonas@southpole.se>
Cc: Keguang Zhang <keguang.zhang@gmail.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <lftan@altera.com>
Cc: Mark Salter <msalter@redhat.com>
Cc: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Rich Felker <dalias@libc.org>
Cc: Richard Kuo <rkuo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Steven Miao <realmz6@gmail.com>
Cc: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"The time/timekeeping/timer folks deliver with this update:
- Fix a reintroduced signed/unsigned issue and cleanup the whole
signed/unsigned mess in the timekeeping core so this wont happen
accidentaly again.
- Add a new trace clock based on boot time
- Prevent injection of random sleep times when PM tracing abuses the
RTC for storage
- Make posix timers configurable for real tiny systems
- Add tracepoints for the alarm timer subsystem so timer based
suspend wakeups can be instrumented
- The usual pile of fixes and updates to core and drivers"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (23 commits)
timekeeping: Use mul_u64_u32_shr() instead of open coding it
timekeeping: Get rid of pointless typecasts
timekeeping: Make the conversion call chain consistently unsigned
timekeeping_Force_unsigned_clocksource_to_nanoseconds_conversion
alarmtimer: Add tracepoints for alarm timers
trace: Update documentation for mono, mono_raw and boot clock
trace: Add an option for boot clock as trace clock
timekeeping: Add a fast and NMI safe boot clock
timekeeping/clocksource_cyc2ns: Document intended range limitation
timekeeping: Ignore the bogus sleep time if pm_trace is enabled
selftests/timers: Fix spelling mistake "Asyncrhonous" -> "Asynchronous"
clocksource/drivers/bcm2835_timer: Unmap region obtained by of_iomap
clocksource/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Map frame with of_io_request_and_map()
arm64: dts: rockchip: Arch counter doesn't tick in system suspend
clocksource/drivers/arm_arch_timer: Don't assume clock runs in suspend
posix-timers: Make them configurable
posix_cpu_timers: Move the add_device_randomness() call to a proper place
timer: Move sys_alarm from timer.c to itimer.c
ptp_clock: Allow for it to be optional
Kconfig: Regenerate *.c_shipped files after previous changes
...
In commit 02cea39586 ("genirq: Provide disable_hardirq()")
Peter introduced disable_hardirq() for netpoll, but it is forgotten
to use it for e1000.
This patch changes disable_irq() to disable_hardirq() for e1000.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Suggested-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The .match_method field is a u8, so we shouldn't be casting to a u16,
and because it is only one byte, we do not need to byte swap anything.
Just assign the value directly. This avoids issues on Big Endian
architectures which would have byte swapped and then incorrectly
truncated the value.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a similar fashion to how we handled exiting VLAN mode, move the logic
in i40e_vsi_add_vlan into i40e_sync_vsi_filters. Extract this logic into
its own function for ease of understanding as it will become quite
complex.
The new function, i40e_correct_mac_vlan_filters() correctly updates all
filters for when we need to enter VLAN mode, exit VLAN mode, and also
enforces the PVID when assigned.
Call i40e_correct_mac_vlan_filters from i40e_sync_vsi_filters passing it
the number of active VLAN filters, and the two temporary lists.
Remove the function for updating VLAN=0 filters from i40e_vsi_add_vlan.
The end result is that the logic for entering and exiting VLAN mode is
in one location which has the most knowledge about all filters. This
ensures that we always correctly have the non-VLAN filters assigned to
VID=0 or VID=-1 regardless of how we ended up getting to this result.
Additionally this enforces the PVID at sync time so that we know for
certain that an assigned PVID results in only filters with that PVID
will be added to the firmware.
Change-ID: I895cee81e9c92d0a16baee38bd0ca51bbb14e372
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current flow for adding or updating the PVID for a VF uses
i40e_vsi_add_vlan and i40e_vsi_kill_vlan which each take, then release
the hash lock. In addition the two functions also must take special care
that they do not perform VLAN mode changes as this will make the code in
i40e_ndo_set_vf_port_vlan behave incorrectly.
Fix these issues by using the new helper functions i40e_add_vlan_all_mac
and i40e_rm_vlan_all_mac which expect the hash lock to already be taken.
Additionally these functions do not perform any state updates in regards
to VLAN mode, so they are safe to use in the PVID update flow.
It should be noted that we don't need the VLAN mode update code here,
because there are only a few flows here.
(a) we're adding a new PVID
In this case, if we already had VLAN filters the VSI is knocked
offline so we don't need to worry about pre-existing VLAN filters
(b) we're replacing an existing PVID
In this case, we can't have any VLAN filters except those with the old
PVID which we already take care of manually.
(c) we're removing an existing PVID
Similarly to above, we can't have any existing VLAN filters except
those with the old PVID which we already take care of correctly.
Because of this, we do not need (or even want) the special accounting
done in i40e_vsi_add_vlan, so use of the helpers is a saner alternative.
It also opens the door for a future patch which will refactor the flow
of i40e_vsi_add_vlan now that it is not needed in this function.
Change-ID: Ia841f63da94e12b106f41cf7d28ce8ce92f2ad99
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future refactor of how the PF assigns a PVID to a VF will want to be
able to add and remove a block of filters by VLAN without worrying about
accidentally triggering the accounting for I40E_VLAN_ANY. Additionally
the PVID assignment would like to be able to batch several changes under
one use of the mac_filter_hash_lock.
Factor out the addition and deletion of a VLAN on all MACs into their
own function which i40e_vsi_(add|kill)_vlan can use. These new functions
expect the caller to take the hash lock, as well as perform any
necessary accounting for updating I40E_VLAN_ANY filters if we are now
operating under VLAN mode.
Change-ID: If79e5b60b770433275350a74b3f1880333a185d5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix a subtle issue with the code for converting VID=-1 filters into VID=0
filters when adding a new VLAN. Previously the code deleted the VID=-1
filter, and then added a new VID=0 filter. In the rare case that the
addition fails due to -ENOMEM, we end up completely deleting the filter
which prevents recovery if memory pressure subsides. While it is not
strictly an issue because it is likely that memory issues would result
in many other problems, we shouldn't delete the filter until after the
addition succeeds.
Change-ID: Icba07ddd04ecc6a3b27c2e29f2c1c8673d266826
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current caller of i40e_update_filter_state incorrectly passes
aq_ret, an i40e_status variable, instead of the expected aq_err. This
happens to work because i40e_status is actually just a typedef integer,
and 0 is still the successful return. However i40e_update_filter_state
has special handling for ENOSPC which is currently being ignored.
Also notice that firmware does not update the per-filter response for
many types of errors, such as EINVAL. Thus, modify the filter setup so
that the firmware response memory is pre-set with I40E_AQC_MM_ERR_NO_RES.
This enables us to refactor i40e_update_filter_state, removing the need
to pass aq_err and avoiding a need for having 3 different flows for
checking the filter state.
The resulting code for i40e_update_filter_state is much simpler, only
a single loop and we always check each filter response value every time.
Since we pre-set the response value to match our expected error this
correctly works for all success and error flows.
Change-ID: Ie292c9511f34ee18c6ef40f955ad13e28b7aea7d
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previous code refactors have accidentally caused issues with the
counting of active_filters. Avoid similar issues in the future by simply
re-counting the active filters every time after we handle add and delete
of all the filters. Additionally this allows us to simplify the check
for when we exit promiscuous mode since we can combine the check for
failed filters at the same time.
Additionally since we recount filters at the end we need to set
vsi->promisc_threshold as well.
The resulting code takes a bit longer since we do have to loop over
filters again. However, the result is more readable and less likely to
become incorrect due to failed accounting of filters in the future.
Finally, this ensures that it is not possible for vsi->active_filters to
ever underflow since we never decrement it.
Change-ID: Ib4f3a377e60eb1fa6c91ea86cc02238c08edd102
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A product decision has been made to defeature detection of PTP frames
over L4 (UDP) on the XL710 MAC. Do not advertise support for L4
timestamping.
Change-ID: I41fbb0f84ebb27c43e23098c08156f2625c6ee06
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The service task lock was being set in the scheduling function, not the
actual service task. This would potentially leave the bit set for a long
time before the task actually ran. Furthermore, if the service task
takes too long, it calls the schedule function to reschedule itself -
which would fail to take the lock and do nothing.
Instead, set and clear the lock bit in the service task itself. In the
process, get rid of the i40e_service_event_complete() function, which is
really just two lines of code that can be put right in the service task
itself.
Change-ID: I83155e682b686121e2897f4429eb7d3f7c669168
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Depending on external PHY type, register access method should be
different. Clause22 or Clause45 can be chosen for different PHYs.
Implemented functions apply correct access method for used device.
Change-ID: If39d5f0da9c0b905a8cbdc1ab89885535e7d0426
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds adminq support for Forward Error
Correction ("FEC")for 25g products.
Change-ID: Iaff4910737c239d2c730e5c22a313ce9c37d3964
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacek Naczyk <jacek.naczyk@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for 25G devices - defines and data structures.
One tricky part here is that the firmware support for these
Devices introduces a mismatch between the PHY type enum and
the bitfields for the phy types.
This change creates a macro and uses it to increment the 25G
PHY values when creating 25G bitfields.
Change-ID: I69b24d837d44cf9220bf5cb8dd46c5be89ce490b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the %d specifier used for printing vsi->active_filters and
vsi->promisc_threshold with an unsigned %u format specifier. While it is
unlikely in practice that these values will ever reach such a large
number they are unsigned values and thus should not be interpreted as
negative numbers.
Change-ID: Iff050fad5a1c8537c4c57fcd527441cd95cfc0d4
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Before this patch "ethtool -p" was not blinking the LEDs on boards
with 1G BaseT PHYs.
This commit identifies 1G BaseT boards as having the LEDs connected
to the MAC. Also, renamed the flag to be more descriptive of usage.
The flag is now I40E_FLAG_PHY_CONTROLS_LEDS.
Change-ID: I4eb741da9780da7849ddf2dc4c0cb27ffa42a801
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The netdev->dev_addr MAC filter already exists in the
MAC/VLAN hash table, as it is added when we configure
the netdev in i40e_configure_netdev. Because we already
know that this address will be updated in the
hash_for_each loops, we do not need to handle it
specially. This removes duplicate code and simplifies
the i40e_vsi_add_vlan and i40e_vsi_kill_vlan functions.
Because we know these filters must be part of the
MAC/VLAN hash table, this should not have any functional
impact on what filters are included and is merely a code
simplification.
Change-ID: I5e648302dbdd7cc29efc6d203b7019c11f0b5705
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the function i40e_napi-poll() returns 0 when it clean completely
the Rx rings, but this foul budget accounting in core code.
Fix this by returning the actual work done, capped to budget - 1, since
the core doesn't allow to return the full budget when the driver modifies
the NAPI status
This is based on a similar change that was made for the ixgbe driver by
Paolo Abeni.
Change-ID: Ic3d93ad2fa2fc8ce3164bc461e69367da0f9173b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous commit 53cb6e9e89 ("i40e: Removal of workaround for simple
MAC address filter deletion") removed a workaround for some
firmware versions which was reported to not be necessary in production
NICs. Unfortunately this workaround is necessary in some configurations,
specifically the Ethernet Controller XL710 for 40GbE QSFP+ (8086:1583).
Without this patch, the mentioned NICs with current firmware exhibit
issues when adding VLANs, as outlined by the following reproduction:
$modprobe i40e
$ip link set <device> up
$ip link add link <device> vlan100 type vlan id 100
$dmesg | tail
<snip>
kernel: i40e 0000:82:00.0: Error I40E_AQ_RC_EINVAL adding RX
filters on PF, promiscuous mode forced on
This results in filters being marked as FAILED and setting the device in
promiscuous mode.
The root cause of receiving the -EINVAL error response appears to be due
to a conflict with the default MAC filter which still exists on the
default firmware for this device. Attempting to add a new VLAN filter on
the default MAC address conflicts with the IGNORE_VLAN setting on the
default rule.
Change-ID: I4d8f6d48ac5f60cfe981b3baad30eb4d7c170d61
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_txd_use_count function was fast but confusing. In the comments,
it even admits that it's ugly. So replace it with a new function that is
(very) slightly faster and has extensive commenting to help the thicker
among us (including the author, who will forget in a week) understand
how it works.
Change-ID: Ifb533f13786a0bf39cb29f77969a5be2c83d9a87
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes the driver log link speed change. Before applying the
patch link messages were printed only on state change. Now message is
printed when link is brought up or down and when speed changes.
Change-ID: Ifbee14b4b16c24967450b3cecac6e8351dcc8f74
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-12-02
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Alex provides changes so that we are much more robust about defining what
we can and cannot offload in i40e and i40evf by doing additional checks
other than L4 tunnel header length.
Jake provides several fixes/changes, first cleaning up a label that is
unnecessary, as well as cleaned up the use of a "magic number". Clarified
the code by separating the global private flags and the regular private
flags per interface into two arrays, so that future additions will not
produce duplication and buggy code. Adds additional checks to protect
against NULL values for msix_entries and q_vectors pointers.
Michal adds Clause22 method for accessing registers for some external
PHYs.
Piotr adds additional protocol support for the admin queue discover
capabilities function.
Tushar Dave fixes a panic seen on SPARC, where writel() should not be
used to write directly to a memory address but only to a memory mapped
I/O address otherwise it causes data access exceptions.
Joe Perches separates out a section of code into its own function, to
help reduce i40evf_reset_task() a bit.
Alan fixes an issue by checking for NULL before dereferencing msix_entries
and returning early in the case where it is NULL within the i40evf_close()
code path.
Henry provides code cleanup to remove unreachable and redundant sections
of code. Fixed up an issue where new NICs were not identifying "unknown
PHYs" correctly.
Harshitha fixes a issue where the ethtool "Supported Link" modes list
backplane interfaces on X722 devices for 10 GbE with SFP+ and Cortina
retimer, where these interfaces should not be visible to the user since
they cannot use them.
Carolyn changes an X722 informational message so that it only appears
when extra messages are desired.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Couple conflicts resolved here:
1) In the MACB driver, a bug fix to properly initialize the
RX tail pointer properly overlapped with some changes
to support variable sized rings.
2) In XGBE we had a "CONFIG_PM" --> "CONFIG_PM_SLEEP" fix
overlapping with a reorganization of the driver to support
ACPI, OF, as well as PCI variants of the chip.
3) In 'net' we had several probe error path bug fixes to the
stmmac driver, meanwhile a lot of this code was cleaned up
and reorganized in 'net-next'.
4) The cls_flower classifier obtained a helper function in
'net-next' called __fl_delete() and this overlapped with
Daniel Borkamann's bug fix to use RCU for object destruction
in 'net'. It also overlapped with Jiri's change to guard
the rhashtable_remove_fast() call with a check against
tc_skip_sw().
5) In mlx4, a revert bug fix in 'net' overlapped with some
unrelated changes in 'net-next'.
6) In geneve, a stale header pointer after pskb_expand_head()
bug fix in 'net' overlapped with a large reorganization of
the same code in 'net-next'. Since the 'net-next' code no
longer had the bug in question, there was nothing to do
other than to simply take the 'net-next' hunks.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes an X722 informational message so that it only
appears when extra messages are desired. Without this patch,
on X722 devices, this message appears at load, potentially causing
unnecessary alarm.
Change-ID: I94f7aae15dc5b2723cc9728c630c72538a3e670e
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
memcpy replaced with single memcpy call in ethtool.
Change-ID: I3f5bef6bcc593412c56592c6459784db41575a0a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous workaround added to ensure receipt of all broadcast frames
incorrectly set the broadcast promiscuous mode unconditionally
regardless of active VLAN status.
Replace this partial workaround with a complete solution that sets the
broadcast promiscuous filters in i40e_sync_vsi_filters. This new method
sets the promiscuous mode based on when broadcast filters are added or
removed.
I40E_VLAN_ANY will request a broadcast filter for all VLANs, (as we're
in untagged mode) while a broadcast filter on a specific VLAN will only
request broadcast for that VLAN.
Thus, we restore addition of broadcast filter to the array, but we add
special handling for these such that they enable the broadcast
promiscuous mode instead of being sent as regular filters.
The end result is that we will correctly receive all broadcast packets
(even those with a *source* address equal to the broadcast address) but
will not receive packets for which we don't have an active VLAN filter.
Change-ID: I7d0585c5cec1a5bf55bf533b42e5e817d5db6a2d
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem where the ethtool Supported link
modes list backplane interfaces on X722 devices for 10GbE with
SFP+ and Cortina retimer. This patch fixes the problem by setting
and using a flag for this particular device since the backplane
interface is only between the internal PHY and the retimer and it
should not be seen by the user as they cannot use it.
Without this patch, the user wrongly thinks that backplane interfaces
are supported on their device when they actually are not.
Change-ID: I3882bc2928431d48a2db03a51a713a1f681a79e9
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the functions which free msix_entries and q_vectors so that they
are safe against NULL values. This allows calling code to not care
whether these have already been freed when disabling and freeing them.
Change-ID: I31bfd1c0da18023d971b618edc6fb049721f3298
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PHY type value for unrecognized PHYs and cables was changed
based on firmware version number. Newer hardware use lower firmware
version numbers and this was causing some PHYs to be identified
as type 0x16 instead of 0xe (unknown).
Without this patch, newer card will incorrectly identify unknown
PHYs and cables.
This change adds hardware type to the check for firmware version
so the PHY type is reported correctly.
Change-ID: I0723cbfd263c76fc73ff1a5275d1639051376c9a
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code at the end of i40e_read_phy_register_clause22() contained
unreachable code and redundant control statements.
This change removes the unreachable code. And deletes the redundant
goto statement and if statement.
Change-ID: I713032b1585396f40f903cbcfdea987abd874400
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible for msix_entries to be freed by a previous suspend/remove
before a VF is closed. This patch fixes the issue by checking for NULL
before dereferencing msix_entries and returning early in the case where
it is NULL within the i40evf_close code path. Without this patch it is
possible to trigger a kernel panic through NULL dereference.
Change-ID: I92a2746e82533a889e25f91578eac9abd0388ae2
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40evf_reset_task function is a couple hundred lines and it has
a separable block that disables VF. Move that block to a new
i40evf_disable_vf function to shorten i40evf_reset_task a bit.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add logical_id to I40E_AQ_CAP_ID_MNG_MODE capability starting from major
version 2.
Change-ID: Idb29214b172ea5c70cbd45a99e6745c0215af7e4
Signed-off-by: Piotr Raczynski <piotr.raczynski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A comment incorrectly referred to i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask which
does not actually exist. Reference the correct function instead.
Change-ID: I6bd805c605741ffb6fe34377259bb0d597edfafd
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some external PHYs require Clause22 method for accessing registers.
This patch also adds some defines to support blink led on devices using
10CBaseT PHY.
Change-ID: I868a4326911900f6c89e7e522fda4968b0825f14
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matt Jared <matthew.a.jared@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Separate the global private flags and the regular private flags per
interface into two arrays. Future additions of private flags will not
need to be duplicated which may lead to buggy code. Also rename
"i40e_priv_flags_strings_gl" to "i40e_gl_priv_flags_strings" for
clarity, as it reads more naturally.
Change-ID: I68caef3c9954eb7da342d7f9d20f2873186f2758
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace a check of magic number 4095 with VLAN_N_VID. This
makes it obvious that a later check against VLAN_N_VID is
always true and can be removed.
Change-ID: I28998f127a61a529480ce63d8a07e266f6c63b7b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This label is unnecessary, as are jumping to a block that checks aq_ret
and then immediately skipping it and returning. So just jump straight to
the error_param and remove this unnecessary label.
Also use goto error_param even in the last check for style consistency.
Change-ID: If487c7d10c4048e37c594e5eca167693aaed45f6
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we are much more robust about defining what we
can and cannot offload. Previously we were performing no checks. This
should bring us up to parity with the i40e PF driver.
In addition the device only supports GSO as long as the MSS is 64 or
greater. We were not checking this so an MSS less than that was resulting
in Tx hangs.
Change-ID: If533553ec92fc6ba694eab6ac81fdaf3004f3592
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we are much more robust about defining what we
can and cannot offload. Previously we were just checking for the L4 tunnel
header length, however there are other fields we should be verifying as
there are multiple scenarios in which we cannot perform hardware offloads.
In addition the device only supports GSO as long as the MSS is 64 or
greater. We were not checking this so an MSS less than that was resulting
in Tx hangs.
Change-ID: I5e2fd5f3075c73601b4b36327b771c64fcb6c31b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
In the case of IPIP and SIT tunnel frames the outer transport header
offset is actually set to the same offset as the inner transport header.
This results in the lco_csum call not doing any checksum computation over
the inner IPv4/v6 header data.
In order to account for that I am updating the code so that we determine
the location to start the checksum ourselves based on the location of the
IPv4 header and the length.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of IPIP and SIT tunnel frames the outer transport header
offset is actually set to the same offset as the inner transport header.
This results in the lco_csum call not doing any checksum computation over
the inner IPv4/v6 header data.
In order to account for that I am updating the code so that we determine
the location to start the checksum ourselves based on the location of the
IPv4 header and the length.
Fixes: e10715d3e9 ("igb/igbvf: Add support for GSO partial")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to break the hard dependency between the PTP clock subsystem and
ethernet drivers capable of being clock providers, this patch provides
simple PTP stub functions to allow linkage of those drivers into the
kernel even when the PTP subsystem is configured out. Drivers must be
ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() in that case.
And to make it possible for PTP to be configured out, the select statement
in those driver's Kconfig menu entries is converted to the new "imply"
statement. This way the PTP subsystem may have Kconfig dependencies of
its own, such as POSIX_TIMERS, without having to make those ethernet
drivers unavailable if POSIX timers are cconfigured out. And when support
for POSIX timers is selected again then the default config option for PTP
clock support will automatically be adjusted accordingly.
The pch_gbe driver is a bit special as it relies on extra code in
drivers/ptp/ptp_pch.c. Therefore we let the make process descend into
drivers/ptp/ even if PTP_1588_CLOCK is unselected.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Cc: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Cc: linux-kbuild@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1478841010-28605-4-git-send-email-nicolas.pitre@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The 82580 and related devices offer a frequency resolution of about
0.029 ppb. This patch lets users of the device benefit from the
increased frequency resolution when tuning the clock.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there. Also only
clear the interrupts when the interface is up, because there
aren't any when it is not up.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some Tx paths (e.g., tpacket_snd()), ixgbe_atr may be
passed down an sk_buff that has the network and transport
header in the paged data, so it needs to make sure these
headers are available in the headlen bytes to calculate the
l4_proto.
This patch expect that network and transport headers are
already available in the non-paged header dat. The assumption
is that the caller has set this up if l4_proto based Tx
steering is desired.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Commit 9f12df906c ("ixgbe: Store VXLAN port number in network order")
incorrectly checks for hdr.ipv4->protocol != IPPROTO_UDP
in ixgbe_atr(). This check should be for "==" instead.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were using an old Alpha version of the X550 phy ID. This was leading
to unnecessary queries of the PHY. I removed the old ID (which shouldn't
be on any HW) and add the two that are.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add X553 FW ALEF support for B0. ALEF is the new unified
FW. This contains updated register defines for ALEF speed
configuration. Likewise it also removes the AN_CNTL_8 usage from
the native SFI flow as it is no longer supported by FW.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix an issue where set_phy_power was NULL for X550 copper devices
because get_invariants was called before hw->device_id was set.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Introduce ixgbe_link_operations struct with the following changes:
read_i2c_combined => read_link
read_i2c_combined_unlocked => read_link_unlocked
write_i2c_combined => write_link
write_i2c_combined_unlocked => write_link_unlocked
This will allow X550EM_a to override these methods for MDIO access
while X550EM_x provides methods to use I2C combined access. This
also adds a new structure, ixgbe_link_info, to hold information
about the link. Initially this is just method pointers and a bus
address.
The functions involved in combined I2C accesses were moved from
ixgbe_phy.c to ixgbe_x550.c. The underlying functions that carry
out the combined I2C accesses were left in ixgbe_phy.c because
they share some functions with other I2C methods.
v2 - set hw->link.ops in probe.
v3 - check ii->link_ops before setting it since we don't have it
for all devices.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove SFP ixfi code since there is no HW that currently supports it.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The msix_entries memory can be freed by a previous suspend or
remove, so don't crash on close when it isn't there.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds X553 flow control auto negotiation for fiber and
backplain. To enable this new function pointers were added as well
as creating a function to dynamically set function pointer we can't
define only on MAC type.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the PHY register twice in order to get the correct value for
autoneg_status.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace some ixgbe specific MDIO defines with their equivalent
from the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates ixgbe_setup_phy_link_generic to set/unset
auto-negotiation for all speeds. This ensures that unsupported
speeds are unset. This is necessary since the PHY NVM may
advertise unsupported speeds.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support to get the LED link active via the LEDCTL
register. If the LEDCTL register does not have LED link active
(LED mode field = 0x0100) set then default LED link active returned.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X553 doesn't need all the initialization that X552 did for iXFI. This
patch will allow native SPI SFP+ to work with X553 devices. Future
patches will add additional configuration as needed.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removed some of unnecessary if statements and unreachable code found by
static code analysis tool.
The return value of i40e_vsi_control_rings(..., false) is always 0. So,
test for non-zero will never be true. The function has been split into
"int i40e_vsi_start_rings()" and "void i40e_vsi_stop_rings()" for better
understanding.
Similarly, the function i40e_vsi_kill_vlan() never fails. So, checking
for return value is also unnecessary. Function definition changed to void.
The i40e_loopback_test() function is not implemented. The function and
all references to loopback testing were removed.
Change-ID: Id45cf66f6689ce2bc4e887de13f073e30e8431bd
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds I40E_NVMUPD_STATE_ERROR state for NVM update.
Without this patch driver has no possibility to return NVM image write
failure.This state is being set when ARQ rises error.
arq_last_status is also updated every time when ARQ event comes,
not only on error cases.
Change-ID: I67ce43ba22a240773c2821b436e96054db0b7c81
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosin <maciej.sosin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some cases when reading from device are incorrect or image is
incorrect, this part of code causes crash due to division by zero.
Change-ID: I8961029a7a87b0a479995823ef8fcbf6471405e1
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF is reset, it gets a new VSI, so all of its MAC filters go
away. Correctly set the number of filters to 0 when freeing VF
resources. This corrects a problem with failure to add filters when the
VF driver is reloaded.
Change-ID: I2acbecf734287b67473bb225293e14b5096acbef
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch reorders the logic at the end of i40e_tx_map to address the
fact that the logic was rather convoluted and much larger than it needed
to be.
In order to try and coalesce the code paths I have updated some of the
comments and repurposed some of the variables in order to reduce
unnecessary overhead.
This patch does the following:
1. Quit tracking skb->xmit_more with a flag, just max out packet_stride
2. Drop tail_bump and do_rs and instead just use desc_count and td_cmd
3. Pull comments from ixgbe that make need for wmb() more explicit.
Change-ID: Ic7da85ec75043c634e87fef958109789bcc6317c
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a common method for finding a VSI by type. The main
motivation for doing this is that the Flow Director path actually had two
ways of handling this, one stopped on first match and one did not. This
patch makes it so that all callers of this function will get the same
approach for finding a VSI.
Change-ID: Ibf25de8acd8466582520694424aa87da66965fbd
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the second call to msleep outside the loop, and move the msleep
within the loop as the first step. This guarantees that a single loop
will wait the minimum time first, and then after the reset finishes we
no longer need an extra msleep.
Change-ID: Ib2086f0a142402b614f67846bc091754203a0b9a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current Rx timestamp hang logic is not very robust because it does
not notice a register is hung until all four timestamps have been
latched and we wait a full 5 seconds. Replace this logic with a newer Rx
hang detection based on storing the jiffies when we first notice
a receive timestamp event. We store each register's time separately,
along with a flag indicating if it is currently latched. Upon first
transitioning to latch, we will update the latch_events[i] jiffies
value. This indicates the time we first noticed this event. The watchdog
routine will simply check that the either the flag has been cleared, or
we have passed at least one second. In this case, it is able to clear
the Rx timestamp register under the assumption that it was for a dropped
frame. The benefit if this strategy is that we should be able to
detect and clear out stalled RXTIME_H registers before we exhaust the
supply of 4, and avoid complete stall of Rx timestamp events.
Change-ID: Id55458c0cd7a5dd0c951ff2b8ac0b2509364131f
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need a locking mechanism to protect the hardware SYSTIME register
which is split over 2 values, and has internal hardware latching. We
can't allow multiple accesses at the same time. However....
The spinlock_t is overkill here, especially use of spin_lock_irqsave,
since every PTP access will halt hardirqs. Notice that the only places
which need the SYSTIME value are user context and are capable of sleeping.
Thus, it is safe to use a mutex here instead of the spinlock.
Change-ID: I971761a89b58c6aad953590162e85a327fbba232
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When hardware has taken a timestamp for a received packet, it indicates
which RXTIME register the timestamp was placed in by some bits in the
receive descriptor. It uses 3 bits, one to indicate if the descriptor
index is valid (ie: there was a timestamp) and 2 bits to indicate which
of the 4 registers to read. However, the driver currently does not check
the TSYNVALID bit and only checks the index. It assumes a zero index
means no timestamp, and a non zero index means a timestamp occurred.
While this appears to be true, it prevents ever reading a timestamp in
RXTIME[0], and causes the first timestamp the device captures to be
ignored.
Fix this by using the TSYNVALID bit correctly as the true indicator of
whether the packet has an associated timestamp.
Also rename the variable rsyn to tsyn as this is more descriptive and
matches the register names.
Change-ID: I4437e8f3a3df2c2ddb458b0fb61420f3dafc4c12
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We duplicate some code around adding and deleting filters using the
adminq interface. This is prone to errors in case there are bugs. Use
functions which extract the logic to their own portion so that we don't
duplicate it twice in code.
Change-ID: I60d68aeb887976787dec00b23ab386a106e61465
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We determine that a VSI is in vlan_mode whenever it has any filters
with a VLAN other than -1 (I40E_VLAN_ALL). The previous method of doing
so was to perform a loop whenever we needed the check. However, we can
notice that only place where filters are added (i40e_add_filter) can
change the condition from false to true, and the only place we can
return to false is in i40e_vsi_sync_filters_subtask. Thus, we can remove
the loop and use a boolean directly.
Doing this avoids looping over filters repeatedly especially while we're
already inside a loop over all the filters. This should reduce the
latency of filter operations throughout the driver.
Change-ID: Iafde08df588da2a2ea666997d05e11fad8edc338
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently there exists a bug where adding at least one VLAN and then
removing all VLANs leaves the mac filters for the VSI with an incorrect
value for 'vid' which indicates the mac filter's VLAN status.
The current implementation for handling the removal of VLANs is wrong
for a couple reasons. The first is that when i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
iterates through the MAC filters, it fails to account for the MAC filter
status; i.e. it's not accommodating for filters that are about to be
deleted. The second problem is that MAC filters can be deleted in other
places (specifically i40e_set_rx_mode). Thus if it occurs that all the
VLAN MAC filters get deleted we need to switch out of VLAN mode, but the
code path through i40e_vsi_kill_vlan has already been executed and we're
now stuck in VLAN mode.
This patch fixes the issue by removing the check from i40e_vsi_kill_vlan
and puts the check instead in i40e_sync_vsi_filters where we're
guaranteed to see all filter deletions and can properly detect when we
need to switch out of VLAN mode.
Change-ID: Ib38fe6034b356eee9a0e20b8a9eeed5ff2debcd9
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we fail to correctly restore filters on the temporary add
list when we fail to allocate memory either for deletion or addition.
Replace calls to "goto out;" with calls to a new location that correctly
handles memory allocation failures.
Note that it is safe for us to call i40e_undo_filter_entries on the
tmp_del_list even after we've deleted filters because at this point it
will be empty, so we don't need to separate the logic for add and
delete failure.
Change-Id: Iee107fd219c6e03e2fd9645c2debf8e8384a8521
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace the mac_filter_list with a static size hash table of 8bits. The
primary advantage of this is a decrease in latency of operations related
to searching for specific MAC filters, including .set_rx_mode. Using
a linked list resulted in several locations which were O(n^2). Using
a hash table should give us latency growth closer to O(n*log(n)).
Change-ID: I5330bd04053b880e670210933e35830b95948ebb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
When inside a loop where we call i40e_del_filter we use an O(n^2)
pattern where i40e_del_filter calls i40e_find_filter for us. We can
avoid this O(n^2) logic by factoring a function, __i40e_del_filter() out
from the i40e_del_filter code. This allows us to re-use the delete logic
where appropriate without having to search for the filter twice.
This new function benefits several functions including i40e_vsi_add_vlan,
i40e_vsi_kill_vlan, i40e_del_mac_vlan_all, and i40e_vsi_release.
Change-ID: I75fabe0f53bf73f56b80d342e5fdcfcc28f4d3eb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When adding new MAC address filters, the driver determines if it should
behave in VLAN mode (where all MAC addresses get assigned to every
existing VLAN) or in non-VLAN mode where MAC addresses get assigned the
VLAN_ANY identifier. Under some circumstances it is possible that a VLAN
has been marked for removal (such that all filters of that VLAN are set
to I40E_FILTER_REMOVE), and a subsequent call to i40e_put_mac_in_vlan
may occur prior to the driver subtask that syncs filters to the
hardware.
In this case, we may add filters to the new removed VLAN, even though it
should have been removed. This is most obvious when first adding a new
VLAN. We will delete all filters which are in I40E_VLAN_ANY (-1) and
then re-add them as in VLAN 0 (untagged). Then before we sync filters,
we will add new MAC address filter, which will be added to every VLAN
that exists. Unfortunately, this will include I40E_VLAN_ANY, so we will
end up incorrectly adding filters to the -1 VLAN. This can be fixed by
simply skipping all filters which are marked for removal.
A similar check is not necessary in i40e_del_mac_all_vlan, since we are
deleting, and any filter which we find already marked for removal would
simply be deleted again, which doesn't cause any issues.
Change-Id: I7962154013ce02fe950584690aeeb3ed853d0086
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a PVID has been assigned to a VSI, the function
i40e_put_mac_in_vlan arbitrarily modifies all filters
to have the same VLAN. This is obviously incorrect
because it could be modifying active filters without
putting them into the NEW state. The correct method
is to remove then re-add filters which is already done
in the code where we assign the PVID.
Fix this issue and a few other minor nits at the same
time. First, when we have a PVID don't even bother
looping and simply add the filter with the PVID immediately.
In the case of the loop, we now can remove several checks.
We also don't need to use i40e_find_filter first before
calling i40e_add_filter, since i40e_add_filter implicitly
does a lookup already.
Finally, update the return semantics of this function so
that on failure to add a filter it returns NULL, but on
success, it returns the last filter added. Otherwise,
we're just returning the last filter in the list. An
alternative fix might be to return 0 or an error code,
but this is pretty invasive to every call site.
Change-ID: I2325dfd843aec76d89fb0d7cb0e7c4f290a34840
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch will be modifying these functions and making a call to
a static function which currently is defined after these functions. Move
them in a separate patch to ease review and ensure the moved code is
correct.
Change-ID: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The kernel provides __dev_uc_sync and __dev_mc_sync in order for drivers
which need individual notification of add and delete for each filter.
These functions allow us to vastly simplify our .set_rx_mode handler. We
need to implement two functions for sync and unsync which add and remove
filters respectively.
This change avoids a very complex and inefficient algorithm which
resulted in an abnormal latency for the .set_rx_mode NDO operation. The
resulting code after this change is more readable, more efficient, and
less code.
Due to the callback signature used by these functions we also must
update several other functions to take a const u8 * pointer.
Change-Id: I2ca7fd4e10c0c07ed2291db1ea41bf5987fc6474
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Originally the is_vf and is_netdev fields were added in order to
distinguish between VF and netdev filters in a single VSI. However, it
can be noted that we use separate VSI for SRIOV VFs and for netdev VSI.
Thus, since a single VSI should only ever have one type of filter, we
can simply remove the checks and remove the typing.
In a similar fashion, we can note that the only remaining way to get
multiple filters of a single type is through a debug command that was
added to debugfs. This command is useless in practice, and results in
causing bugs if we keep counter tracking but lose the is_vf and
is_netdev protections as desired above.
Since the only time we'd actually have a counter value besides 0 and
1 is through use of this debugfs hook, we can remove this unnecessary
command, and the entire counter logic it required.
We vastly simplify mac filters by removing
(a) the distinction between VF and netdev filters
(b) counting logic
(c) the ability to add and remove filters bypassing the stack via debugfs
Change-ID: Idf916dd2a1159b1188ddbab5bef6b85ea6bf27d9
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trival fix, dev_err message is missing a \n, so add it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Mostly simple overlapping changes.
For example, David Ahern's adjacency list revamp in 'net-next'
conflicted with an adjacency list traversal bug fix in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So the i40e driver had a really convoluted configuration for how to handle
the debug flags contained in msg_level. Part of the issue is that the
driver has its own 32 bit mask that it was using to track a separate set of
debug features. From what I can tell it was trying to use the upper 4 bits
to determine if the value was meant to represent a bit-mask or the numeric
value provided by debug level.
What this patch does is clean this up by compressing those 4 bits into bit
31, as a result we just have to perform a check against the value being
negative to determine if we are looking at a debug level (positive), or a
debug mask (negative). The debug level will populate the msg_level, and
the debug mask will populate the debug_mask in the hardware struct.
I added similar logic for ethtool. If the value being provided has bit 31
set we assume the value being provided is a debug mask, otherwise we assume
it is a msg_enable mask. For displaying we only provide the msg_enable,
and if debug_mask is in use we will print it to the dmesg log.
Lastly I removed the debugfs interface. It is redundant with what we
already have in ethtool and really doesn't belong anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Patch a036244c06 "i40e: Fix kernel panic on enable/disable LLDP"
introduced an error in bit logic.
Originally this bit manipulation was meant to clear two bits to indicate
that DCB was not enabled or capable. An "&" was incorrectly used instead
of an "|" bit operator to combine the two bitmasks into one. This also
created a static checker error since the resultant code was a no-op.
This patch fixes the error by using the correct bit-wise operator.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is code refactoring. This patch removes the workaround which deleted
a default MAC filter added by the firmware when the interface was brought
up. This filter caused frames to pass disregarding the VLAN tagging.
It used to be automatically applied after reset in pre-SRA FW versions.
This workaround is not needed in production NICs and hence can be removed.
Change-ID: I129fe1aae1f17b5a224c9b29a996d916aa1be1ec
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where it could take a very
long time (>100 msec) to print the link down notification.
This problem is fixed by changing how often we update link
info from fw, when link is down. Without this patch, it can
take over 100msec to notify user link is down.
Change-ID: Ib876eb30834c7080792becd13ee093b9cbb35d78
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up several pieces of redundant code in the Rx clean-up
paths.
The first bit is that hdr_addr and the status_err_len portions of the Rx
descriptor represent the same value. As such there is no point in setting
them to 0 before setting them to 0. I'm dropping the second spot where we
are updating the value to 0 so that we only have 1 write for this value
instead of 2.
The second piece is the checking for the DD bit in the packet. We only
need to check for a non-zero value for the status_err_len because if the
device is done with the descriptor it will have written something back and
the DD is just one piece of it. In addition I have moved the reading of
the Rx descriptor bits related to rx_ptype down so that they are actually
below the dma_rmb() call so that we are guaranteed that we don't have any
funky 64b on 32b calls causing any ordering issues.
Change-ID: I256e44a025d3c64a7224aaaec37c852bfcb1871b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethtool -L option with the combined parameter is for changing the number of
multi-purpose channels of the specified network device. The pre-set maximum
for the combined channels is cpu dependent. Currently, for an i40e device,
when the user sets a value between 64 and the maximum that the cpu can
support for the combined parameter, the i40e driver displays the confusing
info in dmesg to only show 64 as the RSS count regardless of what the
accepted user input is as long as it is larger than 64.
This patch fixes the message in the i40e driver when the user uses
ethtool -L to change the number of the combined channels to consistently
display the user requested value if it is valid and accepted by ethtool.
Change-ID: Ia80a68bc844b779a49e0f76e7d3dcc915032d9af
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move some data to text
$ size drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
25012 0 32 25044 61d4 drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.new
22868 2120 32 25020 61bc drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_ethtool.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which a 'perfect storm' can occur and cause
interrupts to fail to be correctly affinitized. This causes unexpected
behavior and has a substantial impact on performance when it happens.
The bug occurs if there is heavy traffic, any number of CPUs that have
an i40e interrupt are pegged at 100%, and the interrupt afffinity for
those CPUs is changed. Instead of moving to the new CPU, the interrupt
continues to be polled while there is heavy traffic.
The bug is most readily realized as the driver is first brought up and
all interrupts start on CPU0. If there is heavy traffic and the
interrupt starts polling before the interrupt is affinitized, the
interrupt will be stuck on CPU0 until traffic stops. The bug, however,
can also be wrought out more simply by affinitizing all the interrupts
to a single CPU and then attempting to move any of those interrupts off
while there is heavy traffic.
This patch fixes the bug by registering for update notifications from
the kernel when the interrupt affinity changes. When that fires, we
cache the intended affinity mask. Then, while polling, if the cpu is
pegged at 100% and we failed to clean the rings, we check to make sure
we have the correct affinity and stop polling if we're firing on the
wrong CPU. When the kernel successfully moves the interrupt, it will
start polling on the correct CPU. The performance impact is minimal
since the only time this section gets executed is when performance is
already compromised by the CPU.
Change-ID: I4410a880159b9dba1f8297aa72bef36dca34e830
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Group together the minimum set of offload capabilities that are always
supported by VF in base mode. This define would be used by PF to make
sure VF in base mode gets minimum of base capabilities .
Change-ID: Id5e8f22ba169c8f0a38d22fc36b2cb531c02582c
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allow the client interface to reopen existing clients if they were
closed. This allows clients to recover from reset, which is essential
for supporting VF RDMA. In one instance, the driver was not clearing the
open bit when the client was closed. Add the code to clear this bit so
that the state is accurate and the driver will not attempt to reopen
already-open clients. Remove the ref_cnt variable; it was just getting
in the way and was not being used consistently.
Change-ID: Ic71af4553b096963ac0c56a997f887c9a4ed162d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We cannot currently support SCTP in the hardware, and IPV4_FLOW is not used
anywhere by the software so we can go through and drop the functionality
related to these two flow types.
In addition we cannot support masking based on the protocol value so if the
user is expecting a value other than TCP or UDP we should simply return an
error rather then trying to allocate a filter for a rule that will only
partially match what the user requested.
Change-ID: I10d52bb97d8104d76255fe244551814ff9531a63
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is not used so there is no need to carry it forward. I have
plans to add a slightly different function that can be inlined to handle
the same kind of functionality.
Change-ID: Ie2dfcb189dc75e5fbc156bac23003e3b4210ae0f
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Incorrect bit mask was used for testing "get link status" response.
Instead of I40E_AQ_LSE_ENABLE (which is actually 0x03) it most probably
should be I40E_AQ_LSE_IS_ENABLED (which is defined as 0x01).
Change-ID: Ia199142906720507f847de3a33a25c61a9781b2f
Signed-off-by: Filip Sadowski <filip.sadowski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We can reorder the busy wait loop at the start of the Flow Director
transmit function to reduce the overall code size while still retaining the
same functionality. As such I am taking advantage of the opportunity to do
so.
Change-ID: I34c403ca001953c6ac9816e65d5305e73d869026
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem in the client interface that
was causing random stack traces in RDMA driver load and
unload tests. This patch fixes the problem by checking
for an existing client before trying to open it. Without
this patch, there is a timing related null pointer deref.
Change-ID: Ib73d30671a27f6f9770dd53b3e5292b88d6b62da
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Order of arguments is wrong.
The wrong code has been introduced by commit 7d4f8d871a, but is compiled
only since commit 9df70b6641.
Note that this may break netlink dumps.
Fixes: 9df70b6641 ("i40e: Remove incorrect #ifdef's")
Fixes: 7d4f8d871a ("switchdev; add VLAN support for port's bridge_getlink")
CC: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If we fail on allocating enough MSI-X interrupts, we should disable
them since they were previously enabled in this point of code.
Not disabling them can lead to WARN_ON() being triggered and subsequent
failure in enabling MSI as a fallback; the below message was shown without
this patch while we played with interrupt allocation in i40e driver:
[ 21.461346] sysfs: cannot create duplicate filename '/devices/pci0007:00/0007:00:00.0/0007:01:00.3/msi_irqs'
[ 21.461459] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 21.461514] WARNING: CPU: 64 PID: 1155 at fs/sysfs/dir.c:31 sysfs_warn_dup+0x88/0xc0
Also, we noticed that without this patch, if we modprobe the module without
enough MSI-X interrupts (triggering the above warning), unload the module
and re-load it again, we got a crash on the system.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
in commit a036244c06 a fix
was put into place to avoid a kernel panic when a non-
supported traffic class configuration was put into place
and then lldp was enabled/disabled on the link partner
switch. This fix caused it to be necessary to
unload/reload the driver to reenable DCB once a supported
TC config was in place.
The root cause of the original panic was that the function
i40e_pf_get_default_tc was allowing for a default TC other
than TC 0, and only TC 0 is supported as a default.
This patch removes the get_default_tc function and replaces
it with a #define since there is only one TC supported as
a default.
Change-Id: I448371974e946386d0a7718d73668b450b7c72ef
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix NULL pointer dereference in the case where a macvlan interface is
brought up while the PF is still down:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000010
IP: [<ffffffffa0170fb2>] ixgbe_alloc_rx_buffers+0x42/0x1a0 [ixgbe]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa017336b>] ixgbe_configure_rx_ring+0x2eb/0x3d0 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0173811>] ixgbe_fwd_ring_up+0xd1/0x380 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0179709>] ixgbe_fwd_add+0x149/0x230 [ixgbe]
[<ffffffffa0113480>] macvlan_open+0x260/0x2b0 [macvlan]
Reported-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Convert ixgbe users to new dev walk API. This is just a code conversion;
no functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
e100: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 1500
- remove e100_change_mtu entirely, is identical to old eth_change_mtu,
and no longer serves a purpose. No need to set min_mtu or max_mtu
explicitly, as ether_setup() will already set them to 68 and 1500.
e1000: min_mtu 46, max_mtu 16110
e1000e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu varies based on adapter
fm10k: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 15342
- remove fm10k_change_mtu entirely, does nothing now
i40e: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
i40evf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9706
igb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- There are two different "max" frame sizes claimed and both checked in
the driver, the larger value wasn't relevant though, so I've set max_mtu
to the smaller of the two values here to retain identical behavior.
igbvf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9216
- Same issue as igb duplicated
ixgb: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 16114
- Also remove pointless old == new check, as that's done in dev_set_mtu
ixgbe: min_mtu 68, max_mtu 9710
ixgbevf: min_mtu 68, max_mtu dependent on hardware/firmware
- Some hw can only handle up to max_mtu 1504 on a vf, others 9710
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These accessors are used in various drivers that support tc offloading,
to detect properties of a given 'tc_action'.
'is_tcf_mirred_redirect' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_REDIR.
'is_tcf_mirred_mirror' tests that the action is TCA_EGRESS_MIRROR.
As a prep towards supporting INGRESS redir/mirror, rename these
predicates to reflect their true meaning:
s/is_tcf_mirred_redirect/is_tcf_mirred_egress_redirect/
s/is_tcf_mirred_mirror/is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror/
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-10-02
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake fixes an issue where PTP applications requesting software timestamps
may complain that the requested mode is not supported, so add a generic
callback for those drivers that have software transmit timestamp support
enabled. Then provides a trivial cleanup where a code was not wrapped
properly. Got make sure that code looks good in a 80 character limit.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although rare, it's possible to hit PCI error early on device
probe, meaning possibly some structs are not entirely initialized,
and some might even be completely uninitialized, leading to NULL
pointer dereference.
The i40e driver currently presents a "bad" behavior if device hits
such early PCI error: firstly, the struct i40e_pf might not be
attached to pci_dev yet, leading to a NULL pointer dereference on
access to pf->state.
Even checking if the struct is NULL and avoiding the access in that
case isn't enough, since the driver cannot recover from PCI error
that early; in our experiments we saw multiple failures on kernel
log, like:
[549.664] i40e 0007:01:00.1: Initial pf_reset failed: -15
[549.664] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -15
[...]
[871.644] i40e 0007:01:00.1: The driver for the device stopped because the
device firmware failed to init. Try updating your NVM image.
[871.644] i40e: probe of 0007:01:00.1 failed with error -32
[...]
[872.516] i40e 0007:01:00.0: ARQ: Unknown event 0x0000 ignored
Between the first probe failure (error -15) and the second (error -32)
another PCI error happened due to the first bad probe. Also, driver
started to flood console with those ARQ event messages.
This patch will prevent these issues by allowing error recovery
mechanism to remove the failed device from the system instead of
trying to recover from early PCI errors during device probe.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently if the MSI-X vector limit is reached the sideband flow
director gets disabled. A bit too early to make that decision, as
vectors may get re-distributed. So move the check further back.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver allocates 1 vector per CPU thread and the current hardware
limit for vectors is 129 per PF. On systems with 128 or more threads
this currently means all vectors are used by the PF leaving no room for
additional features like VMDq, iWARP, etc...
The code that should redistribute the vectors in this case is broken and
never triggers. Fixed the code so that it actually triggers if the
hardware limit is reached and adjust the number of queue pairs
accordingly.
Also the number of initially requested iWARP vectors was not properly
saved when the vector limit was reached, and therefore always zero.
Comparison with debug statement.
Before:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: VMDq disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: IWARP disabled, not enough MSI-X vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 128, VMDq 0, FDSB 0, iWARP 0
After:
i40e 0000:2d:00.0: MSI-X vector limit reached, attempting to redistribute vectors
i40e 00.0 MSI-X vector distribution: PF 78, VMDq 8, FDSB 0, iWARP 42
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During MSI-X vector allocation for VMDq, a check for "no vectors left"
was missing, add it. This prevents more vectors to be allocated than
available.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Trivial change here to cleanup a checkpatch.pl warning that got
introduced when changing to alloc_workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This generic callback is for drivers which have software Tx timestamp
support enabled. Without this, PTP applications requesting software
timestamps may complain that the requested mode is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a reset occurs, the PPS SYS_WRAP interrupt was not re-enabled which
resulted in disabling of the PPS signaling. Fix this by recording when
the interrupt is on and ensuring that we re-enable it every time we
reset.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump igb version to match other igb drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump version to match other igbvf drivers.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_ethtool.c:2707:5: warning:
symbol 'igb_rxnfc_write_vlan_prio_filter' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit a75e8005d5 ("i40e: queue-specific settings for interrupt
moderation") the i40e driver gained support for setting interrupt
moderation values per queue. This patch adds support for this feature
to the i40evf driver as well. In addition, a few changes are made to
the i40e implementation to add function header documentation comments,
as well.
This behaves in a similar fashion to the implementation in i40e. Thus,
requesting the moderation value when no queue is provided will report
queue 0 value, while setting the value without a queue will set all
queues at once.
Change-ID: I1f310a57c8e6c84a8524c178d44d1b7a6d3a848e
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some rare cases, we might get a VSI with no queues. In this case, we
cannot configure RSS on this VSI as it will try to divide by zero when
configuring the lookup table.
Change-ID: I6ae173a7dd3481a081e079eb10eb80275de2adb0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This interface was only ever meant for debug only. Since it is not
supposed to be here we are removing it.
Change-ID: Id771a1e5e7d3e2b4b7f56591b61fb48c921e1d04
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In an effort to improve code readability I am splitting the Flow Director
filter configuration out into a separate function like we have done for the
standard xmit path. The general idea is to provide a single block of code
that translates the flow specification into a proper Flow Director
descriptor.
Change-ID: Id355ad8030c4e6c72c57504fa09de60c976a8ffe
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a txring_txq function which allows us to convert a
i40e_ring/i40evf_ring to a netdev_tx_queue structure. This way we
can avoid having to make a multi-line function call for all the spots
that need access to this.
Change-ID: Ic063b71d8b92ea406d2c32e798c8e2b02809d65b
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Tx cleanup flow was incorrectly assuming it could check for the flow
director bits after it had unmapped the buffer. However in this case it
results in us trying to free a raw_buf as though it is an sk_buff.
To fix this I am moving up the flag test for the FD_SB bit so that when
find a non-NULL skb or raw_buf value we then check the flag and use the
appropriate call to free the buffer.
Change-ID: I6284034ba1ea87c9922e56f6eb3181f7f09bddde
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All of the code to support adaptive interrupt throttling is already in
the interrupt handler, it just needs to be enabled. Fill out the data
structures properly to make it happen. Single-flow traffic tests may
show slightly lower throughput, but interrupts per second will drop by
about 75%.
Change-ID: I9cd7d42c025b906bf1bb85c6aeb6112684aa6471
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch increases minimum number of allocated VSIs, so as to resolve
failure adding VSI for VF when 64-VFs assigned to a PF. The driver
supports up to 128 VFs per device, users can decide to enable up to
64-VFs on a single PF, especially 2 X 40 devices. In that scenario, with
VMDq co-existence, there would be starvation of VSIs - with this patch,
supported features would have enough VSIs for configuration now.
Change-ID: If084f4cd823667af8fe7fdc11489c705b32039d5
Signed-off-by: Akeem Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The return value from i40e_shutdown_adminq() is always 0
(I40E_SUCCESS). So, the test for non-0 will never be true. Cleanup
by removing the test and debug print statement.
Change-ID: Ie51e8e37515c3e3a6a9ff26fa951d0e5e24343c1
Signed-off-by: Henry Tieman <henry.w.tieman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i40e_fdir_check_and_reenable(), the driver performs some checks to
determine whether it is safe to re-enable FD Sideband and FD ATR
support. The current check will only determine if there is available
space in the flow director table. However, this ignores the fact that
ATR should be disabled when there are TCP/IPv4 sideband rules in effect.
Add the missing check, and update the info message printed when
I40E_DEBUG_FD is enabled.
Change-ID: Ibb9c63e5be95d63c53a498fdd5dbf69f54a00e08
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some locations that disable ATR accidentally used the "full" disable by
disabling the flag in the standard flags field. This incorrectly forces
ATR off permanently instead of temporarily disabling it. In addition,
some code locations accidentally set the ATR flag enabled when they only
meant to clear the auto_disable_flags. This results in ignoring the
user's ethtool private flag settings.
Additionally, when disabling ATR via ethtool, we did not perform a flush
of the FD table. This results in the previously assigned ATR rules still
functioning which was not expected.
Cleanup all these areas so that automatic disable uses only the
auto_disable_flag. Fix the flush code so that we can trigger a flush
even when we've disabled ATR and SB support, as otherwise the flush
doesn't work. Fix ethtool setting to actually request a flush. Fix
NETIF_F_NTUPLE flag to only clear the auto_disable setting and not
enable the full feature.
Change-ID: Ib2486111f8031bd16943e9308757b276305c03b5
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add ENCAP_CSUM offload negotiation flag. Currently VF assumes checksum
offload for encapsulated packets is supported by default. Going forward,
this feature needs to be negotiated with PF before advertising to the
stack. Hence, we need a flag to control it.
This is in regards to prepping up for VF base mode functionality support.
Change-ID: Iaab1f25cc0abda5f2fbe3309092640f0e77d163e
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There exists a bug in which deleting a mac filter does not actually
occur. The driver reports that the filter has been deleted with no
error. The problem occurs because the wrong cmd_flag is passed to the
firmware when deleting the filter. The firmware reports an error back
to the driver but it is expressly ignored.
This fixes the bug by using the correct flag when deleting a filter.
Without this patch, deleted filters remain in firmware and function as
if they had not been deleted.
Change-ID: I5f22b874f3b83f457702f18f0d5602ca21ac40c3
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem where driver shows 100 Mbps as a supported speed,
and allows it to be configured for advertising on X722 devices. This patch
fixes the problem by not setting the 100 Mbps SGMII flag for X722 devices.
Without this patch, the user incorrectly thinks that 100 Mbps is supported
and hence might try to advertise it on X722 devices when it is actually not
a supported speed.
Change-ID: I8c3d7c4251a9402d98994ed29749b7b895a0f205
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-23
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil provides several changes, first simplifies the logic for setting VLAN
filtering by checking the VMDQ flag and the old 82598 MAC, instead of
having to maintain a list of MAC types. Then made two functions static
that are used only within the file, a by-product is sparse is now happy.
Added spinlocks to make sure that the MTU configuration is handled
properly. Fixed an issue where when SR-IOV is enabled while the
ixgbevf driver is loaded would result in all mailbox requests being
rejected by ixgbe, so call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov()
to ensure mailbox requests are properly handled.
Mark resolves a NULL pointer issue by simply setting the read and write
*_ref_mdi pointers for x550em_a devices. Then clearly indicates within
ethtool that all MACs support pause frames and made sure that the
advertising is set to the requested mode. Fixed an issue where
MDIO_PRTAD_NONE was not being used consistently to indicate no PHY
address.
Alex fixes an issue, where the support for multiple queues when SR-IOV
is enabled was added but the support was not reported. With that, fix
an issue where the hardware redirection table could support more queues
then the PF currently has when SR-IOV is enabled, so use the RSS mask to
trim off the bits that are not used. Lastly, instead of limiting the
VFs if we do not use 4 queues for RSS in the PF, we can instead just limit
the RSS queues used to a power of 2. We can now support use cases where
VFs are using more queues than the PF is currently using and can support
RSS if so desired.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-09-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Sridhar fixes link state event handling by updating the carrier and
starts/stops the Tx queues based on the link state notification from PF.
Brady fixes an issue where a user defined RSS hash key was not being
set because a user defined indirection table is not supplied when changing
the hash key, so if an indirection table is not supplied now, then a
default one is created and the hash key is correctly set. Also fixed
an issue where when NPAR was enabled, we were still using pf->mac_seid
to perform the dump port query. Instead, go through the VSI to determine
the correct ID to use in either case.
Mitch provides one fix where a conditional return code was reversed, so
he does a "switheroo" to fix the issue.
Carolyn has two fixes, first fixes an issue in the virt channel code,
where a return code was not checked for NULL when applicable. Second,
fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port parameter, then
byte swapping it again in function execution.
Colin Ian King fixes a potential NULL pointer dereference.
Bimmy changes up i40evf_up_complete() to be void since it always returns
success anyways, which allows cleaning up of code which checked the
return code from this function.
Alex fixed an issue where the driver was incorrectly assuming that we
would always be pulling no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment.
So to correct this, we just need to make certain to test all the way to
the end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors
in the block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6
descriptors have enough data to fill a full frame.
v2: dropped patches 1-3, 10 and 12 from the original series since Or
Gerlitz pointed out several areas of improvement in the implementation
of the VF Port representor netdev. Sridhar is re-working the series
for later submission.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new rtnl UAPI that exposes a list of vlans per VF, giving
the ability for user-space application to specify it for the VF, as an
option to support 802.1ad.
We adjusted IP Link tool to support this option.
For future use cases, the new UAPI supports multiple vlans. For now we
limit the list size to a single vlan in kernel.
Add IFLA_VF_VLAN_LIST in addition to IFLA_VF_VLAN to keep backward
compatibility with older versions of IP Link tool.
Add a vlan protocol parameter to the ndo_set_vf_vlan callback.
We kept 802.1Q as the drivers' default vlan protocol.
Suitable ip link tool command examples:
Set vf vlan protocol 802.1ad:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1ad
Set vf to VST (802.1Q) mode:
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100 proto 802.1Q
Or by omitting the new parameter
ip link set eth0 vf 1 vlan 100
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enabling SRIOV while the ixgbevf driver is loaded will result in all
mailbox requests from ixgbevf_open() being rejected by ixgbe because
adapter->clear_to_send is set to false on reset.
Call ixgbe_sriov_reinit() before pci_enable_sriov() to make sure that
mailbox requests are handled from the time ixgbevf is loaded.
Reported-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of limiting the VFs if we don't use 4 queues for RSS in the PF we
can instead just limit the RSS queues used to a power of 2. By doing this
we can support use cases where VFs are using more queues than the PF is
currently using and can support RSS if so desired.
The only limitation on this is that we cannot support 3 queues of RSS in
the PF or VF. In either of these cases we should fall back to 2 queues in
order to be able to use the power of 2 masking provided by the psrtype
register.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware redirection table can support more queues then the PF
currently has when SR-IOV is enabled. In order to account for this use the
RSS mask to trim of the bits that are not used.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The maximum queue count reported was 1, however support for multiple queues
with SR-IOV was added some time ago so we should report support for it to
the user so that they can select multiple queues if they so desire.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The value MDIO_PRTAD_NONE should be used to indicate no PHY address.
Not 0, not 0xFFFF. Use the MDIO_PRTAD_NONE value consistently.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Protect set_rlpml with mailbox lock to make sure the MTU configuration
is handled properly.
This change resolves an issue where set_rlpml can fail when the VF
interface is brought up:
ixgbevf 0000:03:1d.6: Failed to set MTU at 1500
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
All the MACs supported by ixgbe support pause frames, so indicate
that support in ethtool. Also set advertising according to requested
mode.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set the read_reg_mdi and write_reg_mdi method pointers for
X550EM_A_10G_T devices to resolve jumping to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These functions are only used in ixgbe_x550.c.
Fixes a warning when compiling with -Wmissing-prototypes
Reported-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simplify the logic for setting VLNCTRL.VFE by checking the VMDQ flag
and 82598 MAC instead of having to maintain a list of MAC types.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_shutdown_adminq function never returns failure. There is no need to
check the non-0 return value. Clean up the unnecessary error checking and
warning against it.
Change-ID: Ibb616f09cfb93bd1a872ebf3241a15fb8354b31b
Signed-off-by: Lihong Yang <lihong.yang@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e driver was incorrectly assuming that we would always be pulling
no more than 1 descriptor from each fragment. It is in fact possible for
us to end up with the case where 2 descriptors worth of data may be pulled
when a frame is larger than one of the pieces generated when aligning the
payload to either 4K or pieces smaller than 16K.
To adjust for this we just need to make certain to test all the way to the
end of the fragments as it is possible for us to span 2 descriptors in the
block before us so we need to guarantee that even the last 6 descriptors
have enough data to fill a full frame.
Change-ID: Ic2ecb4d6b745f447d334e66c14002152f50e2f99
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Function i40evf_up_complete() always returns success. Changed this to a
void type and removed the code that checks the return status and prints
an error message.
Change-ID: I8c400f174786b9c855f679e470f35af292fb50ad
Signed-off-by: Bimmy Pujari <bimmy.pujari@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently disabling the link state from PF via
ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
doesn't disable the CARRIER on the VF.
This patch updates the carrier and starts/stops the tx queues based on the
link state notification from PF.
PF: enp5s0f0, VF: enp5s2
#modprobe i40e
#echo 2 > /sys/class/net/enp5s0f0/device/sriov_numvfs
#ip link set enp5s2 up
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64
#ip link set enp5s0f0 vf 0 state disable
#ip -d link show enp5s0f0
171: enp5s0f0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 68:05:ca:2e:72:68 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 72 numrxqueues 72 portid 6805ca2e7268
vf 0 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state disable, trust off
vf 1 MAC 00:00:00:00:00:00, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
#ip -d link show enp5s2
175: enp5s2: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ea:4d:60:bc:6f:85 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0 addrgenmode eui64 numtxqueues 16 numrxqueues 16
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There is a sanitcy check for desc being null in the first line of
function i40evf_debug_aq. However, before that, aq_desc is cast from
desc, and aq_desc is being dereferenced on the assignment of len, so
this could be a potential null pointer deference. Fix this by moving
the initialization of len to the code block where len is being used
and hence at this point we know it is OK to dereference aq_desc.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue where we were byte swapping the port
parameter, then byte swapping it again in function execution.
Obviously, that's unnecessary, so take it out of the function calls.
Without this patch, the udp based tunnel configuration would
not be correct.
Change-ID: I788d83c5bd5732170f1a81dbfa0b1ac3ca8ea5b7
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes an issue in the virt channel code, where a return
from i40e_find_vsi_from_id was not checked for NULL when applicable.
Without this patch, there is a risk for panic and static analysis
tools complain. This patch fixes the problem by adding the check
and adding an additional input check for similar reasons.
Change-ID: I7e9be88eb7a3addb50eadc451c8336d9e06f5394
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This conditional is backward, so the driver responds back to the VF with
the wrong opcode. Do the old switcheroo to fix this.
Change-ID: I384035b0fef8a3881c176de4b4672009b3400b25
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When using the debugfs to issue the "dump port" command
with NPAR enabled, the firmware reports back with invalid argument.
The issue occurs because the pf->mac_seid was used to perform the query.
This is fine when NPAR is disabled because the switch ID == pf->mac_seid,
however this is not the case when NPAR is enabled. This fix instead
goes through the VSI to determine the correct ID to use in either case.
Change-ID: I0cd67913a7f2c4a2962e06d39e32e7447cc55b6a
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously, when using ethtool to change the RSS hash key, ethtool would
report back saying the old key was still being used and no error was
reported. It was unclear whether it was being reported incorrectly or
being set incorrectly. Debugging revealed 'i40e_set_rxfh()' returned
zero immediately instead of setting the key because a user defined
indirection table is not supplied when changing the hash key.
This fix instead changes it such that if an indirection table is not
supplied, then a default one is created and the hash key is now
correctly set.
Change-ID: Iddb621897ecf208650272b7ee46702cad7b69a71
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Drivers must be ready to accept NULL from ptp_clock_register() if the
PTP clock subsystem is configured out.
This patch documents that and ensures that all drivers cope well
with a NULL return.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IS_ENABLED() macro checks if a Kconfig symbol has been enabled either
built-in or as a module, use that macro instead of open coding the same.
Using the macro makes the code more readable by helping abstract away some
of the Kconfig built-in and module enable details.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javier@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mediatek/mtk_eth_soc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_dcbx.c
drivers/net/phy/Kconfig
All conflicts were cases of overlapping commits.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If DCB is configured on the link partner switch with an
unsupported traffic class configuration (e.g. non-contiguous TCs),
the driver is flagging DCB as disabled. But, for future DCB
LLDPDUs, the driver was checking if the interface was DCB capable
instead of enabled. This was causing a kernel panic when LLDP
was enabled/disabled on the link partner switch.
This patch corrects the situation by having the LLDP event handler
check the correct flag in the pf structure. It also cleans up the
setting and clearing of the enabled flag for other checks.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a useless log message and improve the logic for setting
a PHY address from the contents of the MNG_IF_SEL register.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-29
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake provides all the changes in this series starting with fixes an issue
where VF devices may fail during an unbind/bind and we will never zero
the reference counter for the pci_dev structure. Updated the hot path
to use SW counters instead of checking for hardware Tx pending for
possible transmit hangs, which will improve performance. Fixed the NAPI
budget accounting so that fm10k_poll will return actual work done,
capped at (budget - 1) instead of returning 0. Added a check to ensure
that the device is in the normal IO state before continuing to probe,
which allows us to give a more descriptive message of what is wrong
in the case of uncorrectable AER error. In preparation for adding Geneve
Rx offload support, refactored the current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit
more generic. Added support for receive offloads on one Geneve tunnel.
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared, to
make sure that bits related to queue ownership are maintained. Fixed
an issue in queue ownership assignment which casued a race condition
between the PF and the VF such that potentially a VF could cause FUM
fault errors due to normal PF/VF driver behavior.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the PF assigns a new MAC address to a VF it uses the base address
registers to store the MAC address. This allows a VF which loads after
this setup the ability to get the initial address without having to wait
for a mailbox message. Unfortunately to do this, the PF must take queue
ownership away from the VF, which can cause fault errors when there is
already an active VF driver.
This queue ownership assignment causes race condition between the PF and
the VF such that potentially a VF can cause FUM fault errors due to
normal PF/VF driver behavior.
It is not safe to simply allow the PF to write the base address
registers without taking queue ownership back as the PF must also
disable the queues, and this would impact active VF use. The current
code is safe because the queue ownership will prevent the VF from
actually writing but does trigger the FUM fault.
We can do better by simply avoiding the register write process when
a mailbox message suffices. If the message can be sent over the mailbox,
then we will not perform the queue ownership assignment and we won't
update the base address to be the same as the MAC address.
We do still have to write the TXQCTL registers in order to update the
VID of the queue. This is necessary because the TXQCTL register is
read-only from the VF, and thus the VF cannot do this for itself. This
register does not need to wait for the Tx queue to be disabled and is
safe for the PF to write during normal VF operation, so we move this
write to the top of the function above the mailbox message. Without
this, the TXQCTL register would be misconfigured and cause the VF to Tx
hang.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ensure that other bits in the RXQCTL register do not get cleared. This
ensures that bits related to queue ownership are maintained.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Similar to how we handle VXLAN offload, enable support for a single
Geneve tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In preparation for adding Geneve Rx offload support, refactor the
current VXLAN offload flow to be a bit more generic so that it will be
easier to add the new Geneve code. The fm10k hardware supports one VXLAN
and one Geneve tunnel, so we will eventually treat the VXLAN and Geneve
tunnels identically. To this end, factor out the code that handles the
current list so that we can use the generic flow for both tunnels in the
next patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of a surprise remove, we expect the driver to go down,
which includes calling .stop_hw(). However, this function will return an
error because the queues won't appear to cleanly disable. Prevent this
and avoid the unnecessary checks by just returning when
FM10K_REMOVED(hw->hw_addr) is true.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the event of an uncorrectable AER error occurring when the driver has
not loaded, the recovery routines are not done. This is done because
future loads of the driver may not be aware of the IO state and may not
be able to recover at all. In this case, when we next load the driver it
fails due to what appears to be a surprise remove event. Instead, add
a check to ensure that the device is in the normal IO state before
continuing to probe. This allows us to give a more descriptive message
of what is wrong.
Without this change, the driver will attempt to probe up to our first
call of .reset_hw() which will be unable to read registers and act as if
a surprise remove event occurred.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When fm10k_poll fully cleans rings it returns 0. This is incorrect as it
messes up the budget accounting in the core NAPI code. Fix this by
returning actual work done, capped at budget - 1 since the core doesn't
expect a return of the full budget when the driver modifies the NAPI
status.
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While technically not needed, as all our uses of ACCESS_ONCE are scalar
types, we already use READ_ONCE in a few places, and for code
readability we can swap all the uses of the older ACCESS_ONCE into
READ_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function is only used in fm10k_ethtool.c, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch added support to check for hardware Tx pending in the
fm10k_down routine. This support was intended to ensure that we
accurately check what the hardware state is. However, checking for Tx
hangs in this manor during the hotpath results in a large performance
hit. Avoid this by making the hotpath check use the SW counters instead.
Fixes: a0f53cf49cb0 ("fm10k: use actual hardware registers when checking for pending Tx", 2016-06-08)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous patch removed the pci_disable_device() call in
.io_error_detected. This call corresponded to a pci_enable_device_mem()
call within .io_slot_reset handler. Change the call here to
a pci_reenable_device() so that it does not increment and leak the
enable_cnt reference count for the device. Without this change, VF
devices may fail during an unbind/bind, and we'll never zero the
reference counter for the pci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes a common flow for Client instance open during init
and reset path. The Client subtask can handle both the cases instead of
making a separate notify_client_of_open call.
Also it may fix a bug during reset where the service task was leaking
some memory and causing issues.
Change-Id: I7232a32fd52b82e863abb54266fa83122f80a0cd
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for the new copper device X557.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This shouldn't matter as nothing should be attached still to be
consisted control MDIO speed for these devices as well.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X557 devices use a different interface to the LED for the port.
This patch reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add geneve Rx offload support for x550em_a.
The implementation follows the vxlan code with the lower 16 bits of
the VXLANCTRL register holding the UDP port for VXLAN and the upper
for Geneve.
Disabled NFS filters in the RFCTL register which allows us to simplify
the check for VXLAN and Geneve packets in ixgbe_rx_checksum().
Removed vxlan from the name of the callback functions and replaced it
with udp_tunnel which is more in line with the new API.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver was only receiving the first 4 bytes of the MAC due
to an incorrect size parameter for ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
in ixgbevf_set_rar_vf().
Correct the size by calculating it on a fly for all instances where
we call ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack()
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ethtool reports backplane type interfaces as 1000/10000baseT link modes.
This has been corrected to report the media as KR, KX or KX4 based on the backplane interface present.
Signed-off-by: Veola Nazareth <veola.nazareth@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The RAR entry for the SAN MAC address was being cleared when we were
clearing the VMDq pool bits. In order to prevent this we need to add
an extra check to protect the SAN MAC from being cleared.
Fixes: 6e982aeae ("ixgbe: Clear stale pool mappings")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDMA client is closed during the PF reset and needs to be opened again.
Setting the flag so that RDMA client is opened in watchdog() function.
Change-ID: I507b1e4cbd05528cdff68fd360ef3dcac8901263
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several defines and code comments were indented with spaces instead
of tabs, correct the issue to make indentation consistent.
Change-ID: I0dc6bbb990ec4a9e856acc9ec526d876181f092c
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Correcting the mutex usage, in client_subtask(), mutex_unlock has
to be called just before client_del_instance() since this function opens
and later closes the same mutex again.
Similarly in client_is_registered removing the mutex since it closes
the mutex twice.
This is a patch suggested by RDMA team.
Change-ID: Icce519c266e4221b8a2a72a15ba5bf01750e5852
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use __stringify instead.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function i40e_client_release has a print statement that uses an
adapter pointer which is not initialized if a previous if statement
is not true. Hence, intialize it in the right place.
Change-ID: I1afdaa2c46771ac42be56edcc41bb56b455b06c8
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were having a race between the completion of the client open and
calls to the client ops so don't call a client op unless we are sure the
client is open.
Testing Hints: Load IWARP driver and make sure it works as expected.
Change-Id: I741f4f2aa4fcbfdad3e40dabbbb1b005856c396b
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i is defined as int but output as %u several times.
Adjust the format identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for HMC resource and profile cmds for X722
firmware.
Change-ID: Icc332101f38ab15d1bfa167823100eb4f6822f7e
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes byte ordering problems found when enabling this feature
support. Without this patch, the feature will not work correctly. This
patch fixes the definitions to have the correct byte order.
Change-ID: Ic7489fbcbe2195df7be62ff5e359201b827cefe6
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The PF driver tells us the link speed, so do something with that
information. Add link speed to log messages, and report speed through
ethtool.
Change-Id: I279dc9540cc5203376406050a3e8d67e128d5882
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Replace calls to create_singlethread_workqueue instead with alloc_workqueue
as is style with other Intel drivers. This provides more control over
workqueue creation, and allows explicit setting of the desired mode of
operation. It also makes it more obvious that driver name constant is
passed to a format "%s".
Change-ID: I6192b44caf5140336cd54c5b350d51c73b541fdb
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A previous refactor added support to store user configuration for VSIs,
so that extra VSIs such as for VMDq can use this information when
configuring. Unfortunately the i40e_vsi_config_rss function was missed
in this refactor, and the values were being ignored. Fix this by
checking for the fields and using those instead of always using the
default values.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move this function below the two functions related to configuring RSS
via the admin queue. This helps co-locate the two functions, and made it
easier to spot a bug in the first i40e_config_rss_aq function as
compared to the i40e_get_rss_aq function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-08-18
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf.
Emil cleans up confusing amongst the users by making an error message
into a debug message, since the TXDCTL.ENABLE (and comparable
VFTXDCTL.ENABLE for ixgbevf) bit is set only when the
transmit queue is actually enabled, which may not happen during the
configure phase eve if we waited for it. Converts to using netdev_dbg()
macro instead of our home brewed macro for ixgbevf. Converted the
service task to use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking
reset requests to reduce the possibility of race conditions.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use atomic bitwise operations when setting and checking reset
requests. This should help with possible races in the service task.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the VFTXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of the home brewed macro make use of netdev_dbg same as
the ixgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Following a write the TXDCTL.ENABLE bit is set only when the Tx queue
is actually enabled, which may not happen during the configure phase even
if we waited for it. Make this check debug only since this is causing
confusion with users who notice the warning in dmesg.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use error "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Operation not supported" is
more meaningful than "rmgr: Cannot insert RX class rule: Unknown error 524"
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove ethertype filter by ethtool
Example:
Add an ethertype filter:
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether proto 0x88F8 action 2
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 15
Flow Type: Raw Ethernet
Src MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Dest MAC addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00 mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF
Ethertype: 0x88F8 mask: 0x0
Action: Direct to queue 2
Delete the filter by location:
$ ethtool -N delete 15
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is meant to allow for RX network flow classification to insert
and remove Rx filter by ethtool. Ethtool interface has it's own rules
manager
Show all filters:
$ ethtool -n eth0
4 RX rings available
Total 2 rules
Signed-off-by: Ruhao Gao <ruhao.gao@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Gangfeng Huang <gangfeng.huang@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This enables
ip -d l
to indicate if trust is on or off for VFs.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We shifted the locking around a bit but forgot to delete this unlock so
now it can unlock twice.
Fixes: cd3be169a5 ('i40e: Move the mutex lock in i40e_client_unregister')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch implements a feature change which allows using ethtool to set
RSS hash opts using less than four parameters if desired.
Change-ID: I0fbb91255d81e997c456697c21ac39cc9754821b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we allocate memory, we must free it. It's simple courtesy.
Change-ID: Id007294096fb53344f1a8b9a0f78eddf9853c5d6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the bug which causes RSS to continue to work
after being disabled. After disabling RSS, traffic would continue
to be assigned to different queues instead of falling back to a
single queue. Without this patch, attempting to disable RSS would
not work as expected. This patch fixes the bug by clearing the
lookup table used by RSS such that all traffic is assigned to a
single queue. This patch also addresses the issue of reinstating
the lookup table should RSS then be re-enabled.
Change-ID: Ib20c7c6a7e9f1f772bb787370f8a8c664796b141
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
VF goes through reset path during VF creation which happens to also
have notification of VF reset to client. Adding conditional check to
avoid wrongly notifying VF reset during VF creation.
Also changing the call order of VF enable, calling it after VF creation
rather than before.
Change-ID: I96eabd99deae746a2f0fc465194c886f196178ce
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch is a fix for the bug i.e. unable to create iwarp device
in VF. This is a sync issue and the iwarp device open is called even
before the PCI register writes are done.
Forcing the PCI register writes to happen just before it exits the
function.
Change-ID: I60c6a2c709da89e845f2764cc50ce8b7373c8c44
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a driver is unable to maintain all current user supplied settings
from ethtool (or other sources), it is not ok for a user request to
succeed and silently trample over previous configuration.
To that end, if you change the number of channels, it must not be
allowed to reduce the number of channels (queues) below the current
flow director filter rules targets. In this case, return -EINVAL when
a request to reduce the number of channels would do so. In addition
log a warning to the kernel buffer explaining why we failed, and report
the rules which prevent us from lowering the number of channels.
Change-ID: If41464d63d7aab11cedf09e4f3aa1a69e21ffd88
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where a static analysis tool generates
a warning for "INVARIANT_CONDITION: Expression 'enabled_tc' used
in the condition always yields the same result."
Without this patch, the driver will not pass the static analysis
tool checks without generating warnings.
This patch fixes the problem by eliminating the irrelevant check
and redundant assignment for the value of enabled_tc.
Change-ID: Ia7d44cb050f507df7de333e96369d322e08bf408
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function calls netif_set_real_num_(tx|rx)_queues, both of which
should be done only under rntl lock. Unfortunately the
i40evf_init_task did not hold the rtnl_lock as necessary. This patch
adds the locking needed.
Change-ID: Ib72a21c3ce22b71a226b16f9bbe0f5f8cc3e849b
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we are resetting the pf stats we should also reset the RX csum
error stat.
Change-ID: I7af5ee0ec81a10f6deee1a7b8c2082ea068ef620
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we do a reset, all the VLAN filters get added again. Therefore we also
want to reset the VLAN count to 0 or we quickly run out of filters.
Change-ID: I459f26851e22204dc8b8999928ad87cde8170119
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The client->open call in this path was not protected with the
client instance mutex, and hence the client->close can get initiated
before the open completes.
Change-Id: I0ed60c38868dd3f44966b6ed49a063d0e5b7edf5
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using list_move() instead of list_del() + list_add().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyj.lk@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As pointed out by Jamal, an action could be shared by
multiple filters, so we can't use list to chain them
any more after we get rid of the original tc_action.
Instead, we could just save pointers to these actions
in tcf_exts, since they are refcount'ed, so convert
the list to an array of pointers.
The "ugly" part is the action API still accepts list
as a parameter, I just introduce a helper function to
convert the array of pointers to a list, instead of
relying on the C99 feature to iterate the array.
Fixes: a85a970af2 ("net_sched: move tc_action into tcf_common")
Reported-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The i40e driver was causing a kernel panic when
non-contiguous Traffic Classes, or Traffic Classes not
starting with TC0, were configured on a link partner switch.
i40e does not support non-contiguous TCs.
To fix this, the patch changes the logic when determining
the total number of TCs enabled. Before, this would use the
highest TC number enabled and assume that all TCs below it were
also enabled. Now, we create a bitmask of enabled TCs and scan
it to determine not only the number of TCs, but also if the set
of enabled TCs starts at zero and is contiguous. If not, then
DCB is disabled by only returning one TC.
Signed-off-by: Dave Ertman <david.m.ertman@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Back when I submitted the GSO code I messed up and dropped the support for
disabling the VLAN tag filtering via the feature bit. This patch
re-enables the use of the NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER to enable/disable the
VLAN filtering independent of toggling promiscuous mode.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When I was adding the code for enabling VLAN promiscuous mode with SR-IOV
enabled I had inadvertently left the VLNCTRL.VFE bit unchanged as I has
assumed there was code in another path that was setting it when we enabled
SR-IOV. This wasn't the case and as a result we were just disabling VLAN
filtering for all the VFs apparently.
Also the previous patches were always clearing CFIEN which was always set
to 0 by the hardware anyway so I am dropping the redundant bit clearing.
Fixes: 1636956491 ("ixgbe: Add support for VLAN promiscuous with SR-IOV")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got reports that the Intel I-218V NIC in Intel NUC5i5RYH systems used
as a PTP slave experiences random ~10 hour clock jumps, which are resolved
if the same workaround for the 82574 and 82583 is employed, so set the
appropriate flag2 in e1000_pch_lpt_info too.
Reported-by: Rupesh Patel <rupatel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is prepatory work for an expanding list of adapter families that have
occasional ~10 hour clock jumps when being used for PTP. Factor out the
sanitization function and convert to using a feature (bug) flag, per
suggestion from Jesse Brandeburg.
Littering functional code with device-specific checks is much messier than
simply checking a flag, and having device-specific init set flags as needed.
There are probably a number of other cases in the e1000e code that
could/should be converted similarly.
Suggested-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix PHY delay compensation math in igb_ptp_tx_hwtstamp() and
igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp. Add PHY delay compensation in
igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
In the IGB driver, there are two functions that retrieve timestamps
received by the PHY - igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp() and igb_ptp_rx_pktstamp().
The previous commit only changed igb_ptp_rx_rgtstamp(), and the change
was incorrect.
There are two instances in which PHY delay compensations should be
made:
- Before the packet transmission over the PHY, the latency between
when the packet is timestamped and transmission of the packets,
should be an add operation, but it is currently a subtract.
- After the packets are received from the PHY, the latency between
the receiving and timestamping of the packets should be a subtract
operation, but it is currently an add.
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Gupta <kshitiz.gupta@ni.com>
Fixes: 3f544d2 (igb: adjust ptp timestamps for tx/rx latency)
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to ixgbe and ixgbevf only.
Emil fixes the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
the index is not equal to zero. Fixes an issue where mac->ops.setup_fc
can be NULL for backplanes which can cause the driver to crash on load.
Don fixes the second parameter of the LED functions, which is the index to
the LED we are interested in affecting. Fixed variable to store register
reads to unsigned integer. Adds support for the new x553 hardware into
ixgbevf. Fixed a missing rtnl lock around ixgbevf_reinit_locked().
Fixed an issue where in ixgbevf_reset_subtask() was not verifying that
the port has been removed. Cleans up the initial crosstalk fix, since
the SFP that indicates the presence of a SFP+ module changes between
hardware types.
Babu Moger fixes typo in freeing IRQ, since the array subscript increments
after the execution of the statement.
Wei Yongjun adds the missing destroy_workqueue() before returning from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Tony adds range checking for setting the MTU from the VF, where the PF can
return a NACK but this was not passed on to the VF, so propagate the
results from the PF to the VF so errors can be reported. Consolidates
mailbox read and write functions, since the recent changes to
ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are performing the same
operations done here.
Colin Ian King removes a redundant check on ret_val, since ret_val has
not changed since the previous check.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_main.c
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-07-22
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf.
Heinrich Schuchardt found a possible null pointer being dereferenced in
i40e_debug_aq(), fixed the issue by doing the variable assignment after
we are sure the pointer is not null.
Avinash fixed an issue when link was down, we were not showing the
correct advertised link modes.
Mitch cleans up a useless initializer since the variable is assigned
right away. Refactors the receive filter handling to properly track
filter adds and deletes so the driver will not lose filters during a
reset and up/down cycles. Also added a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Catherine removes a device id which is not needed (or used). Moves
a mutex lock since we need to lock the client list around the
i40e_client_release() call to prevent the release from interrupting
the client instances while they are being added.
Joshua adds Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Amitoj Kaur Chawla cleans up a redundant memset() call before a memcpy().
Stefan Assmann adds the missing link advertise for some x710 NICs.
Tushar Dave fixes and issue found on SPARC, where a PF reset clears MAC
filters and if a platform-specific MAC address is used, the driver has
to explicitly write default MAC address to MAC filters otherwise all
incoming traffic destined to the default MAC address will be dropped
after reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a few issues with the initial crosstalk fix. Most
important of which is the SDP that indicates the presents of a SFP+
module changes between HW types. With this change that is taken in
to consideration
It also moves the check closer to the base code that checks link. This
makes it so we only need to do the check in one spot.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The last check on ret_val is redundant since ret_val has not changed
since the previous check, so remove it as it is extraneous.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With changes to ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack(), other functions are
performing the same operations done here; change those functions to
utilize ixgbevf_write_msg_read_ack().
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently when setting the VF's MTU, the PF can return a NACK but this
isn't passed on to the VF. Propagate the results from the PF to the VF
so errors can be reported.
In ixgbevf_change_mtu, return an error and reject the change.
For ixgbevf_configure_rx, log the error for debugging purposes since
the function is buried in a series of Rx config routines that are void.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In ixgbevf_reset_subtask We weren't verifying that the port haven't
been removed, we are with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the missing destroy_workqueue() before return from
ixgbe_init_module() in the error handling case.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbevf_reinit_locked() assumes you have the rtnl lock
however we didn't when calling from the service task. This patch
corrects that.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
mac->ops.setup_fc can be null for backplanes which can cause the driver
to crash on load.
Reported-by: Patrick McLean <patrickm@gaikai.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch add VF support for the new X553 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The array subscript increments after the execution of the statement.
So there is no issue here. However it helps to read the code better.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed this variable used for register reads wasn't an unsigned
so this patch corrects that. I don't believe this was causing any
issue as is but this is more consistent with the rest of the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump the version number to more closely match the function included
in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The second parameter of these functions is the index to the led we
are interested in affecting. However we were mistakenly passing
the offset in the register. This patch corrects that and adds some
bonds checking which would hopefully make bugs like this more noticeable
in the future.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix the NACK check in ixgbevf_set_uc_addr_vf() for instances where
index != 0.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e PF reset clears mac filters. If platform-specific mac address
is used, driver has to explicitly write default mac address to mac
filters otherwise all incoming traffic destined to default mac
address will be dropped after reset.
This issue was found on SPARC while toggling i40e ntuple via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adding the missing link advertise for some X710 NICs.
This can be observed by simply calling ethtool on the interface.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: Not reported
[...]
With fix applied.
root@rhel7:~ # ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ FIBRE ]
Supported link modes: 10000baseT/Full
Supported pause frame use: Symmetric
Supports auto-negotiation: No
Advertised link modes: 10000baseT/Full
[...]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to lock the client list around the i40e_client_release call to
prevent the release from interrupting the client instances while they are
being added.
Change-Id: I99993f20179aaf8730207833e7d0869d2ccffa1d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove redundant call to memset before a call to memcpy.
The Coccinelle semantic patch used to make this change is as follows:
@@
expression e1,e2,e3,e4;
@@
- memset(e1,e2,e3);
memcpy(e1,e4,e3);
Signed-off-by: Amitoj Kaur Chawla <amitoj1606@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly track filter adds and deletes so the driver doesn't lose filters
during resets and up/down cycles. Add a tracking mechanism so that the
driver knows when to enter and leave promiscuous mode.
Implement a simple state machine so the driver can track the status of
each filter throughout its lifecycle. Properly manage the overflow promiscuous
state for the each VSI, and provide a way for the driver to detect when to exit
overflow promiscuous mode.
Remove all possible default MAC filters that the firmware may have set up so
that the driver can manage these correctly, particularly when VLANs come into
play. Remove the LAA flag for filters; instead just send whatever we get through
set_mac to the firmware as the LAA for wakeup purposes.
Finally, add the state of each filter to debugfs output so we can see what's
going on inside the driver's pointy little head.
Change-ID: I97c5e366fac2254fa01eaff4f65c0af61dcf2e1f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the Hyper-V specific VF device ids.
Change-ID: I9c4fe6d8dfd34f7f68ebc9fdae225c8768439c89
Signed-off-by: Joshua Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This device ID is not needed, so take it out.
Change-ID: I148d29f68a1f58b03980ecd83047a1b440f4f74d
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This initializer isn't needed because the variable is assigned right
away.
Change-ID: I6ce3edb3f4e0364db248a7a0bcc62ca95c01d941
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When link is down, Advertised Link Modes was wrongly displaying full
supported link modes instead of Advertised link mode. Added conditional
checks in order to make sure correct Advertised link modes are
displayed when the link is down.
Change-ID: I8a61413f9ee174149c7a33157b5f0b0a8da9842d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In function i40e_debug_aq parameter desc is assumed to be
possibly NULL. Do not dereference it before checking the
value.
Fixes: f905dd62be ("i40e/i40evf: add max buf len to aq debug print helper")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The pci_enable_msix_range() function returns a positive value of the
number of allocated vectors if it succeeds. On failure it returns
a negative error code. Return this code properly so that the error
message printed by the driver will show the actual error code instead of
being masked by -ENOMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When we resume from an AER recovery with many active VFs, the PF sees
many spurious link up and link down events. Prevent this by delaying
link down for at least one second after the resume event.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the fm10k interface is brought up, but the switch manager software is
not running, the driver will continuously request the lport map every
few seconds in the base driver watchdog routine. Eventually after
several minutes the switch mailbox Tx fifo will fill up and the mailbox
will timeout, resulting in a reset. This reset will appear as if for no
reason, and occurs regularly every few minutes until the switch manager
software is loaded.
Prevent this from happening by only requesting the lport map after we've
verified the switch mailbox is tx_ready. In order to simplify code logic
and reduce code duplication, implement this as a new function pointer
"mac.ops.request_lport_map" which the VF will not implement. Otherwise,
we have to duplicate the tx_ready check outside of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic, or re-implement most of
fm10k_get_host_state_generic in the pf version.
The resulting code is simpler and easier to understand, and prevents the
PF from continuously requesting lport map and filling the Tx fifo of
a switch mailbox that isn't ready.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes, a VF driver will lose PCIe address access, such as due to
a PF FLR event. In fm10k_detach_subtask, poll and check whether the
PCIe register space is active again and restore the device when it has.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an FLR occurs, VF devices will be knocked out of bus master mode, and
the driver will be unable to recover from the reset properly, resulting
in malicious driver events and an infinite reset loop. In the normal
case, the bus master mode will already be enabled and this call will
essentially be a no-op. Since we're doing this every reset, it is
possible we could remove the other calls to pci_set_master() but it
seems not harmful to just leave them in place.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Continuing the effort to commonize the similar suspend/resume flows,
finish up by using the new fm10k_handle_suspand and fm10k_handle_resume
functions for the standard suspend/resume flow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a function level PCI reset is triggered using sysfs, it calls the
driver's .reset_notify error handler. Implement a handler based on the
now split fm10k_prepare_for_reset and fm10k_handle_reset functions, so
that we fully reset the driver when the PCI function level reset occurs.
This also ensures the reset is handled in a clean way by first disabling
all the driver bits first and then restoring them after the function
reset. Previously the stack simply performed a blind function reset and
our driver didn't take any part in the process.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we have extracted the necessary steps for a split
suspend/resume flow, re-use these functions instead of using the current
open coded flow. This ensures that we don't miss any steps. It also
ensures that we have the correct driver states set.
Since we'll be handling all of the reset flow ourselves, we no longer
need to request a reset in the io_slot_reset() function.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement fm10k_prepare_suspend and fm10k_handle_resume functions which
abstract around the now existing fm10k_prepare_for_reset and
fm10k_handle_reset. The new functions also handle stopping the service
task, which is something that the original re-init flow does not need.
Every other location that does a suspend/resume type flow is expected to
use these functions, because otherwise they may have conflicts with the
running watchdog routines. This also has the effect of preventing
possible surprise remove events during handling of FLR events and PCIe
errors.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are several flows in the driver which perform the similar function
of tearing down software and restoring software to recover from certain
errors or PCIe events, including:
* fm10k_reinit
* fm10k_suspend/resume
* fm10k_io_error_detected/fm10k_io_resume
In addition, we want to implement a .reset_notify() handler as well
which will also perform similar function.
Rework how the driver codes reset and resume flows by separating out the
reinit logic into two functions "fm10k_prepare_for_reset" and
"fm10k_handle_reset". This first step will allow us to re-use this
functionality in the similar blocks of code instead of re-coding the
same sequence of events slightly different.
The end result should be more maintainable and correct, fixing several
inconsistencies with the work flow.
The new functions expect to take the rtnl_lock() themselves, and it does
have the unfortunate side effect of having the reinit flow take then
release then take the rtnl_lock. However, this minor downside is
out weighted by the benefits of code reduction and reducing needless
difference between these flows.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It turns out that sometimes during a reset the Tx queues will be
temporarily stuck longer than .stop_hw() expects. Work around this issue
by attempting to .stop_hw() first. If it tails, wait a number of
attempts until the Tx queues appear to be drained. After this, attempt
stop_hw() again. This ensures that we avoid waiting if we don't need to,
such as during the first initialization of a VF, and give the proper
amount of time necessary to recover from most situations. It is possible
that the hardware is actually stuck. For PFs, this is usually fixed by
a datapath reset. Unfortunately the VF cannot request a similar reset
for itself.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When stop_hw() routine fails with FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING, this
indicates that the Tx or Rx queues did not shutdown within the time
limit. Print a more suitable message at the dev_info level instead of
dev_err.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A while ago, an additional check for the switch being ready was added to
reset_hw. A recent refactor accidentally made this check return an error
code on failure which caused fm10k_probe to fail when the switch wasn't
brought up first. The original reasoning for the check was to prevent
additional data path reset when the fabric wasn't ready yet. However,
there isn't a compelling reason to keep the check, as the data path
reset will restore hardware to a known good state. Remove the check and
perform the data path reset regardless of the switch manager state.
An alternative fix is to return FM10K_SUCCESS instead, and bypass the
actual data path reset. This should be fine as we will perform
a reset_hw once the switch is active. However, since data path reset
will reset many parts of the hardware it seems better to just perform
the reset regardless of switch state.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't report FM10K_ERR_REQUESTS_PENDING when we fail to disable queues
within the timeout. This can occur due to a hardware Tx hang, or when
the switch ethernet fabric is resetting while we are transmitting
traffic. It can sometimes take up to 500ms before the Tx DMA engine
gives up. Instead, just skip the DMA engine check and perform
a data-path reset anyways. Add a statistic counter to keep track of the
number of resets occurring while we have pending DMA on the rings.
In order to prevent having to re-assign err to 0, re-order the
last few items of the reset_hw_pf function so that we don't perform
"return err" at the end.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a data path reset is initiated, write control to the PCIE_GMBX is
yanked from the switch manager. The switch manager writes to this
register to clear mailbox global interrupt bits as part of its mailbox
interrupt handling routine. When the device recovers from the data path
reset and these bits are not cleared, it will prevent future mailbox
global interrupts from being triggered. Upon confirming that the device
has exited from a data path reset, clear these bits to ensure the proper
functioning of the mailbox global interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also prevent updating stats while the interface is down. If we're
already updating stats, just return doing nothing. When we take the
device down, block stat updates until we come back up. This ensures that
we avoid tearing down rings when we're updating statistics, and prevents
updating statistics until we're up.
We can't re-use the __FM10K_DOWN for this because it wouldn't prevent
multiple threads from accessing statistics. Neither does it prevent the
case where we start updating stats and then start going down in another
thread.
The fm10k_get_stats64 is except from this, because it has a completely
different flow which does not suffer from the same issues as
fm10k_update_stats might.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It's currently possible for fm10k_update_stats to be called during the
window when we go down and the rings are removed. This can result in
a null pointer dereference. In fm10k_get_stats64 we work around this by
using ACCESS_ONCE and a null pointer check inside the loop. Use this
same flow in the fm10k_update_stats to avoid the potential null pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Return early from fm10k_down() when we are already down, since that
means another thread is either already finished or has started going
down, so shouldn't conflict with them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the q_vector initialization routine sets the affinity_mask
of a q_vector based on v_idx value. Meaning a loop iterates on v_idx,
which is an incremental value, and the cpumask is created based on
this value.
This is a problem in systems with multiple logical CPUs per core (like in
SMT scenarios). If we disable some logical CPUs, by turning SMT off for
example, we will end up with a sparse cpu_online_mask, i.e., only the first
CPU in a core is online, and incremental filling in q_vector cpumask might
lead to multiple offline CPUs being assigned to q_vectors.
Example: if we have a system with 8 cores each one containing 8 logical
CPUs (SMT == 8 in this case), we have 64 CPUs in total. But if SMT is
disabled, only the 1st CPU in each core remains online, so the
cpu_online_mask in this case would have only 8 bits set, in a sparse way.
In general case, when SMT is off the cpu_online_mask has only C bits set:
0, 1*N, 2*N, ..., C*(N-1) where
C == # of cores;
N == # of logical CPUs per core.
In our example, only bits 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56 would be set.
This patch changes the way q_vector's affinity_mask is created: it iterates
on v_idx, but consumes the CPU index from the cpu_online_mask instead of
just using the v_idx incremental value.
No functional changes were introduced.
Signed-off-by: Guilherme G Piccoli <gpiccoli@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently the function ixgbe_poll() returns 0 when it clean completely
the rx rings, but this foul budget accounting in core code.
Fix this returning the actual work done, capped to weight - 1, since
the core doesn't allow to return the full budget when the driver modifies
the napi status
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Venkatesh Srinivas <venkateshs@google.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch sets VSI broadcast promiscuous mode during VSI add sequence
and prevents adding MAC filter if specified MAC address is broadcast.
Change-ID: Ia62251fca095bc449d0497fc44bec3a5a0136773
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are a couple of issues I found in i40e_rx_checksum while doing some
recent testing. As a result I have found the Rx checksum logic is pretty
much broken and returning that the checksum is valid for tunnels in cases
where it is not.
First the inner types are not the correct values to use to test for if a
tunnel is present or not. In addition the inner protocol types are not a
bitmask as such performing an OR of the values doesn't make sense. I have
instead changed the code so that the inner protocol types are used to
determine if we report CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY or not. For anything that does
not end in UDP, TCP, or SCTP it doesn't make much sense to report a
checksum offload since it won't contain a checksum anyway.
This leaves us with the need to set the csum_level based on some value.
For that purpose I am using the tunnel_type field. If the tunnel type is
GRENAT or greater then this means we have a GRE or UDP tunnel with an inner
header. In the case of GRE or UDP we will have a possible checksum present
so for this reason it should be safe to set the csum_level to 1 to indicate
that we are reporting the state of the inner header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some comments weren't updated to reflect the renaming of ndo's and the
change of arguments.
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_main.c
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
All three conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-06-29
This series contains updates and fixes to e1000e, igb, ixgbe and fm10k. A
true smorgasbord of changes.
Jake cleans up some obscurity by not using the BIT() macro on bitshift
operation and also fixed the calculated index when looping through the
indir array. Fixes the issue with igb's workqueue item for overflow
check from causing a surprise remove event. The ptp_flags variable is
added to simplify the work of writing several complex MAC type checks
in the PTP code while fixing the workqueue.
Alex Duyck fixes the receive buffers alignment which should not be L1
cache aligned, but to 512 bytes instead.
Denys Vlasenko prevents a division by zero which was reported under
VMWare for e1000e.
Amritha fixes an issue where filters in a child hash table must be
cleared from the hardware before delete the filter links in ixgbe.
Bhaktipriya Shridhar simply replaces the deprecated create_workqueue()
with alloc_workqueue() for fm10k.
Tony corrects ixgbe ethtool reporting to show x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Emil fixes an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass traffic due
to spoofed packets.
Andrew Lunn increases performance on some systems where syncing a buffer
for DMA is expensive. So rather than sync the whole 2K receive buffer,
only synchronize the length of the frame.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, except the packet scheduler
conflicts which deal with the addition of the free list parameter
to qdisc_enqueue().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some platforms, syncing a buffer for DMA is expensive. Rather than
sync the whole 2K receive buffer, only synchronise the length of the
frame, which will typically be the MTU, or a much smaller TCP ACK.
For an IMX6Q, this gives around 6% increased TCP receive performance,
which is cache operations bound and reduces CPU load for TCP transmit.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When setting spoofing, both VLAN and MAC need to be set together.
This change resolves an issue where MAC-VLANs on the VF fail to pass
traffic due to spoofed packets.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe_ethtool_get_ts_info() to show that x550 supports hardware
timestamping of all packets.
Reported-by: Guy Harris <guy@alum.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
alloc_workqueue replaces deprecated create_workqueue().
A dedicated workqueue has been used since the workitem (viz
fm10k_service_task, which manages and runs other subtasks) is involved in
normal device operation and requires forward progress under memory
pressure.
create_workqueue has been replaced with alloc_workqueue with max_active
as 0 since there is no need for throttling the number of active work
items.
Since network devices may be used in memory reclaim path,
WQ_MEM_RECLAIM has been set to guarantee forward progress.
flush_workqueue is unnecessary since destroy_workqueue() itself calls
drain_workqueue() which flushes repeatedly till the workqueue
becomes empty. Hence the call to flush_workqueue() has been dropped.
Signed-off-by: Bhaktipriya Shridhar <bhaktipriya96@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Properly stop the extra workqueue items and ensure that we resume
cleanly. This is better than using igb_ptp_init and igb_ptp_stop since
these functions destroy the PHC device, which will cause other problems
if we do so. Since igb_ptp_reset now re-schedules the work-queue item we
don't need an equivalent igb_ptp_resume in the resume workflow.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make igb_ptp_stop take advantage of this new function to reduce code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Modify igb_ptp_init to take advantage of igb_ptp_reset, and remove
duplicated work that was occurring in both igb_ptp_reset and
igb_ptp_init.
In total, resetting the TSAUXC register, and resetting the system time
both happen in igb_ptp_reset already. igb_ptp_reset now also takes care
of starting the delayed work item for overflow checks, as well.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't continue to use complex MAC type checks for handling various cases
where we have overflow check code. Make this code more obvious by
introducing a flag which is enabled for hardware that needs these
checks.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Upcoming patches will introduce new PTP specific flags. To avoid
cluttering the normal flags variable, introduce PTP specific "ptp_flags"
variable for this purpose, and move IGB_FLAG_PTP to become
IGB_PTP_ENABLED.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For u32 classifier filters, avoid overwriting existing filter
in a hardware location without removing it first, to clean up
inconsistencies due to duplicate values for filter location.
Verified with the following filters:
Create child hash tables:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:11 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
handle 800:0:12 u32 ht 800: link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 17 ff match ip dst 16.0.0.1/32
Add filter into child hash table:
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
Add another filter to the same location:
handle 2:0:3 u32 ht 2: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On deleting filters which are links to a child hash table, the filters
in the child hash table must be cleared from the hardware if there
is no link between the parent and child hash table.
Verified with the following filters:
Create a child hash table:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
Link to the child hash table from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32 ht 800: link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 15.0.0.1/32
Add filters into child hash table:
handle 1:0:2 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 22 ffff action drop
handle 1:0:3 u32 ht 1: \
match tcp src 33 ffff action drop
Delete link filter from parent hash table:
handle 800:0:10 u32
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users report that under VMWare, er32(TIMINCA) returns zero.
This causes division by zero at init time as follows:
==> incvalue = er32(TIMINCA) & E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK;
for (i = 0; i < E1000_MAX_82574_SYSTIM_REREADS; i++) {
/* latch SYSTIMH on read of SYSTIML */
systim_next = (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIML);
systim_next |= (cycle_t)er32(SYSTIMH) << 32;
time_delta = systim_next - systim;
temp = time_delta;
====> rem = do_div(temp, incvalue);
This change makes kernel survive this, and users report that
NIC does work after this change.
Since on real hardware incvalue is never zero, this should not affect
real hardware use case.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The index calculated when looping through the indir array passed to
fm10k_write_reta was incorrectly calculated as the first part i needs to
be multiplied by 4.
Fixes: 0cfea7a65738 ("fm10k: fix possible null pointer deref after kcalloc", 2016-04-13)
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While reviewing the i40e driver changes to support page based receive I
realized that I had overlooked the fact that the fm10k hardware required a
512 byte alignment for Rx buffers. This patch is meant to address that by
changing the alignment for Rx buffers to 512 bytes instead of allowing it
to be L1 cache aligned.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The FM10K_MAX_DATA_PER_TXD is really just using a bitshift as a power of
2 operation in an efficient manner. We shouldn't represent this as a BIT()
because that obscures the intention of the operation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now ixgbevf_write/read_posted_mbx use -IXGBE_ERR_MBX as the initiative
return value, but it's incorrect, cause in ixgbevf_vlan_rx_add_vid(),
it use err == IXGBE_ERR_MBX, the err returned from mac.ops.set_vfta,
and in ixgbevf_set_vfta_vf, it return from write/read_posted. so we
should initialize err with IXGBE_ERR_MBX, instead of -IXGBE_ERR_MBX.
With this fix, the other functions that called it also can work well,
cause they only care about if err is 0 or not.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The bit in the e1000 driver that mentions explicitly that the hardware
has no support for separate RX/TX VLAN accel toggling rings true for
e1000e as well, and thus both NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX and
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX need to be kept in sync.
Revert a portion of commit 889ad45666 ("e1000e: keep VLAN interfaces
functional after rxvlan off") since keeping the bits in sync resolves
the original issue.
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I've got a bug report about an e1000e interface, where a VLAN interface is
set up on top of it:
$ ip link add link ens1f0 name ens1f0.99 type vlan id 99
$ ip link set ens1f0 up
$ ip link set ens1f0.99 up
$ ip addr add 192.168.99.92 dev ens1f0.99
At this point, I can ping another host on vlan 99, ip 192.168.99.91.
However, if I do the following:
$ ethtool -K ens1f0 rxvlan off
Then no traffic passes on ens1f0.99. It comes back if I toggle rxvlan on
again. I'm not sure if this is actually intended behavior, or if there's a
lack of software VLAN stripping fallback, or what, but things continue to
work if I simply don't call e1000e_vlan_strip_disable() if there are
active VLANs (plagiarizing a function from the e1000 driver here) on the
interface.
Also slipped a related-ish fix to the kerneldoc text for
e1000e_vlan_strip_disable here...
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When LLDP/DCBX change happens the i40e driver code flow tried to
notify the client(s) for each of the PF VSIs. This resulted into
kernel panic on the first VSI that didn't have any netdev
associated to it.
The DCB change notification to the client(s) should be done only
once for the PF/LAN VSI where the client(s) instances have been
added to. Also, move the notification call after the PF driver has
made changes related to the updated DCB configuration.
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald J Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On systems with 128 CPUs, turning off TSO results in errors,
i40e 0000:03:00.0: failed to get tracking for 1 vectors for VSI 400, err=-12
i40e 0000:03:00.0: Couldn't create FDir VSI
i40e 0000:03:00.0: i40e_ptp_init: PTP not supported on eth0
i40e 0000:03:00.0: couldn't add VEB, err I40E_ERR_ADMIN_QUEUE_ERROR aq_err I40E_AQ_RC_ENOENT
i40e 0000:03:00.0: rebuild of switch failed: -1, will try to set up simple PF connection
i40e 0000:03:00.0 eth0: adding 00:10:e0:8a:24:b6 vid=0
Enabling FD_SB without checking availability of MSI-X vector is the
root cause. This change adds necessary check.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the macaddr add and delete happens asynchronously, error
messages don't easily get associated to the actual request. Here
we add a bit of information to the error messages to help
determine the source of the error.
Change-ID: Id2d6df5287141c3579677d72d8bd21122823d79f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the need for a reset when the device enters limited promiscuous
mode. This was causing heartburn for people who were using VFs and
bridging, since this would require all of the VFs to undergo a reset
each time the PF changed its promiscuity.
Change-ID: I0a83495c5e4d68112bbc7a7a076d20fa8dd3b61c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Always add MAC address at the tail of the MAC filter list. Since the
device's "real" MAC address is added first, it will always be at the
beginning of the list. This prevents an issue where the "real" MAC
filter might not get added if too many other filters are added before
bringing the interface up.
Change-ID: I34a8aeebeb0cb87a44b24118adc4176c7b943c1c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Limiting qcount to pf->num_lan_msix, effectively limits the RSS queues
to only use the number of CPUs, and ignore all other queues. We don't
want to do this. If the user has changed the RSS settings to use more
queues then CPUS, we want to trust they know what they are doing and
let them. More importantly, if we tell them that is what we did, we want
to actually do it and allow traffic into all of the queues we have
allocated. This does not change the default setting to initially
allocate only the number of CPUS of queue pairs.
Change-ID: Ie941a96e806e4bcd016addb4e17affb46770ada5
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Removing this code which wasn't allowing 100BaseT to show up in the supported
link modes for 10GBaseT PHYs.
Change-ID: Iada2eafa7ef6b4bac9a2a1380ff533ae5de51e1d
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a Direct Attach (DA) cable is used, if the i40e_set_settings
function is called it would return an error. Add the DA type so
the function won't fail.
Change-ID: I2b802f27a5d91cfefa72fd1f852acb4d74647a8e
Signed-off-by: Serey Kong <serey.kong@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function was failing to save PCI state
and this would result in a kernel stack trace from a WARN_ONCE in the
pci_legacy_suspend() function.
Add a call to pci_save_state() to fix that problem.
Change-ID: I4736e62bb660966bd208cc8af617a14cb07fc4bd
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_suspend() function calls another function that preps the device
for the power save and resume by freeing all the Tx/Rx resources and
interrupts but that function does not free the "other" causes interrupt
vector and IRQ. It also fails to call synchronize_irq() before freeing
the IRQ vectors. This sometimes may result in some AER errors on those
systems with that PCIe error reporting feature enabled.
Call synchronize_irq() before freeing IRQ vectors and explicitly free
the other causes interrupt resources and shut down that MSIX interrupt.
Change-ID: Ib88e4536756518a352446da0232189716618ad81
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the user adds an obscene amount of MAC addresses, the driver will run
into the situation where it has too many address requests to fit into a
single PF message. The driver checks for this case, and calculates the
maximum number of messages that it can send. Then it completely ignores
this count and overflows the buffer.
Fix this by checking the address count and bailing out of the loop at
the appropriate time.
Change-ID: If8dcbb04602c75941dc0cd8309065e1de9ca791c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were failing to set the client interface down when we put the VSI
down. Add this call so that the client doesn't get an open called with
no close.
Also remove an un-needed delay. The VF should not be affected at all by
i40e_down.
Change-ID: I1135dffef534bf84e6fed57cf51bcf590e6cfaf7
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that VF RSS is configured by the PF driver, it needs to set the RSS
Hash Enable registers by default. Without this, no packets will be
hashed and they'll all end up on queue 0.
Change-ID: I38e425f40ddb81e3b19a951cfbb939fa5b1123f1
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This function uses the i40e_hw struct all over the place, so why doesn't
it keep a pointer to the struct? Add this pointer as a local variable
and use it consistently throughout the function.
Change-ID: I10eb688fe40909433fcb8ac7ac891cef67445d72
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add functions to enable and disable default VSI on a VEB. This allows
for configuration of limited promiscuous mode specifically for bridging
purposes.
Change-ID: I0cc5bd68b31c500fdff4d47e1f15d50d2739faf4
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we do have pci_request_mem_regions() and pci_release_mem_regions()
at hand, use it in the Intel ethernet drivers.
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Thumshirn <jthumshirn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type is VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
In addition I updated the socket address family check so that instead of
excluding IPv6 we instead abort of type is not IPv4. This makes much more
sense as we should only be supporting IPv4 outer addresses on this
hardware.
The last change is that I pulled the rtnl_lock/unlock into the conditional
statement for IXGBE_FLAG2_VXLAN_REREG_NEEDED. The motivation behind this
is to avoid unneeded bouncing of the mutex which will just slow down the
handling of this call anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch goes through and combines the notifiers for VXLAN and GENEVE
into a single function for each action. So there is now one combined
function for getting ports, one for adding the ports, and one for deleting
the ports.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change replaces the network device operations for adding or removing a
VXLAN port with operations that are more generically defined to be used for
any UDP offload port but provide a type. As such by just adding a line to
verify that the offload type if VXLAN we can maintain the same
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for offloading IPXIP6 type packets that represent
either IPv4 or IPv6 encapsulated inside of an IPv6 outer IP header. In
addition with this change we should also be able to support FOU
encapsulated traffic with outer IPv6 headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defines two new GSO definitions SKB_GSO_IPXIP4 and
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 along with corresponding NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP4 and
NETIF_F_GSO_IPXIP6. These are used to described IP in IP
tunnel and what the outer protocol is. The inner protocol
can be deduced from other GSO types (e.g. SKB_GSO_TCPV4 and
SKB_GSO_TCPV6). The GSO types of SKB_GSO_IPIP and SKB_GSO_SIT
are removed (these are both instances of SKB_GSO_IPXIP4).
SKB_GSO_IPXIP6 will be used when support for GSO with IP
encapsulation over IPv6 is added.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It looks like at some point I somehow transposed the location of setting
the VLAN features in netdev->features and the configuration of the
vlan_features. As a result the driver is now generating a warning about
vlan_features being setup incorrectly.
This patch corrects that by placing the update of netdev->features to
include the VLAN features so that it is after the point where we write
netdev->features into netdev->vlan_features.
Fixes: b83e30104b ("ixgbe/ixgbevf: Add support for GSO partial")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Swap the parameters in GENMASK in order to generate the correct mask.
This change fixes Tx hangs when enabling SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We removed this initialization but it is required. Let's put it back.
Fixes: 895106a577 ('i40e: trivial fixes')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that all VSIs are configured to receive broadcasts as default, we
don't need to add a filter. This eliminates an annoying but harmless
error message each time VFs are created or reset.
Change-ID: I4cd6339684df45b0d2722133eeb84c14fa93ea19
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This logic is inverted. If the RXHASH flag is set, then we should go
ahead and call skb_set_hash.
Change-ID: Ib2e30356dced1d3e939c8061ab6ad5bd94197e7c
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For the SR-IOV VSIs, when the queue filtering section is valid,
the RSS LUT needs to be set to use the VSI specific lookup table
(otherwise it will use the PF RSS LUT table).
Change-ID: Ia9377cc818078238a75c3bdeade1b593a91b3480
Signed-off-by: Ashish Shah <ashish.n.shah@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch corrects Rx ptype payload layer for non_tunneled ipv6. It
should be layer 4 for UDP, instead of layer 3.
Change-ID: I9382e4458ab3c4e58f6d2e9f195d5d4ee513805e
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use WARN_ONCE in order to highlight the issue, but don't display
a warning every time. The user should be able to see the ethtool counter
we created if necessary to see how often it is occurring.
Change-ID: I40c4ea159819b64a7d33b7f5716749089791533a
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously we were only looking at the FW supported PHY types if link
was down, because we want to be more specific when link is up. This
refactor changes this. When link is down, we still rely on the FW
supported PHY types, but when link is up, we select the possible
supported link modes from what we know about the current PHY type, and
AND that with the FW supported PHY types.
Change-ID: Ice5dad83f2a17932b0b8b59f07439696ad6aa013
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If an untrusted VF attempts to configure promiscuous mode, log a message
pointing out its naughty behavior. But then, instead of returning an
error to the offender, just lie to it and say everything's OK. It will
continue on its way, thinking it's in promiscuous mode, but receiving no
packets except its own.
Change-ID: I63369215b1720f3c531eedfc06af86ff8c0e3dc8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds priv-flag knob to configure global true promisc
support. With this patch the user can decide the flavor of
promiscuous that the VFs will see when promiscuous mode is enabled
on the interface. Since this a global setting for the whole device,
the priv-flag is exposed only on the first PF of the device.
The default is true promisc support is off, which means the promisc
mode for the VF will be limited/defport mode.
For the PF, we still will be in limited promisc unless in MFP mode
irrespective of the flavor picked through this knob.
Usage:
On PF0
ethtool --show-priv-flags p261p1
Private flags for p261p1:
MFP : off
LinkPolling : off
flow-director-atr : on
veb-stats : off
hw-atr-eviction : off
vf-true-promisc-support: off
to enable setting true promisc
ethtool --set-priv-flags p261p1 vf-true-promisc-support on
At this point if the VF is set to trust and promisc is enabled
on the VF through
ip link set ... promisc on
The VF/VFs will be able to see ALL ingress traffic
Change-Id: I8fac4b6eb1af9ca77b5376b79c50bdce5055bd94
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the support code for calling the AdminQ API call aq_set_switch_config
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables a feature to enable/disable all multicast
for a trusted VF.
Change-Id: I926eba7f8850c8d40f8ad7e08bbe4056bbd3985f
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add flag to tell firmware to disable link on all ports.
This patch changes the bits set for telling firmware the PHY needs
to be modified by driver. Without this patch, the setting will only
set that mode for the current port on the device. Because the
MDIO interface is common for the copper device. The command needs to
set the mode for all ports.
Change-ID: I8baa7da91d384291ac95b41ae1a516604f8eb67f
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The e1000e_config_hwtstamp function was incorrectly resetting the SYSTIM
registers every time the ioctl was being run. If you happened to be
running ptp4l and lost the PTP connect (removing cable, or blocking the
UDP traffic for example), then ptp4l will eventually perform a restart
which involves re-requesting timestamp settings. In e1000e this has the
unfortunate and incorrect result of resetting SYSTIME to the kernel
time. Since kernel time is usually in UTC, and PTP time is in TAI, this
results in the leap second being re-applied.
Fix this by extracting the SYSTIME reset out into its own function,
e1000e_ptp_reset, which we call during reset to restore the hardware
registers. This function will (a) restart the timecounter based on the
new system time, (b) restore the previous PPB setting, and (c) restore
the previous hwtstamp settings.
In order to perform (b), I had to modify the adjfreq ptp function
pointer to store the old delta each time it is called. This also has the
side effect of restoring the correct base timinca register correctly.
The driver does not need to explicitly zero the ptp_delta variable since
the entire adapter structure comes zero-initialized.
Reported-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The E1000_ICH_NVM_SIG_MASK value is shifted, out to the 31st bit, which
is the signed bit for signed constants. Mark these values as unsigned to
prevent compiler warnings and issues on platforms which a different
signed bit implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This prevents signed bitshift issues when the shift would overwrite the
signed bit, and prevents making this mistake in the future when copying
and modifying code.
Use GENMASK or the unsigned postfix for cases which aren't suitable for
BIT() macro.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To prevent signed bitshift issues, and improve code readability, use the
BIT() macro. Also make use of GENMASK or the unsigned postfix where this
is more appropriate than BIT()
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The variable rdlen is set but never used, and thus setting it is dead
code. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Table 7-62 on page 338 of the i210 datasheet lists TX and RX latencies
for the various speeds the chip supports. To give better PTP timestamp
accuracy, adjust the timestamps by the amounts Intel gives based on
current link speed.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Sullivan <nathan.sullivan@ni.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
SYSTIMH:SYSTIML registers are incremented by 24-bit value TIMINCA[23..0]
er32(SYSTIML) are probably moderately expensive (they are pci bus reads).
Can we avoid one of them? Yes, we can.
If the SYSTIML value we see is smaller than 0xff000000, the overflow
into SYSTIMH would require at least two increments.
We do two reads, er32(SYSTIML) and er32(SYSTIMH), in this order.
Even if one increment happens between them, the overflow into SYSTIMH
is impossible, and we can avoid doing another er32(SYSTIML) read
and overflow check.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If two consecutive reads of the counter are the same, it is also
not an overflow. "systimel_1 < systimel_2" should be
"systimel_1 <= systimel_2".
Before the patch, we could perform an *erroneous* correction:
Let's say that systimel_1 == systimel_2 == 0xffffffff.
"systimel_1 < systimel_2" is false, we think it's an overflow,
we read "systimeh = er32(SYSTIMH)" which meanwhile had incremented,
and use "(systimeh << 32) + systimel_2" value which is 2^32 too large.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
"incvalue" variable holds a result of "er32(TIMINCA) &
E1000_TIMINCA_INCVALUE_MASK" and used in "do_div(temp, incvalue)"
as a divisor.
Thus, "u64 incvalue" declaration is probably a mistake.
Even though it seems to be a harmless one, let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For bitshifts, we should make use of the BIT macro when possible, and
ensure that other bitshifts are marked as unsigned. This helps prevent
signed bitshift errors, and ensures similar style.
Make use of GENMASK and the unsigned postfix where BIT() isn't
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixed the file to use a consistent ret_val for return value checking.
Signed-off-by: Brian Walsh <brian@walsh.ws>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the issues for disabling auto-negotiation and forcing
speed and duplex settings for the non-copper media.
For non-copper media, e1000_get_settings should return ETH_TP_MDI_INVALID for
eth_tp_mdix_ctrl instead of ETH_TP_MDI_AUTO so subsequent e1000_set_settings
call would not fail with -EOPNOTSUPP.
e1000_set_spd_dplx should not automatically turn autoneg back on for forced
1000 Mbps full duplex settings for non-copper media.
Cc: xe-kernel@external.cisco.com
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Shih <sshih@cisco.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_client_ops structure is never modified, so declare it as const.
Done with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newly added code in i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg() is indented
in a way that gcc rightly complains about:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c: In function 'i40e_vc_config_promiscuous_mode_msg':
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1543:4: error: this 'if' clause does not guard... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
if (f->vlan >= 0 && f->vlan <= I40E_MAX_VLANID)
^~
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c:1550:5: note: ...this statement, but the latter is misleadingly indented as if it is guarded by the 'if'
aq_err = pf->hw.aq.asq_last_status;
From the context, it looks like the aq_err assignment was meant to be
inside of the conditional expression, so I'm adding the appropriate
curly braces now.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 5676a8b9cd ("i40e: Add VF promiscuous mode driver support")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When testing on systems with very limited amounts of RAM, a bug was
found where, while changing the number of descriptors using ethtool,
the driver didn't test the limits of system memory before permanently
assuming it would be able to get receive buffer memory.
Work around this issue by pre-allocation of the receive buffer
memory, in the "ghost" ring, which is then used during reinit
using the new ring length.
Change-Id: I92d7a5fb59a6c884b2efdd1ec652845f101c3359
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Allocate the correct number of RX buffers, and don't fiddle with
next_to_use. The common RX code handles all of this. This fixes a memory
leak of one page each time the driver is opened.
Change-Id: Id06eca353086e084921f047acad28c14745684ee
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The hardware supports a 16 byte descriptor for receive, but the
driver was never using it in production. There was no performance
benefit to the real driver of 16 byte descriptors, so drop a whole
lot of complexity while getting rid of the code.
Also since the previous patch made us use no-split mode all the
time, drop any support in the driver for any other value in dtype
and assume it is always zero (aka no-split).
Hooray for code removal!
Change-ID: I2257e902e4dad84a07b94db6d2e6f4ce69b27bc0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 2 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40evf.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove VF ethtool control over packet split
- remove priv_flags interface since it is unused
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Some of the split related context set up code stays in
i40e_virtchnl_pf.c in case an older VF driver tries to load
and still wants to use packet split.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is part 1 of the Rx refactor series, just including
changes to i40e.
This refactor aligns the receive routine with the one in
ixgbe which was highly optimized. This reduces the code
we have to maintain and allows for (hopefully) more readable
and maintainable RX hot path.
In order to do this:
- consolidate the receive path into a single function that doesn't
use packet split but *does* use pages for Rx buffers.
- remove the old _1buf routine
- consolidate several routines into helper functions
- remove ethtool control over packet split
Change-ID: I5ca100721de65992aa0114f8b4bac844b84758e0
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of the rx-refactor, the dtype variable in the i40e_ring
struct is no longer used, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As part of preparation for the rx-refactor, remove the
packet split receive routine and ancillary code.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Refactor the interpretation of a tunnel. This removes
some code and lets us start using the hardware's parsing.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-05-04
This series contains updates to ixgbe, ixgbevf and traffic class helpers.
Sridhar adds helper functions to the tc_mirred header to access tcf_mirred
information and then implements them for ixgbe to enable redirection to
a SRIOV VF or an offloaded MACVLAN device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Amritha adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)
to match on.
KY Srinivasan from Microsoft add Hyper-V support into ixgbevf.
Emil adds 82599 sub-device IDs that were missing from the list of parts
that support WoL. Then simplified the logic we use to determine WoL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Preethi cleaned up duplicate and unused device IDs. Fixed our ethtool
stat reporting where we were ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers,
so fill out 64 bit stat values into two 32 bit words.
Babu Moger from Oracle improves VF performance issues on SPARC.
Alex Duyck cleans up some of the Hyper-V implementation from KY so that
we can just use function pointers instead of having to identify if a
given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF.
Usha makes sure that DCB and FCoE is disabled for X550EM_x/a MACs and
cleans up the DCB initialization in the process.
Tony cleans up the API for ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() so we do not
have to pass in the netdev parameter, since it was never used in the
function.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
previous patches removed all direct accesses to dev->trans_start,
so change the netif_trans_update helper to update trans_start of
netdev queue 0 instead and then remove trans_start from struct net_device.
AFAICS a lot of the netif_trans_update() invocations are now useless
because they occur in ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX
(i.e. stack already took care of the update).
As I can't test any of them it seems better to just leave them alone.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a trans_start struct member exists twice:
- in struct net_device (legacy)
- in struct netdev_queue
Instead of open-coding dev->trans_start usage to obtain the current
trans_start value, use dev_trans_start() instead.
This is not exactly the same, as dev_trans_start also considers
the trans_start values of the netdev queues owned by the device
and provides the most recent one.
For legacy devices this doesn't matter as dev_trans_start can cope
with netdev trans_start values of 0 (they are ignored).
This is a prerequisite to eventual removal of dev->trans_start.
Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ixgbevf_update_xcast_mode() is not using the netdev parameter;
removing it since it's unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds IXGBE_FLAG_DCB_CAPABLE flag that is set
for all MACs other than X550EM_x and x550em_a. DCB and
FCoE is disabled for these MACS. DCB initialization
code is moved to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Usha Ketineni <usha.k.ketineni@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ronald Bynoe <ronald.j.bynoe@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can just use function pointers instead of
having to identify if a given VF is running on a Linux or Windows PF. By
doing this we can avoid having to pull too much information out of the
lower layers and can instead just make use of the mac_ops pointers since
they should differ between the two types of VFs anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We noticed performance issues with VF interface on sparc compared
to PF. Setting the RX to IXGBE_DCA_RXCTRL_DATA_WRO_EN brings it
on far with PF. Also this matches to the default sparc setting in
PF driver.
Signed-off-by: Babu Moger <babu.moger@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Revise populating few registers in ixgbe_get_regs() and macro
definitions.
Before applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8572 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
After applying patch:
$ du -k objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
8568 objs/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The code was ignoring higher 32 bits of stats registers. This patch
correctly fills out 64 bit value in two 32 bit words.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove duplicate and unused device ID definitions.
Signed-off-by: Preethi Banala <preethi.banala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change aims to simplify the logic we use to determine WOL
support by reading the EEPROM bits for MACs X540 and newer.
Also some cleanups in ixgbe_wol_supported() - changed return type to
bool and removed redundant return variable by simply using return after
the checks.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We had some 82599 subdevice IDs missing from the list of parts that
support WoL.
Reported-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On Hyper-V, the VF/PF communication is a via software mediated path
as opposed to the hardware mailbox. Make the necessary
adjustments to support Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Intel SR-IOV cards present different ID when running on Hyper-V.
Add the device IDs presented while running on Hyper-V.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds support to set filters with multiple header fields (L3,L4)to match on.
This is achieved in the following order:
1. Create a leaf hash table for the next header.
2. Create a link to the leaf hash table from the base hash table with
matches on next header type and current header fields.
3. Add filter in leaf hash table with match on next header fields and
action.
Verified with the following filters :
Match TCP and DIP:
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip protocol 6 ff match ip dst 10.0.0.1/32
match tcp src 28 ffff action drop
Delete the filter:
Match on DIP, SIP, UDP (SPort, DPort):
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 2 link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat \
match ip dst 15.0.0.2/32 match ip protocol 17 ff \
match ip src 15.0.0.1/32
match udp src 30 ffff match udp dst 32 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables 'redirect' to a SRIOV VF or a offloaded macvlan
device queue via tc 'mirred' action.
Verified with the following script that creates SRIOV VFs, offloaded
macvlan and adds tc u32 filters with redirect action to the associated
netdevs.
# add ingress qdisc.
tc qdisc add dev p4p1 ingress
# enable hw tc offload.
ethtool -K p4p1 hw-tc-offload on
# create 4 sriov VFs and bring up the first one.
echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
sleep 1
ip link set p4p1 up
ip link set p4p1_0 up
# create a offloaded macvlan device and bring it up.
ethtool -K p4p1 l2-fwd-offload on
ip link add link p4p1 name mvlan_1 type macvlan
ip link set mvlan_1 up
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to VF netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:1 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.1.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev p4p1_0
# add u32 filter with action to redirect to macvlan netdev
tc filter add dev p4p1 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 99 \
handle 800:0:2 u32 ht 800: \
match ip src 192.168.2.3/32 \
action mirred egress redirect dev mvlan_1
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch makes it so that i40e and i40evf can use GSO_PARTIAL to support
segmentation for frames with checksums enabled in outer headers. As a
result we can now send data over these types of tunnels at over 20Gb/s
versus the 12Gb/s that was previously possible on my system.
The advantage with the i40e parts is that this offload is mostly
transparent as the hardware still deals with the inner and/or outer IPv4
headers so the IP ID is still incrementing for both when this offload is
performed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
GCC 6 has a new warning which will display when you attempt to left
shift a signed value beyond the storage size of the type. I40E_MASK
generates a mask value for 32bit registers. Properly typecast the mask
value and place the values in parenthesis to prevent macro expansion
issues.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a device ID for X722.
Change-Id: I574f2345ab341de98a6a1c212d0603af853e48b0
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e_release_rx_desc was in two files, but was only used
and needed in txrx.c. Get rid of the extra copy.
Change-Id: I86e18239aa03531fc198b6c052847475084a9200
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was all over the place using signed or unsigned types
for vf_id, when it should always be signed.
This fixes warnings of type unsafe comparisons from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I2cb681f83d0f68ca124d2e4131e4ac0d9f8a6b22
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Aggregate return warnings are when struct types are returned
and must be copied to the lvalue with a struct copy by the compiler.
This fixes warnings of type aggregate-return from gcc with W=2.
Change-Id: I896b1bf514544bf0faeb458869d79914b9f1b168
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have an uninitialized variable warning for valid_len for one case in
validate_vf_mesg. To fix this, just initialize it to 0 at the top of the
function and remove all of the now redundant assignments to 0 in the
individual cases.
Change-Id: Iacbd97f4c521ed8d662eef803a598d8707708cfd
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch syncs the VF code for the changes made to the PF for the RSS
hash tuple settings. Since the VF still cannot change the RSS hash
settings, change the code to make this clear to the user. Previously,
the default settings were returned in this function. However, the
default can be changed by the PF so this does not make sense anymore.
Change-Id: I085eaf005fc7978b440d2a1bf2b2dd7cadaff39b
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove the code that implements the HMC AQ APIs and call these APIs.
This is done because these are obsolete APIs and are not supported
by firmware.
Change-ID: I5d771d8f37c3e16e7b0a972ff9b27e75aa2d05d4
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <neerav.parikh@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With this change a non trusted VF can never fall to promiscuous
mode when there is no room for a MAC/VLAN filter.
Change-Id: I8a155aa25c0bcdc6093414920c9ade4ee0bd20e8
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the VF is privileged/trusted it can do as it may please including
but not limited to hogging resources and playing unfair.
But if the VF is not privileged/trusted it still can add some number
(8) of MAC and VLAN addresses.
Other restrictions with respect to Port VLAN and normal VLAN still apply
to not privileged/trusted VF.
Change-Id: I3a9529201b184c8873e1ad2e300aff468c9e6296
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make sure a VF is not trusted/privileged until its explicitly
set for trust through the new NDO op interface.
Change-Id: I476385c290d2b4901d8fceb29de43546accdc499
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add necessary Linux Ethernet driver support for promiscuous mode
operation. Add a flag so the VF knows it is in promiscuous mode
and two state flags to discreetly track multicast and unicast
promiscuous states.
Change-Id: Ib2f2dc7a7582304fec90fc917ebb7ded21ba1de4
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
NFV use cases require the ability to steer packets to VSIs by VLAN tag
alone while being in promiscuous mode for multicast and unicast MAC
addresses. These two new functions support that ability.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver was offloading the VLAN tag into the skb
any time there was a VLAN tag and the hardware stripping was
enabled. Just check to make sure it's enabled before put_tag.
Change-Id: Ife95290c06edd9a616393b38679923938b382241
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A mirror rule ID may be zero so do not return invalid parameter when the
user passes in a zero value for a rule ID.
Change-ID: I261b8c24725ce2c6ed32f859da81093dfcbe2970
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add device capability which defines if update is available and security
check is needed during update process.
Change-ID: I380787c878275e1df18b39198df3ee3666342282
Signed-off-by: Michal Kosiarz <michal.kosiarz@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the PF driver reports proper support, allow the PF driver to
configure RSS on the behalf of the VF driver. This will allow for RSS
support on future hardware without changes to the VF driver.
Unfortunately, the old RSS code still needs to stay as the driver needs
to be compatible with PF drivers that don't support this interface. But
this change still simplifies the data structures a bunch and makes this
code simpler to read and maintain.
Change-ID: I0375aad40788ecdc0cb24d5cfeccf07804e69771
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To add a little flexibility to the nvmupdate facility, this code adds the
ability to specify an AQ event opcode to wait on after the Exec_AQ request.
Change-ID: Iddbfd63c3de8df3edb9d3e90678b08989bc4946e
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A little bit of code cleanup in prep for more cloud filter work.
Change-ID: I0dc33ce0d4c207944336a07437640fef920c100c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Under some circumstances the driver remove function may be called before
the driver is fully initialized. So we can't assume that we know where
our towel is at, or that all of the data structures are initialized.
To ensure that we don't panic, check that the vsi_res pointer is valid
before dereferencing it. Then drink beer and eat peanuts.
Change-ID: If697b4db57348e39f9538793e16aa755e3e1af03
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for configuring RSS on behalf of the VFs. This removes the
burden of dealing with different hardware interfaces from the VF
drivers, allowing for better future compatibility.
Change-ID: Icea75d3f37241ee8e447be5779e5abb53ddf04c0
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Looking over the documentation it turns out enabling IPIP and SIT offloads
for i40e is pretty straightforward. As such I decided to enable them with
this patch. In my testing I am seeing an improvement of 8 to 10 Gb/s
for IPIP and SIT tunnels with this offload enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The feature flags list for i40e and i40evf is beginning to become pretty
massive. I plan to add another 4 or so features to these drivers and
duplicating the flags for each and every flags list is becoming a bit
repetitive.
The primary change here is that we now build our features list around
hw_encap_features. After that we assign that to vlan_features,
hw_features, and finally map that onto features. In addition we end up
throwing features onto hw_encap_features that end up having no effect such
as the Rx offloads and SCTP_CRC. However that should have no impact and
makes things a bit easier for us as hw_encap_features is one of the less
updated features maps available.
For i40evf I went through and sanity checked a few features as well.
Specifically RXCSUM was being set as a read-only feature which didn't make
much sense. I have updated things so we can clear the NETIF_F_RXCSUM flag
since that is really a software feature and not a hardware one anyway so
disabling it is just a matter of ignoring the result from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The newly added x550em_a support causes a link failure on ARM because of
an overly long time passed into udelay():
ERROR: "__bad_udelay" [drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe.ko] undefined!
There are multiple variants of the ixgbe_acquire_swfw_sync_*() function,
and the other ones all use msleep(), so we can safely assume that all
callers are allowed to sleep, which makes msleep() a better replacement
than mdelay().
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Fixes: 49425dfc74 ("ixgbe: Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type")
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves API negotiation into mac_ops. The general idea here is
that with HyperV on the way we need to make certain that anything that will
have different versions between HyperV and a standard VF needs to be
abstracted enough so that we can have a separate function between the two
so we can avoid changes in one breaking something in the other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for partial GSO segmentation in the case of
tunnels. Specifically with this change the driver an perform segmentation
as long as the frame either has IPv6 inner headers, or we are allowed to
mangle the IP IDs on the inner header. This is needed because we will not
be modifying any fields from the start of the start of the outer transport
header to the start of the inner transport header as we are treating them
like they are just a block of IP options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also cleanup a case where we're bit shifting a value into place, and use
an unsigned constant. Make use of the unsigned postfix in places where
BIT() macro is not appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make use of GENMASK instead of open coding the equivalent operation
incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several areas of ixgbe were written before widespread usage of the
BIT(n) macro. With the impending release of GCC 6 and its associated new
warnings, some usages such as (1 << 31) have been noted within the ixgbe
driver source. Fix these wholesale and prevent future issues by simply
using BIT macro instead of hand coded bit shifts.
Also fix a few shifts that are shifting values into place by using the
'u' prefix to indicate unsigned. It doesn't strictly matter in these
cases because we're not shifting by too large a value, but these are all
unsigned values and should be indicated as such.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is possible on some systems that crosstalk could lead to link flap
on empty SFP+ cages. A new NVM bit was defined to let SW know it
needs to implement the work around which consists of verifying that
there is a module in the cage before acting on the LSC.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Somehow the wrong fc_setup function was used for x550em_a, so
correct that. Also set setup_link to NULL as its value is
determined later, just like it is with X550EM_x.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Implement per-queue statistics for packets, bytes and busy poll
specific counters.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This brings the logic closer to how we handle the stats in ixgbe and it
sets us up for introducing per-queue stats.
Use IXGBEVF_STAT and IXGBEVF_NETDEV_STAT for accessing the driver and
netdev stats respectively. This way we don't have to calculate the
stats based on register values which could lead to the counters not
being initialized properly when the interface is down.
IXGBEVF_QUEUE_STATS_LEN is set to include the number of queues.
Also some defines were renamed to use the IXGBEVF prefix.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a new register to wait for previous register writes to complete
before issuing a register read. This is needed when slower links
are in use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This field is used to record the RX queue index for a redirect action
passed via ring_cookie field in struct ethtool_rx_flow_spec which is
a u64 value.
For ex: after adding a filter rule to redirect to a VF using ethtool
# echo 4 > /sys/class/net/p4p1/device/sriov_numvfs
# ethtool -N p4p1 flow-type ip4 src-ip 192.168.0.1 action 0x100000000
querying for the rule shows the Action as 'Direct to queue 0'
# ethtool -n p4p1
4 RX rings available
Total 1 rules
Filter: 2045
Rule Type: Raw IPv4
Src IP addr: 192.168.0.1 mask: 0.0.0.0
Dest IP addr: 0.0.0.0 mask: 255.255.255.255
TOS: 0x0 mask: 0xff
Protocol: 0 mask: 0xff
L4 bytes: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffff
VLAN EtherType: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
VLAN: 0x0 mask: 0xffff
User-defined: 0x0 mask: 0xffffffffffffffff
Action: Direct to queue 0
With this fix, ethtool will report the right queue index even for VFs.
Action: Direct to queue 4294967296
Here 4294967296 corresponds to 0x100000000.
We need to update 'ethtool' to report the queue index as a Hex value so
that it is more user friendly and matches with the 'action' value that
is passed when adding the rule.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
X550EM_a/x did not have a default value for mac->ops.setup_link which
was causing link issues for backplane devices.
This patch sets mac->ops.setup_link to ixgbe_setup_mac_link_X540 for
X550EM_a/x which is also default for X550. This will result in
mac->ops.setup_link calling the link setup function for the respective
PHY type in case we do not need a special function to deal with it.
Reported-by: Ken Cox <jkc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previously the PF driver would only set VLAN spoof checking if
the VF had created VLANs. This was done by setting and checking
a counter (vlan_count) whenever a VLAN was created by the VF.
However it is possible for the vlan_count to be !=0 while there are
no VLANs assigned to the VF due to the count incrementing every
time a VLAN 0 is added on ifdown/up, which resulted in VLAN spoofing
always being set for those VFs.
This patch cleans up the logic by unconditionally setting VLAN based on
how the VF is configured (via ip link set ethX vf Y spoofchk on/off).
This change also resolves an issue where the VLAN spoofing can remain
set even after being disabled by the user due to the driver enabling
VLAN spoof checking every time a VLAN is added to the VF, but would
only allow changes in the setting if vlan_count != 0.
Also default_vf_vlan_id and vlans_enabled were removed from the
vf_data_storage structure since they are not being used in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Consolidate the logic behind configuring spoof checking:
Move the setting of the MAC, VLAN and Ethertype spoof checking into
ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk().
Change ixgbe_set_mac_anti_spoofing() to set MAC spoofing per VF similar
to the VLAN and Ethertype functions - this allows us to call the helper
functions in ixgbe_ndo_set_vf_spoofchk() for all spoof check types and
only disable MAC spoof checking when creating MACVLAN.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.
In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vxlan_get_rx_port requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fm10k_open requires rtnl_lock to be held.
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check for and handle IPv6 extended headers so that Tx checksum offload
can be done. Also use skb_checksum_help for unexpected cases. This was
originally discovered in ixgbe.
Reported-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update every header file and other locations to consistently use
Intel(R) instead of just Intel. Also update copyright year of files
which we modified.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When writing a new default redirection table, we needed to populate
a new RSS table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default. We populated this
table into a region of memory allocated using kcalloc, but never checked
this for NULL. Fix this by moving the default table generation into
fm10k_write_reta. If this function is passed a table, use it. Otherwise,
generate the default table using ethtool_rxfh_indir_default, 4 at at
time.
Fixes: 0ea7fae440 ("fm10k: use ethtool_rxfh_indir_default for default redirection table")
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Deleting lport when multicast mode is configured to
FM10K_XCAST_MODE_ALLMULTI or FM10K_XCAST_MODE_PROMISC will result in
generating orphaned multicast-group entries in the switch manager.
Before deleting the lport, reset multicast mode to FM10K_XCAST_MODE_NONE
to flush out these multicast-group entries.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original comment may be read incorrectly as referring to checking
the *entire* length is zero. However, it merely checks only the reserved
bits of both length and reserved in a small amount of code. Update the
comment to indicate this is a clever trick and clearly spell out that it
only checks the reserve bits.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a new #define FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE even though we're using the exact
same bit. The reason for this is clarity in the code, otherwise you can
read FM10K_VLAN_CLEAR and think it should be removed. Also add a comment
explaining why the FM10K_VLAN_OVERRIDE bit is set.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The diagram represents bit layout of the multi-bit VLAN update message
format. Typically these diagrams are drawn using some power of 2 as the
base, to more easily grasp where fields split. Although the numbers
above can make it somewhat easy to understand which bit you're looking
at, it makes the break points not line up. Re-draw the numbers using
base 8, and mark the bit values every 8 bits at the top. This should
make it more easy to grasp the table quickly.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_tlv_parse_attr is supposed to return FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED for any
TLV who's attribute id lies outside the range of results. It does not do
this today. In addition, the documentation does not indicate that other
attributes which are not implemented for a given TLV will be silently
ignored. Fix this. Clean up the logic so that we don't rely on the fact
that FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED is greater than zero, as this can easily
cause confusion.
A future extension could look into some way of reporting unknown TLVs
in order to make issues more easily discoverable. We can't just return
FM10K_NOT_IMPLEMENTED here because we don't want to drop the entire
message if it has an unknown TLV.
While here, update the copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_io_error_detected() does not need to call pci_disable_device(). In
the cases where the reset needs to occur, the stack flow will result in
calling fm10k_remove() which already disables the PCI device. If we
leave the pci_disable_device(), we result in a warning about disabling
an already disabled device.
Many PCI drivers do call pci_disable_device() in their .error_detected()
routines, but it does not appear to be required. In addition, these
drivers have a check "is_pci_enabled()" call in their remove routines,
which is how they chose to handle the duplicate device disable.
This seems incorrect, since the PCI device structure is reference
counted. It is very possible that the reference count for the PCI device
could be greater than 1. In this case, you would remove the PCI device
within the error_detected routine, reducing count to 1, then remove it
again in the remove function, reducing it to zero. This would result in
yet another disable somewhere else failing. Thus, we shouldn't be using
is_pci_enabled() to check for this issue. Instead, just remove the
extraneous pci_device_disable() found within the error_detected routine.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, any error responses from the switch manager after an
LPORT_MAP request are silently ignored. At most the mailbox message will
be reported as an error. This can result in unexpected behavior when the
switch manager has configured a port with zero bandwidth. Add support
for reading the fm10k_swapi_error structure from LPORT_MAP responses.
If the message contains the necessary TLV and has a non-zero error code,
report link down, clear the dglort_map, and delay the next
get_host_state call by a reasonable delay. Also log an error message
indicating that the LPORT_MAP request failed.
The delay ensures preventing an interrupt storm on the switch manager,
and reduces the number of mailbox messages we send in this scenario
drastically.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Multicast mode checking is no longer a requirement to perform unicast
and multicast address syncs. Specifically, a device operating in
promiscuous and/or all multicast mode is not excluded. The issue occurs
when the netdev is pre-configured to either multicast mode and is
enabled for the first time. The multicast-group table in the Switch
Manager will be missing obvious multicast entries associated to this
netdev.
Changes were also made to disallow unicast and multicast syncs with
VLAN 0. The Switch Manager considers VLAN 0 to be an invalid entry.
Requests with VLAN 0 by the netdev are only generated when the driver is
freshly installed and the default VID is not set.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 1588 support within fm10k does not work correctly with the current
version of the switch management software, and likely never worked
correctly to begin with. Remove support for PTP/1588. Update copyright
year for all these files while we're touching them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During an AER action response, we were calling fm10k_close without
holding the rtnl_lock() which could lead to possible RCU warnings being
produced due to 64bit stat updates among other causes. Similarly, we
need rtnl_lock() around fm10k_open during fm10k_io_resume. Follow the
same pattern elsewhere in the driver and protect the entire open/close
sequence.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use DRV_SUMMARY, similar to DRV_VERSION so that we don't have to
duplicate the driver summary in multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for fm10k and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for fm10k in the hopes of avoiding
any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change fixes an (ab)use of the ethtool stats API, which could
result in corrupt memory or misleading stat output. The ethtool stats
API is not robust enough to handle varying number of statistics due to
how it requests the size and allocates memory. Remove the poorly conceived
support originally added for extra debug statistics. In the future,
a new stats API may open up the ability to display these statistics.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reduce duplicate code and the amount of indentation by adding
fm10k_add_stat_strings and fm10k_add_ethtool_stats functions which help
add fm10k_stat structures to the ethtool stats callbacks. This helps
increase ease of use for future stat additions, and increases code
readability.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VF uses a multi-bit update request to clear unused VLANs whenever it
resets. However, an accident in a previous refector broke multi-bit
updates for VFs, due to misreading a comment in fm10k_vf.c and
attempting to reduce code duplication. The problem occurs because
a multi-bit request has a non-zero length, and the PF would simply drop
any request with the upper 16 bits set.
We can't simply remove the check of the upper 16 bits and the call to
fm10k_iov_select vid, because this would remove the checks for default
VID and for ensuring no other VLANs can be enabled except pf_vid when it
has been set. To resolve that issue, this revision uses the
iov_select_vid when we have a single-bit update, and denies any
multi-bit update when the VLAN was administratively set by the PF. This
should be ok since the PF properly updates VLAN_TABLE when it assigns
the PF vid. This ensures that requests to add or remove the PF vid work
as expected, but a rogue VF could not use the multi-bit update as
a loophole to attempt receiving traffic on other VLANs.
Reported-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch addresses a bug introduced based on my interpretation of the
XL710 datasheet. Specifically section 8.4.1 states that "A single transmit
packet may span up to 8 buffers (up to 8 data descriptors per packet
including both the header and payload buffers)." It then later goes on to
say that each segment for a TSO obeys the previous rule, however it then
refers to TSO header and the segment payload buffers.
I believe the actual limit for fragments with TSO and a skbuff that has
payload data in the header portion of the buffer is actually only 7
fragments as the skb->data portion counts as 2 buffers, one for the TSO
header, and one for a segment payload buffer.
Fixes: 2d37490b82 ("i40e/i40evf: Rewrite logic for 8 descriptor per packet check")
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update ixgbe version number.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for x550em_a-based KR backplane devices.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for an SGMII backplane interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for SFPs with an external retimer.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Move code that controls MDIO speed into a new function because
there will be more MACs that need the control.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the IXGBE_NW_MNG_IF_SEL register and use it to set interface
attributes.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Read the instance number from EEPROM and save it for later use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now x550em_a devices will use a new method for PHY access that will
get the firmware token for each access.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for x550em_a 10G MAC type to the ixgbe driver. The new
MAC includes new firmware commands that need to be used to control
PHY and IOSF access, so that support is also added. The interface
supported is a native SFP+ interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Provide method pointers and use them to access IOSF-attached
devices. A new MAC will introduce a new access method.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add definitions for a x550em_a 10G MAC device with a native SFP
interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for a single-port X550 device.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for ixgbevf and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for ixgbe and ixgbevf in the hopes of
avoiding any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to take the manageability semaphore when issuing firmware
commands to avoid problems. With this in place, the semaphore is
no longer taken in the ixgbe_set_fw_drv_ver_generic function, since
it will now always be taken by the ixgbe_host_interface_command
function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up the interface for issuing firmware commands to use a
void * instead of a u32 *. This eliminates a number of casts.
Also clean up ixgbe_host_interface_command in a few other ways,
eliminating comparisons with 0, redundant parens and minor
formatting issues.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function ixgbe_host_interface_command actually uses a multiple
of word sized buffer to do its business, but only checks against
the actual length passed in. This means that on read operations it
could be possible to modify locations beyond the length passed in.
Change the check to round up in the same way, just to avoid any
possible hazard.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the lan_id and func fields only ever hold small values, make
them u8 to avoid casts used to silence warnings.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I noticed the SRAMREL registers are not referenced for any device,
so delete the definitions.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-06
This series contains updates to e1000, e1000e, igb and Kconfig.
Alex fixes igb where we were casting the MAC address as __beXX and then
passing it into le32_to_cpu, when we could simply cast as __lexx to
maintain consistency since it is already little endian. Then enabled
bulk free in transmit cleanup for igb.
John Holland enables igb to pickup the MAC address from a device tree
blob when CONFIG_OF has been enabled.
Doron Shikmoni fixes a bug in the output of "ethtool -m ethX" where
the data byte appeared duplicated.
Stefan fixes up e1000 and e1000e ethtool offline tests which were calling
dev_close() which causes IFF_UP to be cleared which removes teh interface
routes and some addresses, so use ndo_stop() instead.
Jiri Benc cleans up some old links in the Kconfig for Intel drivers where
we referred to a URL which is no longer valid. I am so glad Jiri has the
time in his day to spend clicking on and testing all the URL links in the
the kernel.
Arika Chen reverts the addition of a 'rtnl_unlock()' which had a unmatched
'rtnl_lock()' call before it.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 3eb14ea8d9 ("igb: Fix a deadlock in
igb_sriov_reinit")
It is the same as commit f468adc944 ("igb: missing rtnl_unlock in
igb_sriov_reinit()")
There is no rtnl_lock() in igb_resume before, rtnl_unlock will cause a
deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Arika Chen <arika.chen@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Kconfig for Intel NICs references two different URLs for the "Adapter
& Driver ID Guide". Neither of those two links works. The current URL seems
to be
http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/support/network-and-i-o/ethernet-products/000005584.html
but given it's apparently constantly changing, there's no point in having it
in the help text.
Just keep a generic pointer to http://support.intel.com. Hopefully, this one
will have a longer live. It still works, at least.
Furthermore, remove a link to "the latest Intel PRO/100 network driver for
Linux", this has no place in the mainline kernel and the latest Linux driver
it offers is from 2006, anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Correctly set the VLAN feature flags after setting the rest of the
netdev flags. And don't set them in hw_features, because these can't be
controlled by the VF driver.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add defines for input set mask (RSS, flow director, flexible payload),
including defines specific to IPv6.
Change-ID: Ie95ef7d0916a4d6ca011c194283f959774c8dce9
Signed-off-by: Kiran Patil <kiran.patil@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The logic that checks AQ events for NVM done events is better kept
in nvm.c with the rest of the nvmupdate handling code.
Change-ID: I2ea58980df8ecaa3726b28a37bff3dfcb8df03dc
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add opcodes and structures to support RSS configuration by PF driver on
behalf of the VF drivers. This reduces complexity in the VF driver and
allows us to support future hardware designs without modifying the VF
driver.
Change-ID: I8c75765c630eacb71f95967f1109a198542593ac
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The NVM update status info should stay collected together, not
spread across different structs.
Change-ID: Ic16f9e9fd79945d865bb7226184c889884585025
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VFs can request their queues to be set up into polling mode, rather
than interrupt mode, which works well for supporting things like DPDK,
but this should not be available when working in an multi-function
support device.
Change-ID: Id36792e4e7422db8f2033336507211f68f14ff6f
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds hook to support changing a VF from not-trusted
to trusted and vice-versa. Fixed the wrappers and function prototype.
Changed the dmesg to reflex the current state better. This patch also
disables turning on/off trusted VF in MFP mode.
Change-ID: Ibcd910935c01f0be1f3fdd6d427230291ee92ebe
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
As it turns out, calling into other files from hot path hurts
performance a lot. In this case the majority of the time we
call "check FCoE" and the packet is *not* FCoE, but this call
was taking 5% of our total cycles spent on receive.
Change-ID: I080552c26e7060bc7b78504dc2763f6f0b3d8c76
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some of the tx_ring arguments can be deleted since they are not used.
Change-ID: I99275b0f191d7f63ec2f05061919904940c36f31
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A local variable could move down inside the context where it is used.
Change-ID: I9caba9e1eacf921037077f2665cbce83fd8e95d6
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch moves the HW flush routine to the end of the reset flow,
after the completion of writing to the device VFLR registers- the
benefit is to avoid problems in the passthrough routines.
Change-ID: Ieb56866f21895e6c1fc514b7328c3df79807a57c
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Don't set our internal debug_mask at startup unless we get specific signal
to from the debug module parameter.
This should take care of the issue with all the device capabilities getting
printed even when we hadn't asked for the debug info.
Change-ID: I7fbc6bd8b11ed9b0631ec018ff36015a04100b6c
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Garbled output for "ethtool -m ethX", in igb-driven NICs with module /
plugin EEPROM (i.e. SFP information). Each output data byte appears
duplicated.
In igb_ethtool.c, igb_get_module_eeprom() is reading the EEPROM via i2c;
the eeprom offset for each word that's read via igb_read_phy_reg_i2c()
was passed in #words, whereas it needs to be a byte offset.
This patches fixes the bug.
Signed-off-by: Doron Shikmoni <doron.shikmoni@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Intel i211 LOM PCIe Ethernet controllers' iNVM operates as an OTP
and has no external EEPROM interface [1]. The following allows the
driver to pickup the MAC address from a device tree blob when CONFIG_OF
has been enabled.
[1]
http://www.intel.com/content/www/us/en/embedded/products/networking/i211-ethernet-controller-datasheet.html
Signed-off-by: John Holland <jotihojr@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk free in Tx cleanup for igb and cleans up the
boolean logic in the polling routines for igb in the hopes of avoiding
any mix-ups similar to what occurred with i40e and i40evf.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were casting the addr as __beXX and then passing it into le32_to_cpu
because the device expects the MAC address to be in network order even
though the register set is little endian. Instead of casting it as __beXX
we can just cast it as __leXX in order to maintain consistency since the
region of memory is already in little endian order as far as we are
concerned.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With IPv4 and IPv6 now using the same format for checksums based on the
length of the frame we need to update the i40e and i40evf drivers so that
they correctly account for lengths greater than or equal to 64K.
With this patch the driver should now correctly update checksums for frames
up to 16776960 in length which should be more than large enough for all
possible TSO frames in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add the Media Not Available flag to the link event mask. It seems
that event comes first if you have a DA cable pulled out, but there's no
follow-up event for Link Down; if you're not looking for MEDIA_NA you will
get no event, even though there's now no Link.
Change-ID: cb3340a2849805bb881f64f6f2ae810eef46eba7
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These conditions can happen any time VFs are enabled or disabled and are
not really indicative of fatal problems unless they happen continuously.
Lower the log level so that people don't get scared.
Change-ID: I1ceb4adbd10d03cbeed54d1f5b7f20d60328351d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
100baseT/Full is now listed and supported link mode for 10GBaseT PHY.
This is a fix to list all the supported link modes of 10GBaseT PHY.
Change-ID: If2be3212ef0fef85fd5d6e4550c7783de2f915e9
Signed-off-by: Avinash Dayanand <avinash.dayanand@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We were passing in the seed where we should just be passing false
because we want the VSI table not the pf table.
Change-ID: I9b633ab06eb59468087f0c0af8539857e99f9495
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Periodic link polling was added when the link events were found not to be
trustworthy. This was the case early on, but was likely because the link
event mask was being used incorrectly. As this has been fixed in recent
code, we can disable the link polling to lessen the AQ traffic.
Change-ID: Id890b5ee3c2d04381fc76ffa434777644f5d8eb0
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Upon module remove, wait a little longer after requesting a reset before
checking to see if the firmware responded. This change prevents double
resets when the firmware is busy.
Change-ID: Ieedc988ee82fac1f32a074bf4d9e4dba426bfa58
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clear the VFLR bit immediately after triggering a reset instead of
waiting until after cleanup is complete. Make sure to trigger a reset
every time, not just if the PF is up.
These changes fix a problem where VF resets would get lost by the PF,
preventing the VF driver from initializing.
Change-ID: I5945cf2884095b7b0554867c64df8617e71d9d29
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The new device ID is 0x37D3 and it should follow the same flows and
branding string as for 0x37D0.
Change-ID: Ia5ad4a1910268c4666a3fd46a7afffbec55b4fc2
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users of ethtool were being given the mistaken impression that this
driver was able to change its VLAN tagging features, and were
disappointed that this was not actually the case. Implement
ndo_fix_features method so that we can adjust these flags as needed to
avoid false impressions.
Change-ID: I08584f103a4fa73d6a4128d472e4ef44dcfda57f
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This variable is vestigial, a remnant of the primordial code from which
this driver spawned. We can safely remove it.
Change-ID: I24e0fe338e7c7c50d27dc5515564f33caefbb93a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables the Capability for XL710/X710 devices with FW API
version higher than 1.4 to do geneve Rx offload.
Change-ID: I9a8f87772c48d7d67dc85e3701d2e0b845034c0b
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
active_vlans is an unsigned long array, hence a null check on this
array is superfluous and can be removed.
Detected with static analysis by smatch:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_debugfs.c:386
i40e_dbg_dump_vsi_seid() warn: this array is probably
non-NULL. 'vsi->active_vlans'
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The 82544 has code that adds one additional descriptor per data buffer.
However we weren't taking that into account when determining the descriptors
needed for the next transmit at the end of the xmit_frame path.
This change takes that into account by doubling the number of descriptors
needed for the 82544 so that we can avoid a potential issue where we could
hang the Tx ring by loading frames with xmit_more enabled and then stopping
the ring without writing the tail.
In addition it adds a few more descriptors to account for some additional
workarounds that have been added over time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current code path is capable of grossly overestimating the number of
descriptors needed to transmit a new frame. This specifically occurs if
the skb contains a number of 4K pages. The issue is that the logic for
determining the descriptors needed is ((S) >> (X)) + 1. When X is 12 it
means that we were indicating that we required 2 descriptors for each 4K
page when we only needed one.
This change corrects this by instead adding (1 << (X)) - 1 to the S value
instead of adding 1 after the fact. This way we get an accurate descriptor
needed count as we are essentially doing a DIV_ROUNDUP().
Reported-by: Ivan Suzdal <isuzdal@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was an error introduced with commit 3fced53507 ("i40e: X722 is
on the IOSF bus and does not report the PCI bus info"), where code was
added but the enabling flag is never set.
CC: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
CC: Stefan Assman <sassman@redhat.com>
Fixes: 3fced53507 ("i40e: X722 is on the IOSF bus ...")
Reported-by: Steve Best <sbest@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2016-04-05
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Stefan converts dev_close() to ndo_stop() for ethtool offline self test,
since dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interface routes and addresses.
Alex bumps up the size of the transmit data buffer to 12K rather than 8K,
which provides a gain in throughput and a reduction in overhead for
putting together the frame. Fixed an issue in the polling routines where
we were using bitwise operators to avoid the side effects of the
logical operators. Then added support for bulk transmit clean for skbs.
Jesse fixed a sparse issue in the type casting in the transmit code and
fixed i40e_aq_set_phy_debug() to use i40e_status as a return code.
Catherine cleans up duplicated code.
Shannon fixed the cleaning up of the interrupt handling to clean up the
IRQs only if we actually got them set up. Also fixed up the error
scenarios where we were trying to remove a non-existent timer or
worktask, which causes the kernel heartburn.
Mitch changes the notification of resets to the reset interrupt handler,
instead of the actual reset initiation code. This allows the VFs to get
properly notified for all resets, including resets initiated by different
PFs on the same physical device. Also moved the clearing of VFLR bit
after reset processing, instead of before which could lead to double
resets on VF init. Fixed code comment to match the actual function name.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fm10k driver used its own code for generating a default indirection
table on device load, which was not the same as the default generated by
ethtool when indir_size of 0 is passed to SRXFH. Take advantage of
ethtool_rxfh_indir_default() and simplify code to write the redirection
table to reduce some code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
s/funciton/function to resolve a typo, and cleanup grammar on a few
comments regarding processing the VF mailboxes.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If 'attr_flag < (1 << (2 * FM10K_TEST_MSG_NESTED))' is ever false, err
will be used uninitialized.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reduce duplicate code and the amount of indentation by adding
fm10k_add_stat_strings and fm10k_add_ethtool_stats functions which help
add fm10k_stat structures to the ethtool stats callbacks. This helps
increase ease of use for future stat additions, and increases code
readability. Skip handling of the per-queue stats as these will be
reworked in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During fm10k_io_error_detected we were clearing the interrupt scheme
before we freed the MBX IRQ. This causes a kernel panic because the MBX
IRQ are assigned after MSI-X initialization. Clearing the interrupt
scheme results in removing the MSI-X entry table. Fix this by freeing
the MBX IRQ before we clear the interrupt scheme, as we do elsewhere in
the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
fm10k_stop_hw_generic calls fm10k_disable_queues_generic, which may
return an error code indicating that the queues were not stopped within
the time limit. Notify the user by displaying a message in the kernel
message ring, in a similar way to how we notify the user when reset_hw
fails. There isn't much we can do to recover from this error, so
currently nothing else is done.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In fm10k_set_num_queues, we previously assigned the base template. This
would always be overwritten by either fm10k_set_qos_queues or
fm10k_set_rss_queues. In either case, we don't need the base values, so
we can just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
According to the C standard dereferencing a variable before it is
checked invokes undefined behavior, and thus compilers are free to
assume the check for NULL isn't necessary. Prevent this by re-ordering
the NULL check of msix_entries in fm10k_free_mbx_irq.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cleanup the remaining instances of using memcpy() instead of the preferred
ether_addr_copy().
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't need to crash the kernel in this instance so just warn about the
condition and play on.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use BIT() macro instead.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The semantic patch that makes this change is available
in scripts/coccinelle/misc/compare_const_fl.cocci.
More information about semantic patching is available at
http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Minor correction in the comment to reflect the correct function name
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If the driver happens to read a register during the time in which the
device is undergoing reset, it will receive a value of 0xdeadbeef
instead of a valid value. Unfortunately, the driver may misinterpret
this as a valid value, especially if it's just looking for individual
bits.
Add an explicit check for this value when we are looking for admin queue
errors, and trigger reset recovery if we find it.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There's no real error in an unknown event from the Firmware, we're just
posting a useful FYI notice, so this patch simply removes the "Error" word.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clear the VFLR bit after reset processing, instead of before. This
prevents double resets on VF init.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Notify VFs in the reset interrupt handler, instead of the actual
reset initiation code. This allows the VFs to get properly notified for
all resets, including resets initiated by different PFs on the same
physical device.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In some error scenarios, we may find ourselves trying to remove a
non-existent timer or worktask. This causes the kernel some bit
of consternation, so don't do it.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When dropping into debug mode in a failed probe, make sure that
the AdminQ is left alive for possible hand debug of driver and
firmware states.
Move the mutex_init calls earlier in probe so that if init fails,
the admin queue interface is still available for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When cleaning up the interrupt handling, clean up the IRQs only if
we actually got them set up. There are a couple of error recovery
paths that were violating this and causing the kernel a bit of
indigestion.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Williams, Mitch A <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_common.c typically uses i40e_status as a return code,
but got missed this one case.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When updating a VSI, save off the number of allocated and unallocated
VSIs as we do when adding a VSI.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scott <kevin.c.scott@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes the duplicate definition of I40E_MAX_USER_PRIORITY
in i40e.h that is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Simple cast to fix a sparse warning.
Fixes: commit 5453205cd0 ("i40e/i40evf: Enable support for
SKB_GSO_UDP_TUNNEL_CSUM")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables bulk Tx clean for skbs. In order to enable it we need
to pass the napi_budget value as that is used to determine if we are truly
running in NAPI mode or if we are simply calling the routine from netpoll
with a budget of 0. In order to avoid adding too many more variables I
thought it best to pass the VSI directly in a fashion similar to what we do
on igb and ixgbe with the q_vector.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In the polling routines for i40e and i40evf we were using bitwise operators
to avoid the side effects of the logical operators, specifically the fact
that if the first case is true with "||" we skip the second case, or if it
is false with "&&" we skip the second case. This fixes an earlier patch
that converted the bitwise operators over to the logical operators and
instead replaces the entire thing with just an if statement since it should
be more readable what we are trying to do this way.
Fixes: 1a36d7fadd ("i40e/i40evf: use logical operators, not bitwise")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The only error case is when the malloc fails, in which case the clean up
loop does nothing at all, so remove it
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
From what I can tell the practical limitation on the size of the Tx data
buffer is the fact that the Tx descriptor is limited to 14 bits. As such
we cannot use 16K as is typically used on the other Intel drivers. However
artificially limiting ourselves to 8K can be expensive as this means that
we will consume up to 10 descriptors (1 context, 1 for header, and 9 for
payload, non-8K aligned) in a single send.
I propose that we can reduce this by increasing the maximum data for a 4K
aligned block to 12K. We can reduce the descriptors used for a 32K aligned
block by 1 by increasing the size like this. In addition we still have the
4K - 1 of space that is still unused. We can use this as a bit of extra
padding when dealing with data that is not aligned to 4K.
By aligning the descriptors after the first to 4K we can improve the
efficiency of PCIe accesses as we can avoid using byte enables and can fetch
full TLP transactions after the first fetch of the buffer. This helps to
improve PCIe efficiency. Below is the results of testing before and after
with this patch:
Recv Send Send Utilization Service Demand
Socket Socket Message Elapsed Send Recv Send Recv
Size Size Size Time Throughput local remote local remote
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/s % S % U us/KB us/KB
Before:
87380 16384 16384 10.00 33682.24 20.27 -1.00 0.592 -1.00
After:
87380 16384 16384 10.00 34204.08 20.54 -1.00 0.590 -1.00
So the net result of this patch is that we have a small gain in throughput
due to a reduction in overhead for putting together the frame.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling dev_close() causes IFF_UP to be cleared which will remove the
interfaces routes and some addresses. That's probably not what the user
intended when running the offline selftest. Besides this does not happen
if the interface is brought down before the test, so the current
behaviour is inconsistent.
Instead call the net_device_ops ndo_stop function directly and avoid
touching IFF_UP at all.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can use the ethtool rx-vlan-filter flag to
toggle Rx VLAN filtering on and off. This is basically just an extension
of the existing VLAN promisc work in that it just adds support for the
additional ethtool flag.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Added support to match on UDP fields in the transport layer.
Extended core logic to support multiple headers.
Verified with the following filters :
handle 1: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 1 link 1: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 6 ff
u32 ht 1: order 2 \
match tcp src 1024 ffff match tcp dst 23 ffff action drop
handle 2: u32 divisor 1
u32 ht 800: order 3 link 2: \
offset at 0 mask 0f00 shift 6 plus 0 eat match ip protocol 17 ff
u32 ht 2: order 4 \
match udp src 1025 ffff match udp dst 24 ffff action drop
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
